Skip to main content

Full text of "Lebanon Valley College Catalog"

See other formats


UNDERGRADUATE  AND  GRADUATE  CATALOG 

7994  -  7995 


LebanonWley  College 

of  Pennsylvania 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley199495leba 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Profile  of  Lebanon  Valley  College 2 

Mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College 3 

Undergraduate  Information 

Admissions 4 

Continuing  Education 5 

Undergraduate  Academic  Regulations  and  Procedures 7 

Degrees 7 

Graduation  Requirements 8 

Non-traditional  Credit 13 

Grading  System 15 

Undergraduate  Academic  Programs 19 

General  Education 19 

Honors  Program 23 

Leadership  Studies 24 

Cooperative  Programs 25 

Pre-Professional  Programs 27 

Individualized  Major 28 

General  Studies 28 

Internships 28 

Independent  Study 29 

Tutorial  Study 29 

Special  Topics  Courses 30 

Study  Abroad 30 

Special  Programs 30 

Undergraduate  Departments 31 

Graduate  Academic  Programs 124 

Directory 131 

Board  of  Trustees 131 

Administration 135 

Faculty 142 

Support  Staff 154 

Awards 155 

Accreditation 156 

Campus  Map 157 

Phone  Numbers 161 

1994-  1995  Academic  Calendar 162 


LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 


Founded:  1866,  as  a  private  coeducational  institution  on  the  site  of  the  Annville  Academy. 
Became  a  four-year  institution  by  1883  as  the  lower  grades  were  phased  out. 

Curriculum:  a  four-year  program  of  study  in  the  liberal  arts  with  an  academic  year 
comprised  of  fall  and  spring  semesters  and  an  optional  summer  term. 

Degrees  granted:  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Music,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Associate  of 
Arts,  Associate  of  Science,  Master  of  Business  Administration. 

Major  fields  of  study:  accounting,  actuarial  science,  biochemistry,  biology,  chemistry, 
computer  science,  economics,  elementary  education,  English,  French,  general  studies, 
German,  health  care  management,  history,  hotel  management,  international  business, 
management,  mathematics,  music,  philosophy,  physics,  political  science,  psychobiology, 
psychology,  religion,  sociology,  sound  recording  technology,  Spanish. 

Special  programs:  military  science  (ROTC),  secondary  education  certification;  in  coopera- 
tion with  Thomas  Jefferson  University:  cytotechnology,  cytogenetics,  diagnostic  imaging, 
occupational  therapy,  physical  therapy;  in  cooperation  with  University  of  Pennsylvania  and 
Case  Western  Reserve  University:  engineering;  in  cooperation  with  Duke  University: 
forestry,  environmental  management;  in  cooperation  with  approved  hospitals:  medical 
technology,  nuclear  medicine  technology. 

Special  options:  departmental  honors,  double  majors,  college  honors  program,  independent 
study,  individualized  majors,  internships,  leadership  studies  program,  tutorial  study,  study 
abroad,  Washington  semester  program. 

Number  of  faculty:  67.5;  of  the  permanent  faculty  82  percent  have  earned  a  Ph.D.  or 
equivalent  terminal  degree. 

Student-faculty  ratio:  14: 1,  with  an  average  class  size  of  25. 

Location:  Annville,  founded  in  1799,  is  a  small  town  of  approximately  5,000  people  located 
in  south  central  Pennsylvania.  Driving  times:  Hershey,  Pa.,  10  minutes,  Harrisburg,  1/2  hour; 
Baltimore,  2  hours;  Philadelphia,  2  hours;  New  York,  3  hours;  Washington,  D.C.,  3  hours. 

Size  of  campus:  28  buildings  situated  on  over  200  acres.  The  library  contains  over  160,000 
catalog  items,  and  the  college's  five  student  computer  labs  house  127  personal  computers. 
The  sports  center  is  nationally  recognized  for  its  water  fitness  program. 

Residence  halls:  Nine  residence  halls  housing  850  students  in  male,  female  and  coed 
facilities. 

Student  enrollment:  965  full-time  undergraduate  students,  with  502  part-time  undergradu- 
ates and  2 1 3  graduate  students. 

Student  financial  aid:  approximately  80  percent  receive  financial  aid.  Total  financial  aid  for 
1993  was  $4,200,000.  Average  LVC  grant  was  $4,700. 


THE  MISSION  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

The  Mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  arises  directly  from  its  origins  as  a  church  related 
college.  We  emphasize  that  fact  by  maintaining  affiliation  with  the  United  Methodist  Church 
and  by  affirming  the  Judeo-Christian  tradition  as  the  perspective  for  our  policies. 

The  best  way  to  understand  the  mission  of  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  to  focus  on  what  it  is 
we  hope  for  our  students.  We  want  our  students: 

•  to  develop  a  genuine  concern  for  cooperative  living  and  community  service; 

•  to  attain  a  heightened  sense  of  moral  and  spiritual  values  through  a  deepened  awareness 
of  how  people  have  thought  of  themselves  in  relation  to  nature,  to  society,  and  to  God; 

•  to  appreciate  the  close  and  unmistakable  relationship  among  rational  thought,  creative 
imagination,  and  moral  commitment;  and 

•  to  deal  candidly  and  intelligently  with  the  past,  the  present,  and  the  future  and  their 
interrelationship. 

This  assertion  of  hope  for  our  students  possesses  three  distinctive  characteristics. 

(1)  While  this  is  not  a  list  of  priorities  in  rank  order,  neither  is  it  mere  coincidence  that 
cooperation  with  and  service  to  others  comes  first. 

(2)  Moral  commitment  is  not  affirmed  as  one  of  a  laundry  list  of  qualities,  nor  does  it  appear 
as  an  afterthought.  Rather  it  is  inherent  or  explicit  in  all  the  desired  outcomes. 

(3)  The  broad  description  of  our  program  which  these  objectives  implies  identifies 
qualities  which  we  attempt  to  achieve  through  both  general  education  and  major  study, 
but  the  stress  throughout  is  on  interrelationships,  not  on  knowledge  in  isolation.  We 
want  our  students  to  be  as  knowledgeable,  as  aesthetically  sensitive,  as  skillful  as 
possible,  but  we  want  more  than  that  for  them. 

The  motto  of  the  college,  taken  from  the  Gospel  of  John,  is  "You  shall  know  the  truth  and  the 
truth  shall  make  you  free."  But  our  aim  is  not  merely  to  free  our  students  from  ignorance, 
superstition,  prejudice,  narrowness  of  vision.  It  is  also  to  free  them  for  a  life  of  service  to 
others.  That  purpose  we  affirm  in  the  concept  of  leadership  which  gives  focus  to  the  ideals 
of  education  by  reiterating  the  central  value  of  the  liberal  arts  tradition  in  a  democratic 
society:  to  prepare  people  to  make  a  difference,  to  contribute  significantly  to  their  various 
communities. 


UNDERGRADUATE  INFORMATION 

Admission  For  Full  Time  Students 
High  School  Preparation 

All  admission  candidates  should  have  completed  16  credit  units  and  graduated  from  an 
accredited  secondary  school,  or  present  an  equivalency  certificate  (G.E.D.).  Of  the  16  units, 
4  should  be  in  English,  2  in  foreign  language,  2  in  mathematics,  1  in  science  and  1  in  social 
studies. 

Application  Procedure 

A  candidate  for  admission  to  Lebanon  Valley  College  must  submit  a  completed  application 
form  with  the  required  application  fee,  Scholastic  Aptitude  or  American  College  Test  results 
and  an  official  transcript  of  high  school  grades.  Students  planning  to  transfer  to  Lebanon 
Valley  must  submit  official  transcripts  of  completed  college  or  university  work. 

All  candidates  are  encouraged  to  visit  campus  for  a  personal  interview.  Applicants  for 
admission  into  music,  music  education  or  sound  recording  technology  programs  are  required 
to  audition  on  campus;  audition  applications  are  available  from  the  Admission  Office.  For 
further  information  contact: 

Admission  Office 

Lebanon  Valley  College 

101  North  College  Avenue 

Annville,PA  17003-0501 

Phone:  (717)  867-6181  or  (800)  445-6181 

FAX:  (717)  867-6026 

Student  Finances 

Payment  for  tuition,  room,  board,  and  other  charges  is  due  by  a  published  deadline  prior  to 
the  beginning  of  each  semester.  Students  failing  to  meet  this  deadline  will  be  required  to  make 
special  arrangements  with  the  Business  Office  before  their  course  registrations  will  be 
processed.  Questions  about  student  finances  should  be  addressed  to  the  Business  Office. 

Refund  Policy 

Students  withdrawing  from  a  course,  or  the  school,  will  receive  a  refund  prorated  according 

to  the  following  schedule: 

Time  Period  Refund 

During  the  first  week  of  classes  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes  80% 

During  the  third  week  of  classes  50% 

After  the  third  week  of  classes  0% 


Summer  School- 

During  the  first  week  of  classes  100% 

During  the  second  week  of  classes  50% 

After  the  second  week  of  classes  0% 

Part-time  and  continuing  education  students  should  consult  the  refund  schedule  published 
by  the  Continuing  Education  Office. 

No  refund  is  allowed  on  room  charges. 

Refund  Policy  During  First  Semester 

A  student  who  is  attending  Lebanon  Valley  College  for  the  first  time  will  receive  a  refund 
according  to  the  federal  policy  established  by  the  Higher  Education  Amendments  of  1992. 
The  pro-rata  refund  policy  applies  to  new  students  whose  date  of  withdraw  is  within  the  first 
60  percent  of  the  semester  for  which  the  student  has  been  billed.  This  refund  policy  allows 
for  a  refund  of  tuition,  fees,  room  and  board  for  the  portion  of  the  semester  for  which  the 
student  has  been  charged  that  remains  in  this  period  but  for  which  the  student  will  not  be 
enrolled.  A  copy  of  the  federal  pro-rata  refund  policy  is  on  file  in  the  Financial  Aid  Office. 

Alternative  Payment  Plan 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  a  payment  plan  for  those  families  who,  after  exploring  other 
options,  prefer  to  spread  payments  over  a  10-month  period.  Two  agents  have  been  appointed 
to  process  deferred  payment  applications: 

Academic  Management  Services,  Inc.  T.I.P. 

50  Vision  Boulevard  (Tuition  Installment  Plan) 

P.O.  Box  14608  P.O.Box  2541 

East  Providence,  RI  02914-0608  Harrisburg,  PA  17105-2541 

Phone:  1-800-556-6684  Phone:  1-800-851-4770 

The  college  has  no  financial  interest  in  either  of  these  plans  and  offers  them  as  a  convenience 
to  students  and  parents. 

Continuing  Education  Office 
Students  may  enroll  part-time  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  through  Continuing  Education. 
Students  are  considered  part-time  if  they  are  enrolled  for  0  -  1 1  credit  hours  per  semester. 
The  Continuing  Education  Office  offers  credit  programs  on  four  levels:  certificate,  associate, 
baccalaureate,  and  diploma.  Certificates  are  starter  programs  that  approximate  the  beginning 
of  a  four-year  college  experience,  ideal  spring-boards  from  which  to  go  on  for  an  associate 
or  bachelor's  degree.  Diploma  programs  are  intended  for  persons  who  have  already  been 
awarded  a  bachelor's  degree  in  one  discipline  and  desire  to  study  another  discipline  in  some 
depth. 

A  second  bachelor's  degree  may  be  awarded  to  adult  students  who  already  have  received  a 
bachelor  of  arts  or  sciences  from  Lebanon  Valley  or  another  accredited  college  or  university. 


Meeting  with  a  continuing  education  counselor  is  required 
prior  to  registering  for  courses. 


In  such  cases,  students  only  must  complete  the  major  requirements  for  the  second  degree  or 
a  minimum  of  30  credits,  whichever  is  greater. 

Courses  taught  through  Continuing  Education  are  offered  during  evenings,  weekend  and 
summer  sessions  on  the  main  campus  in  Annville  and  through  our  Lancaster  Center  on  the 
Franklin  &  Marshall  College  Campus.  The  Continuing  Education  Office  publishes  course 
schedules  for  the  fall,  spring  and  summer  sessions.  To  obtain  copies  of  course  schedules  or 
get  detailed  information  on  all  academic  programs  for  adults  call  7 1 7-867-62 1 3  in  Annville 
or  717-399^4419  in  Lancaster  or  write  Continuing  Education  Office,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  Annville,  PA  17003-0501. 


A  candidate  for  admission  to  any  of  Lebanon  Valley  College's  Continuing  Education  degree 
programs  must  submit  a  completed  application  form  with  the  required  application  fee.  An 
official  high  school  transcript  is  required  if  students  have  less  than  24  semester  hours  of 
transferable  college  credits.  Students  planning  to  transfer  to  Lebanon  Valley  must  submit 
official  transcripts  of  any  completed  college  or  university  courses.  Official  transcripts 
relating  to  military  or  business  courses  also  may  prove  to  be  useful.  Although  students  may 
begin  taking  classes  before  they  have  been  accepted,  they  must  speak  with  a  counselor  before 
registering  for  courses.  To  arrange  an  admission  interview  with  a  counselor  call  717-867- 
62 1 3  in  Annville  or  7 1 7-399-44 1 9  in  Lancaster.  Decisions  on  all  adult  student  applications 
usually  are  made  within  one  month  after  the  last  required  transcript  is  received. 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS  AND  PROCEDURES 

Attendance  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  privilege,  not  a  right.  To  provide  the  necessary 
atmosphere  in  which  teaching  and  learning  can  occur,  the  college  expects  that  the  conduct 
of  all  campus  citizens  will  conform  to  accepted  standards.  The  college  has  the  right  to  require 
the  withdrawal  of  any  student  whose  actions  are  inimical  to  the  purposes  of  the  institution. 
The  following  academic  regulations  are  announcements  and  do  not  constitute  a  contract 
between  the  student  and  the  college.  The  college  reserves  the  right  to  change  these  regulations 
and  procedures  as  it  deems  necessary  for  the  accomplishment  of  its  purposes,  but  wherever 
possible,  a  student  will  proceed  to  graduation  under  the  regulations  in  effect  at  the  time  of  his/ 
her  entrance  at  the  college. 

Degrees 
Baccalaureate  Degrees 

Lebanon  Valley  College  confers  six  baccalaureate  degrees.  Bachelor  of  Arts  for  students 
completing  requirements  in  the  following  major  programs:  American  studies,  economics, 
English,  French,  German,  history,  music,  philosophy,  political  science,  psychology,  religion, 
sociology,  Spanish  and  certain  individualized  majors. 

Bachelor  of  Science  for  students  completing  requirements  in  the  following  major  programs: 
accounting,  actuarial  science,  health  care  management,  biochemistry,  biology,  chemistry, 
computer  information  systems,  computer  science,  cooperative  engineering,  cooperative 
forestry,  elementary  education,  hotel  management,  international  business,  management, 
mathematics,  music  education,  physics,  psychobiology,  and  certain  individualized  majors. 
Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology,  and  Bachelor 
of  Music:  Emphasis  in  Sound  Recording  Technology  for  students  completing  requirements 
for  the  appropriate  major  program. 

Associate  Degrees 

Through  the  Continuing  Education  Office  part-time  students  may  earn  the  Associate  of 
Science  degree  in  accounting,  general  studies  or  management,  or  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree 
in  general  studies. 

Privacy  of  Student  Records 
In  accordance  with  the  Family  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974  the  college  releases  no  student 
education  records  without  written  consent  and  request  of  the  student,  or  as  prescribed  by  law. 

A  student  has  the  right  to  inspect  his  or  her  educational  records  maintained  by  the  college. 
It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  contact  the  appropriate  office  of  the  college  to  make  the 
necessary  arrangements. 


The  college  makes  public  such  directory  information  as  name,  address,  telephone,  date  of 
birth,  major  field  of  study,  degrees  and  awards  received,  previous  schools  attended, 
participation  in  activities,  and  athletic  information. 

Credit  Hours 
A  credit  hour  is  the  unit  to  measure  academic  progress.  Each  course  has  a  credit  designation 
approximately  equal  to  the  number  of  hours  to  be  spent  in  class  each  week.  A  course  requiring 
three  hours  of  class  attendance  each  week  will  carry  three  credit  hours.  Credit  for  laboratories 
is  generally  awarded  at  one-half  the  regular  rate. 

Graduation  Requirements 
Candidates  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  shall  complete  successfully  1 20  credit  hours  including 
the  requirements  for  the  general  education  program  (see  page  19),  and  the  requirements  for 
majors  and  minors  as  appropriate.  Credit  hours  are  accumulated  in  three  separate  categories: 
general  education  requirements,  major  requirements,  and  electives. 

In  addition,  candidates  shall  complete  successfully  two  units  of  physical  education  selected 
from  a  list  of  approved  activities.  Students  shall  not  satisfy  the  physical  education 
requirement  by  taking  the  same  activity  unit  twice.  Students  shall  have  a  maximum  of  one 
physical  education  unit  waived  for  successful  completion  of  any  of  the  following:  one  season 
of  a  varsity  sport,  one  semester  of  marching  band,  or  one  semester  of  military  science. 
Continuing  education  students  are  exempt  from  the  physical  education  requirement. 

Candidates  for  an  associate's  degree  must  accumulate  at  least  60  credit  hours  including  the 
course  work  appropriate  to  their  major  program.  Fifteen  of  the  last  1 8  credit  hours  toward  the 
degree  must  be  in  residence. 

Candidates  for  a  degree  must  obtain  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00  and  a  major 
grade  point  average  of  2.00 

The  general  education  program  is  that  part  of  the  curriculum  that  is  shared  by  all  students  in 
all  majors.  The  required  courses  reflect  54-56  credit  hours. 

The  major  programs  each  require  at  least  24  credit  hours  of  course  work. 

Electives  are  those  courses  selected  by  the  student  that  reflect  neither  major  nor  general 
education  requirements. 

Candidates  for  degrees  must  also  take  in  residence  30  credit  hours  of  the  36  taken 
immediately  prior  to  graduation.  Course  work  taken  in  all  of  the  college's  programs  qualify 
as  work  done  in  residence. 


Advising  Program 
Each  student  has  a  faculty  adviser  whose  role  is  to  counsel  about  registration  procedures, 
course  selections,  academic  requirement,  and  regulations.  The  student  is  required  to  obtain 
the  adviser's  counsel  and  approval  before  registration,  withdrawal,  election  of  pass/fail 
option,  and/or  change  in  credit/audit  status. 

Arrangement  of  Schedules 
Each  student  arranges  a  semester  program  of  courses  in  consultation  with,  and  by  approval 
of,  his  or  her  faculty  adviser.  Students  already  in  attendance  do  this  during  registration 
periods.  New  students  accomplish  this  on  orientation  days. 

Limit  of  Hours 
To  be  classified  as  full  time,  a  student  must  take  at  least  12  credit  hours  in  a  semester. 
Seventeen  credit  hours  is  the  maximum  permitted  without  approval  from  the  student's 
adviser  and  permission  of  the  registrar.  Audited  courses  are  counted  in  determining  the 
course  load,  but  music  organizations  are  not.  To  be  permitted  to  take  more  than  17  credits  the 
student  should  have  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  3.0  or  higher,  or  be  enrolled  in  the 
Honors  Program,  or  be  a  senior.  Students  shall  pay  the  prevailing  tuition  rate  for  each  credit 
hour  beyond  17  (not  counting  music  organizations). 

Class  Standing 
Students  are  classified  academically  at  the  beginning  of  each  year.  Membership  in  the 
sophomore,  junior  or  senior  classes  is  granted  to  students  who  have  earned  a  minimum  of  28, 
56,  or  84  credit  hours  respectively. 

Transfer  Credit 
A  student  applying  for  advanced  standing  after  having  attended  another  accredited  institution 
shall  send  an  official  transcript  to  the  dean  of  admission.  If  requested,  the  student  must 
provide  copies  of  the  appropriate  catalogs  for  the  years  of  attendance  at  the  other  institution 
or  institutions. 

Credits  are  accepted  for  transfer  provided  the  grades  are  C-  (1.67)  or  better  and  the  work  is 
equivalent  or  similar  to  work  offered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Grades  thus  transferred 
count  for  credit  hours  only,  not  for  quality  points. 

A  candidate  for  admission  holding  an  associate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  college 
can  be  admitted  with  full  acceptance  of  course  work  at  the  previously  attended  institution. 
Course  work  in  the  major  field,  however,  for  which  the  applicant  has  received  a  D  shall  not 
be  counted  toward  fulfilling  the  major  requirement. 

Because  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution,  consideration  of  full  acceptance 
of  the  associate  degree  will  be  granted  with  the  understanding  that  the  candidate  has  followed 
a  basic  course  of  study  compatible  with  the  curriculum  and  academic  programs  of  the  college 
and  has  been  enrolled  in  a  transfer  program.  A  total  of  60  credits  will  be  accepted  for  an 


associate  degree  and  57  credits  for  a  diploma  program.  A  maximum  of  90  credit  hours  will 
be  accepted  toward  a  baccalaureate  degree. 

In  most  instances  the  applicant  may  be  expected  to  complete  the  baccalaureate  degree  within 
two  years.  However,  when  the  requirements  of  a  particular  major  field  or  the  nature  of  the 
previous  study  demand  additional  work  beyond  two  years,  the  applicant  will  normally  be 
notified  at  the  time  of  admission. 

Discontinuance  of  Courses 
The  college  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course. 

Registration  and  Preregistration 
Students  are  required  to  register  for  courses  on  designated  days  of  each  semester.  Students 
who  register  later  than  the  designated  times  shall  be  charged  a  fee.  Students  desiring  to 
register  later  than  one  week  after  the  opening  of  the  semester  will  be  admitted  only  by  special 
permission  of  the  registrar. 

On  entering  Lebanon  Valley  College  students  indicate  that  they  are  open  or  that  they  have 
a  particular  intended  major.  Students  may  make  a  formal  declaration  of  major  during  the 
second  semester  of  their  freshmen  year,  and  must  make  a  formal  declaration  by  the  time  they 
have  completed  60  credit  hours. 

Change  of  Registration 
Change  of  registration,  including  pass/fail  elections,  changes  of  course  hours  credit,  changes 
from  credit  to  audit  and  vice  versa,  must  be  approved  by  signature  of  the  adviser.  In  most 
instances,  registration  for  a  course  shall  not  be  permitted  after  the  course  has  been  in  session 
for  one  full  week.  With  the  permission  of  the  adviser,  a  student  may  withdraw  from  a  course 
during  the  first  ten  (10)  weeks  of  the  semester.  However,  first  semester  freshmen  may 
withdraw  from  a  course  at  any  time  through  the  last  day  of  semester  classes  with  permission 
of  the  adviser.  A  fee  is  charged  for  every  change  of  course  made  at  the  student's  request  after 
Add/Drop  Day. 

Auditing  Courses 
Students  may  register  to  audit  courses  with  the  approval  of  their  academic  adviser.  Audited 
courses  are  counted  in  considering  the  course  load  relative  to  the  limit  of  hours.  No  grade  or 
credit  is  given  for  an  audited  course,  but  the  registrar  will  record  the  audit  on  the  transcript 
if  the  student  attends  regularly.  A  change  of  registration  from  credit  to  audit  or  from  audit  to 
credit  must  be  accomplished  by  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  of  semester  classes. 


10 


Pass/Fail 
After  attaining  sophomore  standing  (28  credit  hours)  a  student  may  elect  to  take  up  to  two 
courses  per  semester  and  one  per  summer  session  on  pass/fail  basis;  however,  only  six  such 
courses  can  be  counted  toward  graduation  requirements.  No  courses  elected  by  students  to 
be  taken  pass/fail  may  be  used  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  general  education  program, 
the  major(s),  the  minor(s),  and  secondary  education  certification.  A  student  may  select  or 
cancel  a  pass/fail  registration  any  time  during  the  first  eight  weeks  of  a  semester.  Passing  with 
honors  will  be  designated  by  the  grade  PH  indicating  that  a  grade  of  B+  or  higher  was  earned. 

Repetition  of  Courses 
A  student  may  repeat  as  often  as  desired,  for  a  higher  grade,  a  previously  taken  course,  subject 
to  the  following  provisions:  the  course  must  have  been  taken  in  courses  staffed  by  the  college 
at  the  Annville  campus  and/or  the  Lancaster  center  or  Pennsylvania  School  of  Art  &  Design 
in  Lancaster.  Semester  hours  credit  are  given  only  once.  The  grade  received  each  time  taken 
is  computed  in  the  semester  grade  point  average.  Each  semester  grade  report  will  show  hours 
credit  each  time  passed,  but  the  total  hours  toward  a  degree  will  be  equal  only  to  the  semester 
hours  credit  for  the  course.  For  a  course  previously  passed  P/F,  the  grade  received  in  the 
subsequent  registration  for  regular  grade  is  the  "higher  grade."  Each  grade  received  remains 
on  the  permanent  record  and  a  notation  is  made  thereon  that  the  course  has  been  repeated. 

Concurrent  Courses 
A  student  enrolled  for  a  degree  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  carry  courses  concur- 
rently at  any  other  institution  without  prior  consent  of  his  or  her  adviser  and  the  registrar. 

External  Summer  Courses 
A  student  registered  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  may  not  obtain  credit  for  the  courses  taken 
during  the  summer  in  another  college,  unless  such  courses  have  prior  approval  of  his  or  her 
adviser  and  the  registrar. 

Attendance  Policy 
Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  requirements  for  each  course, 
including  regular  class  attendance.  At  the  opening  of  each  semester  the  instructors  shall 
clearly  inform  students  of  class  attendance  regulations.  Violations  of  those  regulations  shall 
make  the  student  liable  to  receive  a  grade  of  F  in  the  course.  Upon  the  recommendation  of 
the  instructor  and  the  approval  of  the  registrar  a  grade  of  W  will  be  assigned  during  the  first 
ten  (10)  weeks  of  the  semester,  and  an  F  will  be  assigned  after  that  date. 

Excused  absences  do  not  absolve  students  from  the  necessity  of  fulfilling  all  course 
requirements. 

In-Absentia 
The  college  treats  students  in  domestic  or  foreign  study  programs  and  in  the  Washington 
Semester  Program  as  students-in-absentia.  Any  student  who  studies  for  a  semester  or 
academic  year  at  another  institution  but  with  the  intent  of  returning  to  the  college  is 

11 


considered  a  matriculated  student.  A  student  desiring  in-absentia  status  should  complete  the 
form  in  the  registrar's  office  and  secure  the  approval  of  the  adviser,  the  registrar  and  the 
associate  dean  for  international  programs.  Students  will  receive  information  on  registration 
and  room  sign-up  after  they  notify  the  registrar  of  their  address  abroad  or  in  the  United  States. 

Leave  of  Absence 
For  reasons  of  health  or  in  other  compelling  circumstances  students  may  request  a  voluntary 
leave  from  the  college  for  one  or  two  semesters.  A  student  desiring  such  a  leave  should 
complete  the  form  available  from  the  registrar  and  secure  the  approval  of  the  vice  president 
of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty.  Students  on  leave  are  regarded  as  continuing  students 
and  retain  their  status  for  registration  or  room  sign-up.  Students  on  leave  will  receive 
information  on  those  procedures  and  will  be  asked  to  verify  their  return.  The  college  reserves 
the  right  to  require  a  leave  of  absence  for  medical  reasons  at  any  time  it  is  deemed  reasonably 
necessary  to  protect  the  student,  other  students,  members  of  the  college  community,  or  the 
interests  of  the  college  itself.  Before  a  student  returns  from  a  medical  leave  of  absence,  a 
clearance  interview  with  one  of  the  counseling  psychologists,  the  dean  of  students  or  the  vice 
president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty  as  well  as  additional  documentation  may  be 
required. 

Withdrawal  from  College  and  Readmission 
To  withdraw  from  college  a  student  must  complete  an  official  withdrawal  form  obtained  from 
the  registrar.  Continuing  education  students  must  complete  an  official  withdrawal  form 
obtained  from  the  director  of  continuing  education.  Readmission  of  a  student  requires  written 
permission  from  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty. 

Advanced  Placement 
Advanced  placement  with  credit  for  appropriate  courses  shall  be  granted  to  entering  students 
who  make  scores  of  4  or  5  on  College  Board  Advanced  Placement  examinations.  For  scores 
of  3,  final  determination  is  made  by  the  appropriate  department.  Advanced  placement 
without  credit  may  be  granted  on  the  basis  of  the  Achievement  Tests  of  the  College  Board 
examinations  or  such  other  proficiency  tests  as  may  be  determined  by  the  registrar  and  by  the 
chairperson  of  the  department. 

Second  Bachelor  s  Degrees 
A  person  who  has  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College  or  another 
accredited  college  or  university  may  earn  a  second  bachelor's  degree  by  meeting  the 
following  requirements: 

1 .  A  minimum  of  30  additional  undergraduate  credits  must  be  completed  successfully  at 
Lebanon  Valley. 

2.  All  graduation  requirements  for  the  major  of  the  second  degree  must  be  met  satisfactorily. 

3.  Course  work  completed  successfully  as  part  of  the  first  degree  program  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  the  graduation  requirements  of  the  second  major. 

4.  No  course  already  taken  in  the  first  degree  program  may  be  repeated  in  the  second  degree 
program. 

12 


5.  Credits  from  student  teaching  (SED  440,  ELM  440  and  MSC  441)  may  not  be  counted 
toward  a  second  degree. 

6.  Graduates  from  other  accredited  colleges  or  universities  shall  not  be  required  to  meet  any 
Lebanon  Valley  general  education  requirements. 

7.  No  courses  in  the  second  degree  program  may  be  met  satisfactorily  through  such  non- 
traditional  means  as  challenge  examinations,  CLEP,  or  credit  for  life  experience. 

8.  Credits  from  internships  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  second  degree. 

9.  No  courses  in  the  second  degree  program  may  be  taken  Pass/Fail. 

Undergraduate  Non-Traditional  Credit 
Lebanon  Valley  College  recognizes  the  ability  of  highly  motivated  students  to  master 
specific  areas  of  study  on  their  own  initiative  and  provides  programs  to  allow  these  students 
the  opportunity  to  gain  credit.  Any  matriculated  student  may  earn  a  maximum  of  30  credits 
toward  a  bachelor's  degree  or  a  maximum  of  1 5  credits  toward  an  associate's  degree  through 
non-traditional  means  (experiential  credit,  advanced  placement,  CLEP,  challenge  exams). 

Challenge  Exams  Policy 
Only  the  courses  listed  in  the  college  curriculum  may  be  challenged  for  credit.  Full-time 
students  should  request  challenge  examinations  through  their  academic  advisers.  Part-time 
students  and  those  students  enrolled  through  the  continuing  education  program  should  make 
application  of  challenge  exams  through  the  Continuing  Education  Office.  All  requests  must 
be  approved  by  the  registrar  and  the  chairperson  of  the  department  in  which  the  course  is 
listed. 

Challenge  exams  are  considered  to  be  comprehensive  examinations  in  the  subject  area  and 
are  graded  Pass/Fail.  The  grading  criteria  for  passing  a  challenge  exam  shall  be  determined 
by  each  department.  There  is  a  fee  for  each  challenge  examination.  This  fee  is  for  preparation 
and  grading  of  the  examination  and  is  charged  without  regard  to  the  test  results.  Challenge 
exams  may  not  be  taken  by  students  who  have  received  any  grade  in  a  course  equivalent  to 
or  more  advanced  than  the  course  for  which  the  student  is  requesting  credit  by  examination. 
Challenge  exams  may  not  be  used  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  credit  for  a  course  previously 
failed.  Practicums,  internships,  seminars,  research  courses,  independent  study,  and  courses 
with  required  laboratory  components  are  not  subject  to  credit  by  examination. 

CLEP  (College  Level  Examination  Program)  Policy 
Credit  shall  be  granted  to  those  students  who  score  well  on  CLEP  examinations  that  are 
approved  by  the  college.  To  receive  credit,  a  student  must  score  above  the  50th  percentile  on 
the  objective  section  and  above  a  C,  as  determined  by  the  appropriate  academic  department, 
on  the  essay  section. 

A  maximum  of  6  credits  shall  be  awarded  for  each  examination;  of  these  credits,  only  3  may 
be  applied  to  the  general  education  requirements  in  the  appropriate  area.  Credit  shall  be 
granted  only  to  students  who  have  matriculated  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  Normally, 
requests  for  CLEP  credit  must  be  approved  by  the  registrar  before  the  student  has  completed 
30  credits. 

13 


Credit  for  Life  Experience  Policy 
Lebanon  Valley  College  provides  for  the  awarding  of  undergraduate  academic  credit  for 
knowledge  acquired  through  non-academic  experience  in  subjects  in  the  college  curriculum. 
The  experience  should  have  a  direct  relation  to  the  material  taught  in  a  course  in  the  college 
curriculum  and  should  extend  over  a  sufficient  period  to  provide  substantive  knowledge  in 
the  relevant  area.  Matriculated  students  who  believe  they  qualify  for  such  credit  may  petition 
the  appropriate  department  through  their  academic  advisers.  Students  enrolled  in  the 
Continuing  Education  program  must  petition  through  the  Continuing  Education  Office.  This 
petition  must: 

(1)  detail  the  relevant  experience  in  question 

(2)  provide  appropriate  supporting  evidence 

(3)  note  the  equivalent  college  course  by  department  and  number 

(4)  state  the  number  of  credit  hours  sought. 

The  appropriate  department  will  consult  with  the  academic  adviser  or  the  Continuing 
Education  Office  to  determine  the  best  means  (interview,  examination,  portfolio,  etc.)  for 
evaluating  the  experience. 

Approval  of  experiential  credit  for  full-time  students  must  be  made  in  writing  over  the 
signatures  of  the  academic  adviser,  the  appropriate  department  chairperson,  and  the  dean  of 
the  college.  Approval  of  experiential  credit  for  students  enrolled  through  the  continuing 
education  program  must  be  made  in  writing  over  the  signatures  of  the  director  of  continuing 
education,  the  appropriate  department  chairperson,  and  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and 
dean  of  the  faculty. 

Experiential  credit  cannot  exceed  six  credit  hours  in  one  academic  year  and  cannot  exceed 
a  maximum  of  twelve  credit  hours  in  the  degree  program. 


Students  take  a  break  between  classes. 
14 


Grading  Systems  and  Grade  Point  Averages 
Student  work  is  graded  A  (excellent),  B  (good),  C  (satisfactory),  D  (requirements  and 
standards  met  a  minimum  level),  F  (course  requirements  not  met).  For  each  credit  hour  in  a 
course,  students  receive  the  following  quality  points: 


A 

4.00 

A- 

3.67 

B+ 

3.33 

B 

3.00 

B- 

2.67 

C+ 

2.33 

C 

2.00 

C- 

1.67 

D+ 

1.33 

D 

1.00 

D- 

.67 

F 

.00 

F  carries  no  credit  or  quality  points,  but  grades  of  F  are  used  in  calculating  the  grade  point 
averages.  The  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  calculated  by  dividing  the  quality  points  by 
the  credit  hours  completed. 

Candidates  for  a  degree  must  obtain  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00,  and  a  major 
grade  point  average  of  2.00.  Only  grades  in  courses  taken  at  Lebanon  Valley  College,  the 
Lebanon  Valley  College  in  Cologne  Program,  the  Regent's  College  Study  Abroad  Programme 
and  the  Washington  Semester  Program  are  used  to  determine  grade  point  averages. 

Continuing  education  degree  candidates  admitted  before  July  1, 1989  must  meet  graduation 
requirements  by  earning  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  1.75.  All  students  and 
continuing  education  candidates  admitted  after  July  1,  1989  must  meet  graduation  require- 
ments of  earning  a  grade  point  average  of  2.00.  All  students  must  have  a  2.00  grade  point 
average  in  their  major,  any  second  major,  and  any  minor. 

A  student  may  not  take  a  course  that  has  a  prerequisite  course  he/she  has  failed. 

In  addition  to  the  above  grades,  the  symbols  I  and  W  are  used.  I  indicates  that  the  work  is 
incomplete  (certain  required  work  postponed  by  the  student  for  substantial  reason  with  the 
prior  consent  of  the  instructor),  but  otherwise  satisfactory.  This  work  must  be  completed 
within  the  first  eight  weeks  of  the  next  semester,  or  the  I  will  be  changed  to  an  F.  Appeals  for 
an  extension  of  time  must  be  presented  to  the  registrar  by  the  first  week  of  the  next  semester. 
W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  through  the  tenth  week  of  semester  classes  except  for 
first-semester  freshmen  who  may  withdraw  from  a  course  through  the  last  day  of  the 
semester.  For  physical  education  a  grade  of  either  S  (satisfactory)  or  U  (unsatisfactory)  is 
recorded. 

Once  a  grade  has  been  recorded  it  may  not  be  changed  without  the  approval  of  the  instructor 
and  the  registrar.  Students  who  feel  the  grade  may  be  inaccurate  should  contact  the  instructor 
at  once,  but  in  no  case  later  than  the  end  of  the  semester  following  the  course  in  question. 

Academic  and  Graduation  Honors 
The  Dean  s  List 

Students  achieving  a  3 .40  or  higher  grade  point  average  while  carrying  at  least  1 2  credit  hours 
for  grade  shall  be  named  to  the  Dean's  List  at  the  end  of  each  semester. 

15 


Continuing  education  students  shall  be  named  to  the  Continuing  Education  Dean's  List  by 
meeting  the  following  terms: 

(1)  must  be  matriculated  in  certificate,  degree  or  teacher  certification  programs 

(2)  must  be  enrolled  for  at  least  6  credit  hours 

(3)  must  achieve  a  minimum  semester  grade  point  average  of  3.40 

Graduation  Honors 

After  completing  a  minimum  of  60  credit  hours  of  residence  work  a  student  may  qualify  for 
graduation  honors.  The  honors  to  be  conferred  are  Summa  Cum  Laude  for  grade  point 
averages  of  3.75  -  4.0,  Magna  Cum  Laude  for  grade  point  averages  of  3.60  -  3.74,  and  Cum 
Laude  for  grade  point  averages  of  3.40  -  3.59. 

Departmental  Honors 

All  major  programs  provide  the  opportunity  for  departmental  honors  work  during  the  junior 
and  senior  years.  For  specific  information,  interested  students  should  contact  the  appropriate 
department  chairperson.  Generally,  departmental  honors  consist  of  a  reading  and/or  research 
project  producing  a  thesis  or  essay.  This  project  is  undertaken  on  a  subject  of  the  student's 
own  choosing  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty  adviser.  Opportunity  also  exists  to  do 
creative  work.  A  maximum  of  9  hours  credit  may  be  earned  in  departmental  honors. 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon 

Students  graduating  with  grade  point  averages  of  3.50  or  higher  are  eligible  for  induction  into 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon,  provided  they  have  earned  a  minimum  of  60  credit  hours  of  residence 

work. 

Academic  Dishonesty 
Students  are  expected  to  uphold  the  principles  of  academic  honesty.  Academic  dishonesty 
shall  not  be  tolerated. 

For  the  first  academic  dishonesty  offense,  no  action  shall  be  taken  beyond  failure  from  the 
course,  at  the  option  of  the  faculty  member.  A  letter  of  warning  shall  be  sent  to  the  student 
by  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty,  explaining  the  policy  regarding 
further  offenses,  and  the  right  of  appeal. 

For  a  second  offense,  failure  in  the  course  is  mandatory,  and  the  dean  shall  so  inform  the 
faculty  member(s)  involved.  Additionally,  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the 
faculty  has  the  authority  to  take  further  action,  up  to  and  including  expulsion  from  the  college. 

For  a  third  offense,  failure  in  the  course  and  expulsion  from  the  college  are  mandatory. 

The  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty  has  the  authority  to  make  a 
determination  of  whether  actions  or  reasonable  suspicions  of  actions  by  a  student  constitute 
academic  dishonesty  "offenses"  as  above. 


16 


Information  related  to  academic  dishonesty  offenses  must  be  passed  by  the  faculty  member 
to  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty.  The  dean  shall  retain  the 
information  for  at  least  as  long  as  the  student  involved  is  enrolled  at  the  college.  Information 
and  evidence  concerning  academic  dishonesty  are  the  property  of  the  college. 

All  actions  against  a  student  for  academic  dishonesty  offenses  can  be  appealed  to  the  vice 
president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty,  who  will  serve  as  final  arbiter. 

Probation  and  Suspension 
Students  can  be  placed  on  academic  probation,  suspended  or  dismissed  if  their  academic 
standing  fails  to  come  up  to  the  grade  point  average  shown  in  the  following  table: 


Semester 

Suspension  or 

Hours 

Probation 

Dismissal 

1-18 

1.50 

19-36 

1.60 

1.50  cumulative 

37-54 

1.70 

55-72 

1.80 

1.70  cumulative 

73-90 

1.90 

91  or  more 

2.00 

1.90  cumulative 

A  student  placed  on  academic  probation  is  notified  of  such  status  by  the  vice  president  of  the 
college  and  dean  of  the  faculty  and  informed  of  the  college  regulations  governing  probation- 
ers. Students  on  probation  are  expected  to  regulate  their  work  and  their  time  in  a  most 
determined  effort  to  bring  their  performances  up  to  the  required  standard.  A  student  on 
probation  who  desires  to  begin  a  new  activity  or  continue  in  an  activity  already  begun,  shall 
submit  an  appeal  to  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty.  After  consultation 
with  the  student's  major  adviser  and  parents,  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the 
faculty  will  render  a  binding  decision. 

A  student  suspended  for  academic  reasons  normally  is  not  eligible  for  reinstatement  for  one 
semester.  A  student  seeking  reinstatement  must  petition  in  writing  to  the  vice  president  of  the 
college  and  dean  of  the  faculty. 

A  student  twice  suspended  shall  be  considered  for  readmission  only  after  completing 
appropriate  academic  work  at  an  accredited  college. 

Veterans'  Services 
Veterans  who  are  eligible  to  receive  educational  benefits  must  report  their  enrollment  to  the 
registrar  after  they  register  for  each  semester  or  summer  session.  The  registrar  will  then 
submit  certification  to  the  Veterans  Administration. 

Veterans  who  are  attending  Lebanon  Valley  College  for  the  first  time  must  complete  the 
appropriate  forms  in  the  registrar's  office  before  certification  will  be  sent  to  the  Veterans 
Administration. 

17 


Students  eligible  for  veterans  benefits  who  remains  on  academic  probation  for  two  consecu- 
tive semesters  must  be  reported  to  the  Department  of  Veterans  Affairs.  Veterans  with 
questions  about  the  college  or  their  status  with  the  college  should  contact  the  registrar. 

Servicemember'  s  Opportunity  Colleges 
Lebanon  Valley  College  has  been  designated  as  an  institutional  member  of  Servicemember's 
Opportunity  Colleges  (SOC),  a  group  of  over  400  colleges  providing  post  secondary 
education  to  members  throughout  the  world.  As  an  SOC  member,  Lebanon  Valley  College 
recognizes  the  unique  nature  of  the  military  life-style  and  has  committed  itself  to  easing  the 
transfer  of  relevant  course  credits,  providing  flexible  residency  requirements,  and  crediting 
learning  from  appropriate  military  training  and  experiences. 

Teacher  Certification  for  Non-Matriculated  Students 
Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  teacher  certification  to  a  variety  of  special  students:  students 
with  degrees  from  other  colleges,  or  teachers  seeking  certification  in  other  fields,  or  Lebanon 
Valley  College  alumni  seeking  certification  for  the  first  time.  All  students  must  present 
official  transcripts  of  college  work  or  their  previous  teacher  certification  to  the  registrar.  The 
Education  Department,  the  registrar  and  the  appropriate  academic  department  shall  evaluate 
the  record  and  recommend  the  appropriate  course  of  action.  A  fee  shall  be  charged  for  this 
service. 


Internships  at  area  businesses 

often  lead  to  full-time 

positions  after  graduation. 


UNDERGRADUATE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAMS 

General  Education  Program 
Through  the  General  Education  Program  the  college  most  directly  expresses  its  commitment 
to  the  ideal  of  liberal  education  that  underlies  its  statement  of  purpose.  The  program  has  four 
components:  communications,  liberal  studies,  foreign  studies  and  disciplinary  perspectives. 
This  program  seeks  to  prepare  graduates  who  are  broadly  competent,  skilled  in  communica- 
tion, capable  of  analysis  and  interpretation,  tolerant  and  able  to  continue  to  learn  in  a  rapidly 
changing  world. 

The  General  Education  Program  aims  to  help  students: 

•  strengthen  their  capacities  for  critical  thinking  and  rational  analysis; 

•  practice  clear  and  effective  communication; 

•  learn  methods  essential  for  study  and  research; 

•  develop  breadth  through  fundamental  studies  in  basic  liberal  arts  disciplines; 

•  improve  their  ability  to  make  informed  aesthetic  and  moral  assessments; 

•  understand  and  appreciate  cultures  and  traditions  different  from  their  own; 

•  integrate  different  ways  of  learning  and  understanding. 

The  program  consists  of  coursework  in  the  following  four  areas: 

Communications.  15  credit  hours. 

English  Communications  (2  courses) 
Writing  Requirement  (3  courses) 
Electronic  Information  Proficiency 

This  component  recognizes  the  central  role  communication  plays  in  learning  and  in  life. 
Courses  teach  the  principles  of  clear  and  effective  communication  and  provide  opportunities 
to  practice  and  refine  them  throughout  the  student's  college  career. 

English  Communication.  Courses  teach  the  elements  of  English  composition  and  the  related 
skills  of  speaking,  reading,  listening,  word  processing,  and  bibliographic  access  through 
database  searching. 

Requirement:  ENG  1 1 1/1 12  or  HON  201 . 

Writing  Requirement.  In  addition  to  English  communication,  students  must  complete  three 
courses  designated  Writing  Intensive  during  the  sophomore,  junior  and  senior  years.  Faculty 
teaching  these  courses  will  provide  coaching  in  writing  and  make  evaluation  of  writing 
quality  an  important  factor  in  the  course  grade. 

Requirement:  Three  courses  from  an  approved  list. 


19 


Approved:  AMS  253;  BIO  102,  103,  307,  312,  322;  CHM  222,  321,  322;  ECN  312,  321, 
332,401, 41 1;ELM  361, 499;  ENG213,221, 222, 225,226,31 1,315,331, 332, 
334,  335,  341,  342,  343,  499;  FRN  410,  420,  430, 440, 450;  GPY  212;  GMN 
400-419, 460;  HIS  205, 206, 207, 225, 226, 227, 253, 321, 322, 325, 326;  HON 
500;  LSP  350;  MGT  325,  326,  330,  420,  425,  480,  485;  MSC  120,  334,  341, 
342;  PHL215, 300, 301-335, 336, 349;  PSY  120, 321, 339, 343, 443;  REL31 1, 
312, 322, 342;  SOC  322, 324, 331, 333, 362, 382;  SPA  310,410,420,430,440, 
450,  460. 

Electronic  Information  Proficiency.  There  is  no  specific  computer  course  requirement. 
Courses  in  the  General  Education  Program  will  build  on  the  base  established  in  English 
Communications  to  include  other  computer  applications  and  modes  of  information  access 
and  retrieval  as  appropriate. 

Liberal  Studies.  27-29  credit  hours. 

3  courses  in  each  group  with  at  least  1  course  from  each  area. 
Group  I  Group  II  Group  III 

History  Natural  Science    Literature  and  Fine  Art 

Social  Science  Mathematics         Religion  and  Philosophy 

Courses  in  this  component  provide  breadth  by  introducing  fundamental  concepts,  methods, 
and  content  in  disciplines  essential  to  a  liberal  education. 

Requirement:  Three  courses  from  each  group  with  at  least  one  from  each  area. 

Group  I 
Area  1 :  History.  Courses  acquaint  students  with  historical  methodology  and  with  some  of  the 
principal  developments  in  European  and  American  history. 

Approved:     AMS  111;  HIS  101,  102,  125,  126. 

Area  2:  Social  Science.  Courses  establish  and  explore  patterns  of  human  culture  and  social 
organization  including  international  aspects  of  the  world  by  examining  the  relationships 
among  individuals  and  the  structures  and  processes  of  societies.  They  draw  on  the  theories 
and  methodological  approaches  used  in  the  social  sciences  and  prepare  students  to  evaluate, 
integrate,  and  communicate  information  and  issues  related  to  human  behavior. 

Approved:     ECN  100,  101;  HON  202;  PSC  111,  112,  130;  PSY  100;  SOC  110,  120. 

Group  II 
Area  3:  Natural  Science.  Courses  present  findings,  concepts,  and  theories  of  science,  develop 
an  understanding  of  scientific  methods  of  inquiry,  engage  students  directly  in  the  practice  of 
science,  and  prepare  them  to  understand  the  relationship  between  science  and  technology. 


20 


Approved:     BIO  101, 102, 103, 111,112;  CHM  100, 1 1 1/1 13, 1 12/1 14;  PHY  100, 103, 104, 
111,  112;  PSY  120. 

Area  4:  Mathematics.  Courses  introduce  pivotal  mathematical  ideas,  abstract  mathematical 
constructs,  and  mathematical  applications.  They  make  students  aware  of  the  powers  and 
limitations  of  mathematics  and  emphasize  the  role  of  mathematics  in  our  society. 

Approved:     MAS  1 00,  1 1 1 ,  1 1 2,  1 50,  1 6 1 ,  1 62,  1 70,  270. 

Group  III 
Area  5:  Literature  and  Fine  Art.  Courses  acquaint  students  with  significant  works  of  artistic 
expression  and  with  their  historical  and  cultural  contexts.  They  help  them  analyze  and 
appreciate  works  of  art,  music,  and  literature  and  seek  both  to  extend  their  aesthetic 
experience  and  enhance  the  quality  of  their  critical  judgment. 

Approved:     ART  1 10,  201,  203;  ENG  200, 221, 222, 227, 228;  FAR  160;  HON  204;  MCS 
100,  120,  200,  342. 

Course  in  Fine  Arts  (FAR): 

FAR  160.  The  Aesthetic  Experience.  This  interdisciplinary  course  looks  at  works  of  art  as 
individual  creative  acts  and  as  products  of  a  specific  socio-historical  context.  It  introduces 
students  to  techniques  of  form  and  analysis  in  music,  art  and  literature  and  also  traces  the 
changes  and  developments  in  these  forms  of  expression  during  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 
3  credits. 

Area  6:  Religion  and  Philosophy.  Courses  introduce  major  religious  or  philosophical 
perspectives,  the  critical  study  of  value  judgments,  and  the  understanding  that  all  judgments 
and  value  systems  are  grounded  in  particular  world  views.  Students  are  encouraged  to 
examine  their  own  moral  commitments  as  they  develop  an  awareness  of  and  tolerance  for 
other  value  systems. 

Approved:     HON  203;  PHL  1 10,  160,  230,  240;  REL  1 10,  120,  160. 

Foreign  Studies.  9  credit  hours. 
2  courses  in  a  foreign  language. 
1  course  from  a  list  approved  for  this  component. 

This  component  responds  to  a  contemporary  world  in  which  communication,  travel  and  trade 
increasingly  juxtapose  different  cultures,  values  and  ideas.  Courses  help  students  understand, 
interpret,  and  appreciate  different  cultural,  social,  moral,  economic  and  political  systems. 

Foreign  Language.  By  learning  another  language  students  gain  a  perspective  essentially  apart 
from  their  native  tongue  and  culture.  These  courses  help  students  understand  that  all 
languages  solve  similar  problems  of  expressing  thought,  but  that  each  language  provides 
special  access  to  a  particular  human  society. 

21 


Requirement:  Two  courses  at  the  intermediate  level. 

Courses:        FRN  201/202;  GER  201/202;  SPA  201/202. 

Exceptions:  students  may  substitute  elementary  courses  (FRN,  GMN,  RSN,  SPA  101/102) 
if  they 

1)  wish  to  begin  a  new  language; 

2)  had  less  than  two  years  of  the  language  in  high  school; 

3)  have  had  no  language  study  for  five  years. 

Foreign  Studies.  Courses  introduce  important  aspects  of  societies  in  Asia,  Africa,  the  Middle 
East,  and  the  Americas  to  foster  an  understanding  of  cultural,  social,  political,  religious,  or 
economic  systems  outside  the  European  tradition.  Courses  may  compare  European  societies 
with  other  societies  or  address  factors  that  influence  culture  as  long  as  these  other  consider- 
ations do  not  obscure  the  primary  goal  of  studying  essentially  different  cultures. 

Requirement:  Choose  one  course  from  an  approved  list. 

Approved:     ENG  390;  HIS  271,  273,  275,  277;  PSC  140;  REL  115,  1 16;  SPA  460. 

Disciplinary  Perspectives.  3  credit  hours. 

1  course  from  a  list  approved  for  this  component. 

Certain  problems  are  addressed  best  from  the  perspective  of  more  than  one  discipline.  This 
component  offers  students  an  opportunity  to  bring  the  insights  from  different  disciplines  to 
the  analysis  of  a  complex  issue.  Courses  incorporate  content  and  approaches  from  at  least  two 
disciplines,  ask  students  to  draw  on  their  own  disciplinary  perspectives,  and  challenge  them 
to  view  issues  from  various  points  of  view.  Junior  or  senior  standing  is  required. 

Requirement:        one  course  from  an  approved  list. 

Approved:     AMS  311;  DSP  390;  ECN  390;  HIS  325,  326;  LSP  350;  PHL  334, 349  or  REL 
342;  PSY  390;  REL  332,  390. 

Interdisciplinary  Course  (DSP): 

DSP  390.  Special  Topics.  This  number  designates  a  special  topics  course  in  the  disciplinary 
perspectives  component  of  the  General  Education  Program.  Faculty  may  make  use  of  this 
opportunity  to  design  a  course  outside  normal  departmental  offerings.  The  course  selection 
booklet  which  appears  before  registration  each  semester  will  describe  individual  courses  in 
this  category.  3  credits. 

A  student  may  petition  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the  faculty  to  substitute 
another  course  in  the  curriculum  for  an  approved  course  in  any  component  of  the  program. 


22 


Honors  Program 
The  honors  program  is  designed  for  superior  students  who  are  keenly  motivated  to  expand 
their  intellectual  horizons,  develop  their  originality  and  curiosity,  and  challenge  their 
intellectual  abilities. 

The  program  seeks  to  sharpen  critical  and  analytical  thinking,  develop  verbal  and  written 
expression,  encourage  intellectual  independence,  and  foster  sensitive  and  informed  investi- 
gation of  human  values. 

To  achieve  these  goals,  the  program  offers  a  demanding,  stimulating  and  integrated 
alternative  to  a  portion  of  the  general  requirements  of  the  college. 

Entering  students  and  first  semester  freshmen  are  selected  for  the  program  on  the  basis  of 
interviews  and  scholastic  records.  Any  student  who  has  a  3.0  grade  point  average  or  better 
after  the  first  semester  of  the  freshman  year  may  enter  the  honors  program  and  take  HON  202 
after  consultation  with  the  honors  director. 

Program  Requirements: 

Students  graduate  with  college  honors  if  they  have  completed  HON  201  or  ENG  111-112, 
HON  202,  203,  204,  one  honors  seminar  and  one  independent  study  project,  and  have  a  3.0 
grade  point  average  or  better  overall.  In  addition  to  the  honors  program  and  major 
requirements,  honors  students  must  complete  the  general  education  program  of  the  college. 

Courses  in  Honors  (HON): 

201.  Honors  Communication.  Writing  and  speaking  clear,  grammatical  and  articulate 
English.  Listening  and  reading  well.  Searching  information  sources  and  applying  those 
sources  ethically.  Analyzing  and  drawing  conclusions.  3  credits. 

202.  The  Individual  and  Society .  An  investigation  into  the  structures  of  society,  their  origins, 
and  their  impact  upon  human  values.  Emphasis  on  the  interaction  of  the  individual  and  the 
socio-cultural  environment.  Evaluation  of  the  approaches  of  the  various  social  sciences. 

3  credits. 

203.  Human  Existence  and  Transcendence.  A  close  examination  of  questions  and  issues 
pertaining  to  human  existence  and  the  ways  in  which  humankind  has  attempted,  religiously 
and  philosophically,  to  rise  above  the  conditions  of  human  existence.  This  course  seeks  to 
describe  and  examine  the  commonalities  and  differences  between  religion  and  philosophy  as 
each  discipline  addresses  itself  to  existence  and  transcendence.  3  credits. 

204.  Human  Creativity.  A  study  of  the  major  forms  of  literature,  music,  and  plastic  art, 
designed  to  acquaint  students  with  functions,  values  and  aesthetic  and  cultural  contexts  of  art, 
as  well  as  to  enhance  their  response  to  art  works.  3  credits. 

Honors  Seminar.  The  honors  seminar  is  an  intensive  study  of  topics  offered  for  junior  and 
senior  honors  students.  The  honors  students  choose  the  topic  for  the  seminar,  help  select  the 

23 


instructor  and  assist  in  the  design  of  the  seminar  with  the  instructor.  Each  participant  in  the 
honors  program  shall  complete  one  honors  seminar. 

Honors  Project  Study  .  An  independent  study  project,  the  capstone  of  the  honors  program, 
provides  the  opportunity  to  carry  out  an  extensive  academic  study  of  the  student's  own 
design.  The  project,  overseen  by  a  faculty  director  and  two  faculty  readers,  must  be  approved 
by  the  honors  directors  well  as  the  faculty  team.  When  acceptable  to  an  academic  department 
such  independent  study  may  serve  as  the  basis  for  departmental  honors.  Upon  completion, 
the  project  will  be  presented  publicly.  3  credits. 

Leadership  Studies  Program 
The  Leadership  Studies  Program  provides  a  thorough  grounding  in  the  fundamentals  of 
leadership,  in  both  theory  and  application.  This  program  consists  of  a  five-course  sequence 
spread  over  the  four  years  of  undergraduate  study.  None  of  these  courses  may  be  taken  Pass/ 
Fail. 

The  Leadership  Studies  Program  is  available  to  all  students  in  the  college  who  wish  to 
broaden  their  understanding  of  leadership  theories  and  processes  and  to  increase  their  self- 
awareness  in  their  roles  as  leaders  and  followers. 

The  Leadership  Studies  Program  seeks  to  achieve  the  following  outcomes  for  all  participat- 
ing students: 

1 .  An  understanding  of  the  theories  and  models  of  leadership. 

2.  Knowledge  of  how  people  in  diverse  social  and  cultural  contexts  have  assumed 
leadership  roles  and  performed  as  leaders. 

3.  A  critical  awareness  of  how  ethics  and  values  help  determine  whether  responsible 
leadership  or  mere  manipulation  (the  irresponsible  use  of  power  and  authority)  will 
occur. 

4.  Increased  self-awareness  and  understanding  of  how  a  person's  behavior  affect 
relationships  in  leader/follower  situations. 

5.  Awareness  and  appreciation  of  the  responsibilities  and  difficulties  inherent  in 
leadership. 

6.  Enhanced  potential  to  assume  a  role  as  leader  or  responsible  follower  within  a 
group,  organization  or  community. 

Program  Requirements: 

ENG  1 1 2  with  Leadership  Theme;  Leadership  Roles  and  Responsibilities  Elective;  Leader- 
ship Contexts  Elective;  LSP  350;  and  LSP  400  (15  -  18  credits). 

Courses  in  Leadership  (LSP): 
ENG  112  with  Leadership  Theme 

Leadership  Elective  I:  Roles  and  Responsibilities 

PHL  160;  REL  160;  PHL  215;  HON  203;  PSC  220;  PHL  349;  PHL  360. 

24 


Leadership  Elective  II:  Contexts  of  Leadership 

PSY  100;  SOC  110;  PSC  130;  HON  202;  AMS  311;  HIS  325;  HIS  326; 
HIS  327;  MGT  330. 

ENG  350.  Advanced  Leadership  Studies.  Readings  and  analyses  of  leadership  models  and 
theories  using  biographies  and  autobiographies  of  leaders  from  several  disciplines. 

400.  Leadership  Internship.  Students  select  a  worksite  and  study  the  organizational 
leadership  at  that  site.  Can  be  done  over  the  summer.  Prerequisite:  LSP  350;  2.5  GPA  3-6 
credits. 

Faculty 

Daniel  B.  McKinley,  director  of  leadership  studies.  Assistant  professor  of  leadership  studies. 

M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  MA.L.S.,  Wesleyan  University. 

Mr.  McKinley  maintains  an  interest  in  small  group  development ,  communication  skills,  and 

career  development.  He  teaches  executive  leadership  in  the  MBA  program. 

Leon  E.  Markowicz,  professor  of  leadership  studies. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

He  teaches  courses  in  the  Leadership  Studies  Program.  He  serves  local  business  as  a 

communications  consultant.  Dr.  Markowicz  is  a  Fellow  of  the  Pennsylvania  Writing  Project 

and  is  active  in  the  Lancaster-Lebanon  Writing  Council. 

Cooperative  Programs 
Allied  Health  Professions 

Lebanon  Valley  College  has  established  a  cooperative  program  with  Thomas  Jefferson 
University  in  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  for  students  interested  in  the  allied  health  professions.  The 
College  of  Allied  Health  Sciences  of  Thomas  Jefferson  University  offers  baccalaureate 
programs  in  cytotechnology,  cytogenetics,  diagnostic  imaging  (radiography/ultrasound), 
nursing,  and  occupational  therapy,  and  also  offers  an  entry-level  master's  program  in 
physical  therapy. 

Students  spend  two  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  taking  required  courses  in  the  basic 
sciences  and  other  disciplines.  During  the  second  year,  application  is  made  to  Thomas 
Jefferson  University.  Admission  to  Thomas  Jefferson  University  is  not  automatic,  and 
depends  upon  the  academic  record,  recommendations  and  an  interview.  If  accepted,  the 
student  spends  two  years  (three  years  for  physical  therapy)  at  Thomas  Jefferson  University 
taking  professional  and  clinical  courses.  Upon  successful  completion  of  the  program,  the 
student  is  awarded  a  baccalaureate  degree  (or  master's,  for  physical  therapy)  by  Thomas 
Jefferson  University. 


25 


Lebanon  Valley  College  also  maintains  a  cooperative  program  with  Hahnemann  University 
in  Philadelphia  for  students  interested  in  medical  technology  ("2+3").  Students  spend  two 
years  at  Lebanon  Valley  and  three  years  at  Hahnemann  University.  The  program  at 
Hahnemann  University  combines  both  classroom/laboratory  study  and  off-campus  work 
experience.  Admission  procedures  are  similar  to  those  described  above.  Upon  successful 
completion  of  this  program,  the  student  is  awarded  the  baccalaureate  degree  by  Hahnemann 
University. 

Engineering 

In  the  cooperative  "3+2"  engineering  program  a  student  earns  a  B.S.  degree  from  Lebanon 
Valley  College  and  a  B.S.  degree  in  one  of  the  fields  of  engineering  from  another  institution. 
Lebanon  Valley  has  cooperative  agreements  with  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  Cleve- 
land, Ohio;  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia;  and  Widener  University,  Chester,  Pa. 
Students  who  pursue  this  cooperative  engineering  program  take  three  years  of  work  at 
Lebanon  Valley  College  and  then  usually  take  two  additional  years  of  work  in  engineering. 

Forestry  and  Environmental  Studies 

Students  completing  a  three-year  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  studying  the  liberal 
arts  and  the  sciences  basic  to  forestry  and  environmental  sciences  may  apply  for  admission 
to  the  cooperative  forestry  and  environmental  studies  program  with  Duke  University,  School 
of  the  Environment,  Durham,  N.C.  Upon  completion  of  the  first  year  of  the  two-year  (plus 
one  summer)  program  at  Duke  University,  the  student  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  from  Lebanon  Valley  College.  After  completion  of  the  program  at  Duke,  the  student 
will  receive  the  professional  degree  of  Master  of  Forestry  (M.F.)  or  Master  of  Environmental 
Management  (M.E.M.)  from  Duke  University.  Students  may  major  in  biology,  economics, 
political  science,  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Program  Requirements: 

Students  interested  in  pursuing  career  preparation  in  forestry  or  in  environmental  studies 
through  the  cooperative  program  ("3+2")  with  Duke  University  may  major  in  biology, 
economics,  political  science  or  mathematics  at  Lebanon  Valley.  All  such  students  shall  take 
BIO  111,1 12, 302;  ECN  101,102;  MAS  161  or  1 1 1;  MAS  170,  regardless  of  major,  and  shall 
meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  college. 

Medical  Technology  and  Nuclear  Medicine  Technology 

The  student  spends  three  years  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  taking  courses  to  fulfill  the 
requirements  of  the  college  and  of  the  National  Accrediting  Agency  for  Clinical  Laboratory 
Sciences.  Before  or  during  the  third  year  of  the  program,  the  student  applies  to  a  hospital  with 
a  CAHEA  approved  school  of  medical  technology  where  he/she  spends  the  fourth  year  in 
training.  Admission  is  not  automatic  and  depends  upon  the  academic  record,  recommenda- 
tions and  an  interview.  Upon  satisfactorily  completing  the  clinical  year,  the  student  is 
awarded  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology  by  Lebanon  Valley 
College.  The  college  is  affiliated  with  the  following  hospitals:  Sacred  Heart  Hospital  (in 
Allentown),  Polyclinic  Medical  Center  of  Harrisburg,  Jersey  Shore  Medical  Center-Fitkin 
Hospital,  Lancaster  General  Hospital,  and  Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center.  However, 

26 


the  student  is  not  limited  to  these  affiliations  and  may  seek  acceptance  at  other  approved 
hospitals.  (Refer  to  the  Allied  Health  Professions  section  for  additional  programs  in  medical 
technology.) 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Medical  Technology 

Major:  BIO  1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 306, 322,  eight  additional  credits  in  biology;  CHM  1 1 1 , 1 12, 1 1 3, 1 14, 
213, 214, 215, 216;  Phy  103, 104;  MAS  170(51  credits).  The  senior  year  is  spent  off-campus 
at  an  accredited  hospital  school  of  medical  technology.  It  is  the  student's  responsibility  to 
apply  and  become  accepted  into  a  hospital  program.  Thirty  (30)  semester  hours  of  credit  are 
awarded  for  the  successful  completion  of  this  year. 

In  addition  to  the  degree  described  above,  Lebanon  Valley  College  also  offers  a  cooperative 
program  in  medical  technology  with  Thomas  Jefferson  University  and  a  "2+3"  program  with 
Hahnemann  University,  both  in  Philadelphia. 

The  college  offers  a  program  for  students  interested  in  nuclear  medicine  technology  ("3+1"). 
The  college  is  affiliated  with  the  schools  of  nuclear  medicine  technology  at  the  University 
of  Virginia  Medical  Center  and  J.F.  Kennedy  Medical  Center,  Edison,  N.J.  Admission  is  not 
automatic  and  depends  upon  the  academic  record,  recommendations  and  an  interview. 
Application  may  also  be  made  to  other  accredited  programs.  Upon  successful  completion  of 
the  program,  the  student  is  awarded  the  baccalaureate  degree  by  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

P re-Professional  Programs 
Pre-Law  Program 

Although  there  is  no  pre-law  major  or  department,  a  pre-law  student  is  advised  to  take  certain 
courses  which  will  help  prepare  him  or  her  for  law  school  and  a  legal  career.  Each  student 
should  confer  with  the  pre-law  adviser  in  selecting  a  specific  pattern  of  courses  appropriate 
to  that  student' s  objectives.  Generally  recommended  courses  are  as  follows:  ACT  161,  ECN 
101,  102,MGT371,372,PSC  111,  112,  315,  316,  and 415. 

Pre-Medical,  P re-Dentistry,  P re-Veterinary 

Lebanon  Valley  College  offers  pre-professional  information  in  the  medical  (medicine, 
osteopathy,  optometry,  podiatry,  pharmacy,  chiropractic  and  dentistry)  and  veterinary  fields. 
Students  interested  in  one  of  these  careers  usually  follow  a  science  curriculum  with  a  major 
in  biochemistry,  biology,  chemistry  or  psychobiology. 

In  addition  to  the  basic  natural  sciences  suited  to  advanced  professional  study,  the  student 
who  is  interested  in  veterinary  medicine  may  participate  in  a  cooperative  program  between 
the  college  and  local  veterinarians,  specializing  in  both  small  and  large  animal  medicine. 
Students  not  only  receive  credit  for  the  work,  but  also  gain  valuable  experience  in  the  field. 

For  those  students  interested  in  podiatry,  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  the  Pennsylvania 
College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  have  established  an  accelerated  curriculum  consisting  of  a 

27 


minimum  of  90  undergraduate  semester  hours  and  four  years  of  podiatric  medical  education. 
Following  three  years  of  study  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  a  student  may  be  recommended 
for  further  study  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine.  Lebanon  Valley  College 
then  awards  the  baccalaureate  degree,  with  a  major  in  biochemistry,  biology,  chemistry  or 
psychobiology,  to  those  students  who  complete  successfully  one  year  of  basic  science 
education  at  the  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine. 

A  health  professions  committee  coordinates  the  various  plans  of  study  in  addition  to  offering 
advice  and  assistance  to  those  persons  interested  in  health  professions  careers. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  graduates  have  been  admitted  to  some  of  the  nation's  finest  schools 
including  Johns  Hopkins  University  Medical  School,  The  University  of  Pennsylvania,  The 
University  of  Pittsburgh,  Jefferson  Medical  School,  The  Milton  S.  Hershey  Medical  Center, 
Temple  University,  The  University  of  Maryland,  The  Philadelphia  College  of  Osteopathic 
Medicine,  The  Pennsylvania  College  of  Podiatric  Medicine  and  the  Pennsylvania  College  of 
Optometry. 

Individualized  Major 
The  option  of  an  individualized  major  is  available  to  students  who  desire  a  field  of 
concentration  which  is  not  substantially  addressed  by  any  one  department.  The  faculty 
represents  a  diverse  set  of  interests  and  perspectives  that  provides  a  considerable  resource  for 
those  students  who  would  like  to  develop  a  major  around  concerns  that  do  not  fall  into 
traditional  disciplinary  areas.  As  a  liberal  arts  institution,  the  college  and  its  faculty  are 
willing  to  help  a  student  develop  a  program  of  study  using  interdisciplinary  courses. 

A  student  planning  an  individualized  major  should  prepare  an  application  which  includes 
courses  relevant  to  the  topic  and  secure  the  written  endorsement  of  at  least  two  faculty 
advisers  for  the  proposed  major  which  shall  consist  of  at  least  24  credits  above  the  100  level. 

The  student  should  submit  the  application  to  the  vice  president  of  the  college  and  dean  of  the 
faculty  for  final  approval.  The  student  will  work  closely  with  the  advisers.  Any  changes  in 
the  program  must  be  submitted  to  the  dean  for  approval. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  (depending  upon  concentration) 
with  an  individualized  major. 

Requirements:  Those  courses  specified  within  the  approved  individualized  major  plus  those 
courses  to  meet  the  general  requirements  of  the  college. 

General  Studies  Program 
The  associate  degree  program  in  general  studies  is  intended  for  students  who  do  not  wish  to 
concentrate  in  a  single  area.  In  this  program  students  select  their  courses  freely  from  among 
the  arts,  humanities,  sciences,  and  social  sciences. 


28 


Degree:  Associate  of  Arts  or  Associate  of  Science  with  amajor  in  General  Studies.  Open  only 
to  part-time  students  matriculated  through  the  Continuing  Education  Office. 

Requirements:  27  credits  from  the  general  requirements  including  ENG  111,  112,  and  one 
course  from  each  of  the  liberal  studies  and  foreign  studies  areas;  33  credits  of  free  electives; 
a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  2.00. 

Internships 
An  internship  is  a  practical  and  professional  work  experience  that  allows  students  to 
participate  in  the  operations  of  business,  industry,  education,  government,  or  not-for-profit 
organizations.  Internships  provide  students  with  opportunities  to  integrate  their  classroom 
learning  with  on-the-job  experiences  and  to  test  practical  applications  of  their  liberal  arts 
education  in  a  variety  of  settings. 

To  be  eligible  for  an  internship  sponsored  by  an  academic  department  or  program,  a  student 
generally  will  have  junior  or  senior  standing.  Students  must  request  and  receive  permission 
from  departmental  chairpersons  or  program  directors  to  enroll  in  internships.  The  student 
must  also  enlist  a  faculty  internship  supervisor  from  the  department  sponsoring  the  internship 
and  an  on-site  internship  supervisor  from  the  internship  location.  Application  forms  for 
internships  are  available  in  the  office  of  the  registrar.  The  application  form  shall  be  completed 
by  the  student  and  approved  by  the  student's  academic  adviser,  faculty  internship  supervisor, 
on-site  internship  supervisor,  and  the  department  chairperson  prior  to  registration. 

For  each  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  intern  should  invest  at  least  45  hours  of  time  at  the 
internship  location.  Academic  departments  and  programs  establish  other  specific  criteria  and 
procedures  for  internships.  In  addition  to  the  practical  on-site  experience,  internships  have 
an  academic  component  which  may  include  readings,  reports,  journals,  seminars,  and/or 
faculty  conferences.  A  student  may  enroll  for  1-12  credit  hours  of  internship  during  any  one 
semester.  A  student  may  use  a  maximum  of  12  credit  hours  of  internship  to  meet  graduation 
requirements.  All  internships  have  a  course  number  of  400. 

Independent  Study 
Independent  study  provides  an  opportunity  to  undertake  a  program  of  supervised  reading, 
research,  or  creative  work  not  incorporated  in  existing  formal  courses.  The  independent  study 
should  result  in  a  formal  document.  Independent  study  shall  not  be  used  to  approximate  an 
existing  course  or  to  cover  projects  more  properly  described  as  internships.  Junior  or  senior 
standing  and  a  minimum  GPA  of  2.00  are  required. 

For  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  independent  study  student  should  invest  at  least  45  clock 
hours  of  time  in  reading,  research,  or  report  writing.  The  independent  study  involves  a 
contract  between  the  student  and  the  faculty  member  (contract  instructor)  who  will  oversee 
the  study.  Written  application  forms  regarding  the  independent  study  will  be  available  in  the 
office  of  the  registrar.  The  forms  must  be  completed  by  the  student  and  approved  by  the 
student's  faculty  adviser,  the  contract  instructor  and  the  department  chairperson. 


29 


Students  may  enroll  in  a  maximum  of  three  credit  hours  per  independent  study  in  any  one 
semester.  A  maximum  of  six  credit  hours  in  independent  study  may  be  used  toward  the 
graduation  requirements.  All  independent  studies  have  a  course  number  of  500. 

Tutorial  Study 
Tutorial  study  provides  students  with  a  special  opportunity  to  take  an  existing  formal  course 
in  the  curricula  that  is  not  scheduled  that  semester  or  summer  session.  Students  desiring  a 
tutorial  study  must  have  an  appropriate  member  of  the  faculty  agree  to  supervise  the  study 
on  a  one  on  one  basis. 

For  one  semester  hour  of  credit,  the  student  should  invest  at  least  45  clock  hours  of  time  in 
the  tutorial  study.  The  tutorial  study  essentially  involves  a  contract  between  the  student  and 
the  faculty  adviser.  The  typical  tutorial  study  involves  readings,  research,  report  writing, 
faculty  conferences,  and  examinations.  All  tutorial  study  courses  have  the  same  course 
number  as  the  existing  formal  catalog  course. 

Special  Topics  Courses 
From  time  to  time,  departments  may  offer  Special  Topics  courses  using  the  following  course 
numbers:  290-298,  390-398, 490^198  and  590.  Special  Topics  courses  are  formal  courses 
that  are  not  listed  permanently  in  the  curricula  and  that  are  offered  infrequently.  These 
courses  examine  comparatively  narrow  subjects  that  may  be  topical  or  special  interest. 
Several  different  topics  may  be  taught  in  one  semester  or  academic  year.  A  specific  course 
title  shall  be  used  in  each  instance  and  shall  be  so  noted  on  the  student  record. 

Study  Abroad 
Students  have  opportunity  for  study  abroad  through  the  college's  membership  in  the 
International  Student  Exchange  Program,  which  consists  of  a  network  of  more  than  150 
colleges  and  universities  in  24  countries.  Additionally,  the  college  has  affiliation  agreements 
with  Regent's  College  in  London;  Anglia  Polytechnic  University,  England;  and  The  Athens 
Centre,  Greece.  A  consortium  consisting  of  Allegheny  College,  Gettysburg  College  and 
Lebanon  Valley  College  sponsors  a  Program  in  Cologne,  Germany.  The  college  also  assists 
students  in  locating  and  gaining  admission  to  other  foreign  study  programs;  however 
participation  in  programs  other  than  the  International  Student  Exchange  Program  may  affect 
the  level  of  financial  aid  provided.  In  all  cases,  the  proposed  course  of  study  must  be  approved 
by  the  appropriate  department.  See  In- Absentia  on  page  1 1 . 

Washington  Semester  Program 
Juniors  and  seniors  in  any  major  field,  who  have  at  least  a  2.5  grade  point  average  and  have 
had  basic  courses  in  American  national  government,  are  eligible  to  participate  in  this  program 
with  approval  of  their  department  chairperson.  This  program  is  offered  in  cooperation  with 
The  American  University  in  Washington,  D.C.  Information  is  available  from  the  chairperson 
of  the  Department  of  Political  Science  and  Economics.  See  In-Absentia  on  page  11. 


30 


UNDERGRADUATE  DEPARTMENTS  AND  PROGRAMS 

DEPARTMENT  OF  ART 

The  Art  Department,  through  course  work  and  the  minor  program,  provides  an  opportunity 
for  creative  expression  and  a  richer  understanding  of  accomplishments  in  the  visual  arts. 

Art  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
No  major  is  offered  in  art. 
Minor:  ART  110,  121,  201,  203,  1  elective  course  in  art  (15  credits). 

Courses  in  Art  (ART): 

110.  Introduction  to  Art.  An  exploration  of  meaning  in  the  visual  arts.  The  subject  is 
approached  through  discussions  of  perception,  the  aesthetic  experience,  and  form/content 
analyses  of  painting,  sculpture,  and  architecture.  3  credits. 

121.  Drawing  I.  An  introduction  of  the  fundamentals  of  drawing.  Students  will  practice 
seeing  and  rendering  the  contour  line,  the  gestural  line,  mass  and  volume,  texture,  negative 
space  and  linear  relationships.  A  variety  of  drawing  media  will  be  explored.  3  credits. 

122.  Drawing  II.  An  introduction  to  advanced  drawing  skills.  Students  will  practice  and 
improve  the  fundamental  drawing  skills  emphasized  in  Drawing  I.  Students  learn  to  shift  their 
attention  from  the  isolated  object  to  the  whole  image,  focusing  on  the  creation  of  three- 
dimensional  space  in  a  fully  realized  composition.  The  figure  and  the  landscape  will  serve 
as  the  subjects.  Toward  the  end  of  the  semester  color  will  be  introduced.  Prerequisite:  ART 
121  or  permission.  3  credits. 

201.  Art  History  I.  Prehistoric  through  Medieval  Art.  A  survey  of  painting,  sculpture  and 
architecture  beginning  with  prehistoric  sites  in  Europe  and  the  Near  East,  followed  by  studies 
of  ancient  Egypt,  Mesopotamia,  Greece,  Rome  and  Europe  in  the  Middle  Ages.  3  credits. 

203.  Art  History  II.  Renaissance  to  20th  century.  A  survey  of  individual  masters  and  their 
major  schools,  the  course  covers  the  period  from  the  close  of  the  medieval  era  to  the  modern 
day  and  includes  stylistic  analyses  and  historical  contexts  for  painting,  sculpture,  and 
architecture  of  each  period.  3  credits. 

205.  American  Art  History.  An  examination  of  the  architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  and  the 
decorative  arts  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present  day  with  emphasis  on  the  20th  century. 
3  credits. 

401.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  Introduction  to  creative  art  activity  for  children  in 
elementary  school.  Topics  covered  include  philosophical  concepts,  curriculum,  evaluation 
and  studio  activity  involving  a  variety  of  art  media,  techniques,  and  processes.  3  credits. 


31 


Faculty 
Leslie  E.  Bowen,  adjunct  instructor  in  art. 
M.F.A.,  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  Fine  Art. 
She  teaches  art  history,  painting  and  drawing. 

David  R.  Brigham,  assistant  professor  of  art  and  American  studies. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Dr.  Brigham  is  an  art  historian  and  is  the  director  of  the  Suzanne  H.  Arnold  Art  Gallery. 

G.  Daniel  Massad,  artist-in-residence. 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Kansas. 

He  has  achieved  national  status  as  a  pastel  artist. 

R.  Gordon  Wise,  adjunct  professor  of  art. 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Missouri. 

Dr.  Wise  is  a  Professor  of  Art  at  Millersville  University  and  specializes  in  art  education. 


Artist-in-residence 
Dan  Massad  recently 

sold  a  pastel  to  the 

Metropolitan  Museum 

of  Art. 


32 


DEPARTMENT  OF  BIOLOGY 

Biology  Program 
The  aims  of  the  program  for  biology  majors  are: 

( 1 )  to  provide  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  principles  of  biology  and  background  in 
disciplines  basic  to  biology; 

(2)  to  develop  skills  in  the  application  of  the  scientific  method  and  in  the  retrieval  and 
communication  of  technical  information; 

(3)  to  train  students  for  employment  at  the  baccalaureate  level  and  to  provide  prepara- 
tion for  those  interested  in  graduate,  professional  and  medical  programs. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Major:  BIO  111,  112, 201, 499;  one  course  each  in  the  general  areas  of  physiology ,  cellular 
and  subcellular  biology,  botany,  and  morphology,  and  4  additional  hours  of  biology  (33 
credits).  CHM  1 1 1, 1 12, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216  (16credits);  PHY  103, 104  or  11 1,1 12; 
MAS  161  or  1 1 1  (61-63  total  credits). 

Minor:  BIO  101,  102,  or  BIO  111,112,  201;  plus  3  additional  courses  in  biology  (24  total 
credits). 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Students  seeking  secondary  certification  in  biology  must 
take  BIO  312, 360  and  21  credits  in  education  courses  including  EDU  1 10  and  SED  420, 430 
and  440. 

Courses  in  Biology  (BIO): 

BIO  111  and  112  are  prerequisite  for  all  upper-level  courses  in  biology  unless  otherwise 

noted. 

101.  Human  Biology  I.  The  human  organism  is  utilized  as  the  primary  focus  to  elucidate 
physiological  principles  for  non-science  majors.  Topics  include  nutrition,  homeostasis, 
major  organ  systems,  immunity,  and  exercise  physiology.  Laboratory  exercises  include 
sensory  physiology,  respiration,  blood  pressure,  exercise  physiology,  and  ECG.  4  credits. 

102.  Human  Biology  II.  Also  designed  for  the  non-science  major,  this  course  emphasizes 
the  mastery  of  certain  biological  principles  as  applied  primarily  to  humans.  Topics  include 
reproduction,  development,  classical  and  molecular  genetics,  and  ecology.  Laboratory 
exercises  supplement  lecture  topics  and  include  an  examination  of  mitosis  and  meiosis, 
Drosophila  genetics,  gene  activity,  population  genetics,  and  development.  4  credits. 

103.  Environmental  Science.  Designed  for  non-science  majors,  the  course  serves  as  an 
introduction  to  ecological  principles  and  their  applications  to  understanding  the  causes  and 

33 


current  status  of  environmental  problems.  Options  for  dealing  with  these  problems  are 
evaluated.  Possible  topics  for  discussion  are  overpopulation,  food  and  water  resources,  ozone 
depletion,  global  warming,  deforestation,  acid  rain,  biodiversity,  erosion,  loss  of  wetlands, 
energy  sources,  pollution,  eutrophication  and  waste  disposal.  Laboratory  exercises  are 
designed  to  illustrate  ecological  concepts  presented  in  lecture.  4  credits. 

111.  General  Biology  1.  A  rigorous  study  of  basic  biological  principles,  which  is  designed 
for  science  majors.  Topics  emphasized  include  cell  biology,  genetics,  taxonomy,  histology, 
and  evolution.  Laboratory  exercises  include  enzyme  kinetics,  carbohydrate  analysis,  isola- 
tion and  identification  of  plant  pigments,  histological  techniques,  and  animal  taxonomy. 

4  credits. 

112.  General  Biology  II.  This  course,  also  rigorous  and  designed  for  science  majors,  covers 
concepts  in  physiology,  embryology,  botany  and  ecology.  Laboratory  exercises  include 
shark  anatomy,  invertebrate  dissection,  animal  development,  plant  development  in  angio- 
sperms,  and  stomate  response  to  environmental  changes.  Prerequisite:  BIO  1 1 1  or  permission. 
4  credits. 

201.  Genetics.  A  study  of  the  principles,  mechanisms  and  concepts  of  classical  and  molecular 
genetics.  The  laboratory  stresses  key  concepts  of  genetics  utilizing  both  classical  and 
molecular  approaches.  Laboratory  exercises  include  analysis  of  nucleic  acids,  genetic 
crosses,  and  studies  of  bacteria,  bacteriophages  and  plasmids.  Prerequisites:  one  year  of 
chemistry  or  permission.  4  credits. 

221.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Anatomy.  The  comparative  anatomy  of  vertebrates  with 
emphasis  on  the  evolutionary  relationships  among  the  various  lines  of  vertebrates.  Intensive 
laboratory  work  involves  dissections  and  demonstrations  of  representative  vertebrates. 
4  credits. 

302.  Survey  of  the  Plant  Kingdom.  The  development  and  diversity  of  plants  and  the 
relationships  between  them.  Field  and  laboratory  work  familiarizes  the  student  with  the 
structure  of  plants  and  with  the  identification  of  flowering  plants  in  the  local  flora. 
Prerequisite:  BIO  1 12  or  permission.  4  credits. 

304.  Developmental  Biology.  An  organismal  and  molecular  approach  to  the  study  of  animal 
development  using  typical  invertebrate  and  vertebrate  organisms.  The  laboratory  includes 
the  study  of  slides  as  well  as  experiments  on  fertilization,  regeneration  and  metamorphosis. 
4  credits. 

305.  Vertebrate  Histology  and  Microtechnique.  A  study  of  the  microscopic  anatomy  of 
vertebrate  tissues,  with  illustrations  of  basic  tissue  similarities  and  specialization  in  relation 
to  function.  The  laboratory  work  includes  the  preparation  of  slides  utilizing  routine  histologi- 
cal and  histochemical  techniques.  4  credits. 

306.  Microbiology.  A  study  of  the  morphology,  physiology,  and  biochemistry  of  represen- 

34 


tative  microorganisms.  The  laboratory  emphasizes  basic  bacteriological  techniques  and 
procedures.  Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of  chemistry  or  permission.  4  credits. 

307.  Plant  Physiology.  A  study  of  the  functioning  of  plants,  with  emphasis  on  vascular  plants. 
Prerequisite:  three  semesters  of  chemistry  or  permission.  4  credits. 

312.  Fundamentals  of  Ecology.  An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts  of  ecology  with 
extensive  laboratory  work  and  field  experiences  in  freshwater,  marine,  and  terrestrial 
ecosystems.  Prerequisites:  BIO  1 12  or  permission.  4  credits. 

322.  Animal  Physiology.  A  study  of  the  principles  of  vertebrate  body  function,  with  emphasis 
on  the  mechanisms  by  which  cells  and  organs  perform  their  functions  and  the  interactions  of 
the  various  organs  in  maintaining  total  body  function.  Prerequisites:  BIO  101  or  1 12  and  one 
semester  of  chemistry,  or  permission.  4  credits. 

323.  Introduction  to  Immunology.  An  introduction  to  the  anatomical,  physiological,  and 
biochemical  factors  underlying  the  immune  response.  The  course  begins  with  a  discussion 
of  non-specific  immunity,  cellular  immunity,  and  antibody-mediated  immune  responses. 
The  course  then  moves  into  a  study  of  contemporary  immunological  topics  which  are 
discussed  with  respect  to  major  research  papers  in  each  area.  Topics  include  autoimmunity, 
histocompatibility,  immunogenetics,  and  acquired  immune  deficiencies.  Prerequisites:  BIO 
111,112  and  CHM  1 1 1 , 1 1 3  or  equivalent  or  permission.  3  credits. 

360.  The  Teaching  of  Biology  in  Secondary  Schools.  A  course  designed  for  students  seeking 
certification  to  teach  biology  in  secondary  education.  Responsibilities  include  assisting  in  the 
preparation  of  materials  and  equipment  for  lab;  supervision  of  lab  work;  and  preparation, 
administration,  and  evaluation  of  quizzes  and  lab  tests.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  1  credit. 

402.  Invertebrate  Zoology.  A  study  of  most  of  the  invertebrate  phyla,  concentrating  on 
movement,  metabolism,  information  and  control,  reproduction  and  association  between 
animals.  4  credits. 

404.  Electron  Microscopy.  An  introduction  to  the  use  of  techniques  for  scanning  and 
transmission  electron  microscopic  studies.  Through  laboratory  experience  the  students  will 
learn  the  proper  use,  application,  and  limitations  of  the  appropriate  instruments.  Prerequisite: 
BIO  305  or  permission  of  instructor.  4  credits. 

409.  Quantitative  Ecology.  An  intensive  study  of  ecological  processes  emphasizing  the 
quantitative  aspects  of  ecology  at  the  population  and  community  levels.  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 

499.  Seminar.  Each  senior  student  is  required  to  do  independent  library  research  on  an 
assigned  topic  and  to  make  an  oral  presentation  to  the  biology  faculty  and  students.  This 
course  may  be  repeated.  1  or  2  credits. 

35 


Biochemistry  Program 
The  Biology  Department  offers  a  biochemistry  program  in  conjunction  with  the  Chemistry 
Department,  described  on  page  .  The  major  in  biochemistry  is  an  interdisciplinary  program 
that  provides  an  opportunity  for  interested  students  to  engage  in  a  comprehensive  study  of 
the  chemical  basis  of  biological  processes.  It  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  advanced 
study  in  medical,  dental,  and  other  professional  schools,  for  graduate  programs  in  a  variety 
of  subjects  including  biochemistry,  clinical  chemistry,  pharmacology,  molecular  biology, 
genetics,  microbiology,  and  physiology,  and  for  research  positions  in  industrial,  academic, 
and  government  laboratories. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  biochemistry. 

Major:  BIO  1 1 1, 1 12, 201;  CHM  1 1 1, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216;  BCH  401, 421, 422, 
430,  499;  MAS  161;  PHY  103,  104  or  1 1 1,  1 12  (51  credits);  9  credits  from  BIO  305,  306, 
307,  322,  323,  404  and  CHM  305,  306,  307,  308,  311. 

Courses  in  Biochemistry  (BCH): 

401.  Molecular  Biology.  Gene  structure,  function  and  regulation  at  the  molecular  level  in 
prokaryotic  and  eukaryotic  organisms.  Recombinant  DNA  techniques  (genetic  engineering) 
and  gene  sequencing  are  covered  in  detail.  Prerequisite:  Three  semesters  of  chemistry  and 
BIO  201  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  4  credits. 

421,422.  Biochemistry  I, II.  The  study  of  the  chemistry  of  proteins,  lipids,  and  carbohydrates. 
Topics  covered  include  amino  acid  chemistry,  protein  structure,  molecular  weight  determi- 
nation, ligand  binding,  enzyme  kinetics,  enzyme  and  coenzyme  mechanisms,  membrane 
systems,  membrane  transport,  intermediary  metabolism,  metabolic  control,  electron  trans- 
port, and  oxidative  phosphorylation.  Prerequisites:  CHM  214,  216  and  312  or  permission.  3 
credits  per  semester. 

430.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  Investigations  of  the  properties  of  proteins,  nucleic  acids, 
carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisites:  CHM  214,  216.  1  credit. 

499.  Biochemistry  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  special  topics  in  bio- 
chemistry. 1  credit. 

Psychobiology  Program 
The  major  in  psychobiology  is  offered  jointly  by  the  Departments  of  Biology  and  Psychol- 
ogy, described  on  page .  This  interdisciplinary  major  emphasizes  the  physiological  substrates 
and  consequences  of  behavior.  Consisting  of  a  combination  of  psychology  and  biology 
course  work,  the  program  prepares  students  for  graduate  study  in  medicine,  veterinary 
medicine,  graduate  programs  in  psychology,  animal  behavior,  physiological  psychology, 
psychopharmacology,  behavior  genetics,  and  neuroscience,  as  well  as  research  positions  in 
industry,  universities,  hospitals,  and  government  laboratories. 

36 


Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  psychobiology. 

Major:  BIO  1 1 1,  1 12,  201,  322  (16  credits);  PSY  1 10,  335,  358  plus  two  courses  from  the 
following:  PSY  120,  216,  355,  356, 431  (16  credits);  PSY  491  or  BIO  491,  BIO  499  or  PBI 
499,  BIO  500  or  PSY  500  (8  credits);  CHM  11 1,1 12, 11 3, 114  (8  credits);  MAS  16  land  CSC 
125  or  170  (6  credits);  plus  8  additional  credits  in  the  sciences  in  consultation  with  adviser. 
Recommended  CHM  213,  214,  215,  216,  PHY  103,  104  or  1 1 1,  1 12.  62  total  credits. 

Courses  in  Psychobiology  (PBI): 

358.  Physiological  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  biological  mechanisms  underlying  behavior 
processes.  The  course  focuses  on  the  physiology  of  reflexes,  sensation  and  perception, 
learning  and  memory,  sleep,  ingestive  behaviors  and  motivation  and  emotion.  The  laboratory 
portion  of  the  course  includes  sheep  brain  dissection.  Prerequisite:  PSY  110,  120  or 
permission;  completion  of  a  biology  course  is  recommended.  3  credits.  {Cross-listed  as 
Psychology  358.} 

499.  Psychobiology  Seminar.  Readings,  discussions,  and  reports  on  selected  topics  in 
psychobiology.  Prerequisite:  permission.  This  course  may  be  repeated.  1  credit. 

Faculty 
Dale  J.  Erskine,  professor  of  biology. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma. 

He  teaches  animal  physiology,  introduction  to  immunology,  human  biology,  psychobiology, 
and  participates  in  general  biology.  He  believes  in  introducing  his  students  to  a  wide  range 
of  laboratory  experiences  including  modern  instrumentation  and  computer-assisted  data 
collection.  His  research  interests  are  in  temperature  regulation  and  thermal  tolerance,  heat 
energy  budgets,  and  computer  analysis  and  simulation  of  animal-environment  interactions. 
He  is  also  director  of  the  Summer  Youth  Scholars  Institute. 

Sidney  Pollack,  professor  of  biology. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

He  teaches  courses  in  genetics,  microbiology,  human  biology,  and  general  biology.  He  is  the 

academic  adviser  for  students  preparing  for  the  allied  health  professions.  His  research 

interests  include  Paramecium  genetics. 

Susan  Verhoek,  professor  of  biology. 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University. 

She  teaches  plant  form  and  function  at  the  general  biology  level,  and  form,  interrelationships 
and  systematics  of  non-vascular  and  vascular  plants  at  the  advanced  level.  Her  research  is 
on  the  pollination  biology  and  systematics  of  members  of  the  Agave  family.  A  past  president 
of  the  Society  for  Economic  Botany,  she  has  a  long-standing  interest  in  the  interactions  of 
plants  and  humans,  and,  as  author  of  a  field  identification  book,  a  continuing  interest  in  plants 
that  flower  in  the  spring. 


37 


Stephen  E.  Williams,  professor  of  biology. 
Ph.D.,  Washington  University,  St.  Louis. 

He  teaches  molecular  biology,  plant  physiology  and  the  biochemical  portions  of  general 
biology.  He  is  a  plant  and  cell  physiologist  who,  working  together  with  Lebanon  Valley 
College  students  and  scientists  at  other  institutions,  has  made  most  of  the  major  contributions 
to  the  understanding  of  the  physiology  of  carnivorous  plants  during  the  past  twenty  years, 
including  the  discovery  of  the  mechanism  of  Venus  flytrap  closure.  He  has  over  six  years  of 
experience  automating  laboratory  instruments  with  microcomputers.  He  is  regularly  a 
faculty  member  at  Cornell  University  during  the  summer  session. 

Paul  L.  Wolf,  professor  of  biology.  Chairperson. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware. 

He  teaches  courses  in  general  biology,  comparative  vertebrate  anatomy,  ecology  and 

environmental  science.  His  research  interests  focus  on  the  ecology  of  wetlands  with 

particular  emphasis  on  saltmarshes  of  Eastern  United  States  and  methane  production  in 

freshwater  marshes.  He  also  holds  the  position  of  Adjunct  Professor  of  Marine  Biology  in  the 

Graduate  College  of  Marine  Studies,  University  of  Delaware. 

Allan  F.  Wolfe,  professor  of  biology. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont. 

He  teaches  comparative  histology,  developmental  biology,  invertebrate  zoology,  electron 

microscopy,  general  biology,  and  parasitology,  and  directs  independent  study  in  cell  biology 

using  electron  microscopic  and  histological  techniques.  His  current  research  utilizes  the  brine 

shrimp,  Artemia,  to  study  the  cell  and  tissue  levels  of  organization  of  the  digestive, 

reproductive,  and  neurosensory  systems. 

Anna  F.  Tilberg,  adjunct  instructor  in  biology. 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

She  is  on  the  staff  of  the  Milton  Hershey  Medical  Center  and  teaches  human  biology. 


Assistance  from  your 

adviser  will  help  you  with 

career  decisions. 


38 


DEPARTMENT  OF  CHEMISTRY 

Chemistry  Program 
Chemistry  is  the  "central  science"  that  provides  the  fundamental  understanding  needed  for 
protecting  our  environment,  maximizing  the  yield  from  limited  natural  resources,  improving 
our  health,  and  creating  new  materials  for  tomorrow's  products.  Indeed,  chemistry  is 
essential  to  understanding  life  itself. 

Career  opportunities  in  chemistry  are  numerous  and  diverse.  Many  students  enter  industrial 
or  governmental  laboratories  where  they  find  positions  in  environmental  analysis,  quality 
control,  or  research  and  development.  Possibilities  outside  of  the  laboratory  include  teaching, 
sales,  marketing,  technical  writing,  business,  and  law.  Many  chemistry  students  continue 
their  education  in  graduate  school  in  chemistry  or  biochemistry,  or  in  professional  schools 
in  the  areas  of  medicine,  dentistry,  or  veterinary  medicine. 

At  Lebanon  Valley  College  the  Department  of  Chemistry  is  located  on  the  upper  two  floors 
of  the  Garber  Science  Center.  Major  scientific  equipment  available  to  students  includes  two 
nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spectrometers,  a  liquid  scintillation  counter,  a  fourier  transform 
infrared  spectrometer,  a  high  performance  liquid  chromatographic  system,  a  diode-array 
UV-visible  spectrophotometer,  a  gas  chromatograph-mass  spectrometer,  and  an  atomic 
absorption  spectrophotometer.  Computers  available  to  students  in  the  department  include 
Macintosh  and  IBM-compatible  machines. 

The  department  encourages  students  to  discover  the  excitement  and  challenge  of  laboratory 
research.  Research  programs  are  conducted  during  both  the  academic  year  and  the  summer. 
Students  are  paid  for  summer  research  either  from  college  funds  or  from  grants  that 
professors  receive  to  support  their  projects. 

Two  degrees  are  available  to  those  interested  in  chemistry,  and  one  for  those  interested  in 
biochemistry.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry  is  the  more  demanding  of  the  two 
degrees  in  chemistry,  and  is  recognized  by  the  American  Chemical  Society.  This  degree  has 
a  required  research  component  and  is  recommended  for  students  who  wish  to  become 
practicing  chemists  or  enroll  in  graduate  school.  Other  students  opt  for  the  standard  Bachelor 
of  Science,  majoring  in  chemistry. 

The  major  in  biochemistry  is  offered  jointly  with  the  Biology  Department.  For  the  major 
program  and  course  descriptions  in  biochemistry,  see  page  34. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degrees:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Chemistry,  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  chemistry. 

Majors:(B.S.  in  Chemistry)  CHM 11 1,1 12, 113, 114,213,214,215,216,222, 305,306,307, 
308,  31 1,312,321,322,41  l;6Credits from CHM 491-498 or590orBCH 421, 422;4credits 
of  CHM  510;  MAS  1 6 1 ,  1 62;  PHY  111,112  (63-64  credits). 


39 


(B.S.,  major  in  chemistry)  CHM  1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13,  1 14, 213, 214, 215,  216, 222, 305, 306,  307, 
308,  311,312,  321,  322;  MAS  161,  162;  PHY  111,  112;  (50-51  credits). 

Minor:  CHM  1 1 1,  1 12,  1 13,  1 14;  12  Credits  from  CHM  213,  214,  222,  305,  306,  31 1,  312, 
411  or  BCH  421,  422;  3  Credits  from  CHM  215,  216,  307,  308,  321,  322  or  BCH  430. 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Students  seeking  secondary  certification  in  chemistry 
must  take  CHM  360  and  2 1  credits  education  courses  including  EDU  1 10  and  SED  420, 430 
and  440. 

Courses  in  Chemistry  (CHM): 

100.  Introduction  to  Chemistry.  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  chemistry  including 
mathematical  tools,  atomic  structure,  stoichiometry,  elementary  concepts  of  equilibrium, 
bonding,  and  organic  chemistry.  Intended  for  non-science  majors.  Laboratory  experience 
included.  4  credits.  Students  who  have  received  credit  for  CHM  1 1 1  may  not  take  CHM  100. 

109.  Chemical  Skills.  A  step-by-step  approach  to  solving  chemical  problems.  Topics 
include  the  application  of  mathematical  tools  in  introductory  chemistry  and  techniques  for 
finding  the  proper  approach  to  solve  problems.  The  course  is  designed  to  be  taken 
concurrently  with  CHM  111.1  credit. 

Ill,  112.  Principles  of  Chemistry  I, II.  An  introduction  to  chemistry  for  the  science  major. 
First  semester  topics  include  atomic  and  molecular  structure,  chemical  reactions,  calcula- 
tions involving  chemical  concentrations,  gas  laws,  and  bonding.  Second  semester  covers 
kinetics,  acids  and  bases,  equilibrium,  oxidation-reduction  chemistry,  thermodynamics, 
electrochemistry,  and  nuclear  chemistry.  Prerequisite:  one  year  of  high  school  chemistry  or 
permission.  3  credits  per  semester. 

113,  114.  Introductory  Laboratory  I, II.  Laboratory  courses  to  accompany  111  and  112. 
Experiments  cover  stoichiometry,  gas  laws,  quantitative  analysis,  equilibrium,  electrochem- 
istry, chemical  synthesis,  and  the  use  of  computers  for  collecting  data.  Students  are 
introduced  to  instrumentation  including  infrared,  UV-visible,  NMR  and  atomic  absorption 
spectrometers.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHM  1 1 1  for  CHM  1 13  and  CHM  1 12  for  CHM 

1 14.  1  credit  per  semester. 

213,  214.  Organic  Chemistry  1,11.  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  organic  chemistry. 
The  focus  of  the  course  is  on  the  structure  of  organic  molecules  and  how  the  structure  of 
various  functional  groups  affects  their  reactivity.  The  concepts  of  reactivity,  structure  and 
mechanism  are  applied  to  organic  synthesis.  Prerequisite:  CHM  1 12.  3  credits  per  semester. 

215,  216.  Organic  Laboratory  1, 11.  An  introduction  to  the  practice  of  classical  organic 
chemistry  and  modern  instrumental  organic  chemistry.  The  techniques  of  organic  synthesis 
are  taught  along  with  instrumental  methods  including  infrared,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance, 
and  mass  spectrometry.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHM  1 14  and  CHM  213  for  CHM  215 
and  CHM  214  for  CHM  216.  1  credit  per  semester. 

40 


222.  Introductory  Inorganic  Chemistry.  The  application  of  elementary  principles  of 
chemistry  to  provide  a  basis  for  understanding  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the 
elements.  Topics  include  periodicity,  acidity  or  basicity  of  metal  cations  and  oxoanions, 
precipitation  reactions,  oxidation-reduction  chemistry  and  the  structures  of  solids.  Prereq- 
uisite: CHM  112.  3  credits. 

305.  Analytical  Chemistry.  Gravimetric,  volumetric,  and  electro-chemical  methods  of 
chemical  analysis  covered.  Includes  statistical  methods  of  data  treatment  and  rigorous 
considerations  of  complex  chemical  equilibria.  Prerequisites:  CHM  1 12  and  MAS  161. 3  credits. 

306.  Instrumental  Analysis.  Basic  types  of  chemical  instrumentation  and  their  applications 
in  analytical  chemistry  are  examined.  These  include  gas  and  liquid  chromatography; 
infrared,  UV-VIS,  fluorescence,  atomic  absorption,  and  plasma  emission  spectrophotom- 
etry; nuclear  magnetic  resonance  and  mass  spectrometry;  and  radiochemical  methods. 
Prerequisites:  CHM  1 12  and  MAS  161.3  credits. 

307.  Quantitative  Analysis  Laboratory.  Techniques  of  gravimetric,  volumetric,  and  electro- 
chemical analysis  are  applied  to  the  analysis  of  unknowns.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHM 
305.  1  credit. 

308.  Instrumental  Analysis  Laboratory.  Chemical  instrumentation  is  utilized  in  analytical 
method  development  and  analysis.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHM  306.  1  credit. 

311.  Physical  Chemistry  I.  The  study  of  thermodynamic  laws  and  functions,  including  phase 
and  reaction  equilibria.  Systems  under  study  include  ideal  and  real  gases,  ideal  and  non-ideal 
solutions,  and  multi-component  phase  transitions.  Prerequisites:  CHM  112,  MAS  161,  and 
PHY  104  or  112.  3  credits. 

312.  Physical  Chemistry  II.  The  study  of  chemical  systems  from  a  molecular  perspective. 
Basic  concepts  of  quantum  chemistry  and  statistical  theory  applied  to  atomic  and  molecular 
structure.  Also  included  are  electrochemistry,  kinetics,  and  transport  processes.  Prerequisite: 
CHM  311.  3  credits. 

321, 322.  Physical  Laboratory  I, II.  Application  of  chemical  instrumentation  to  a  study  of  the 
principles  of  physical  chemistry.  Experimental  work  involves  calorimetry,  refractometry, 
conductivity,  viscometry,  and  atomic  absorption,  FTIR,  UV-VIS,  and  NMR  spectroscopy 
applied  to  the  study  of  phase  and  reaction  equilibria,  kinetics,  and  atomic  and  molecular 
structure.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  CHM  3 1 1  for  CHM  32 1  and  CHM  3 1 2  for  CHM  322. 
1  credit  per  semester. 

360.  The  Teaching  of  Chemistry  in  Secondary  Schools.  A  course  designed  for  students 
seeking  certification  to  teach  chemistry  in  secondary  education.  Topics  include  evaluation 
of  laboratory  experiments,  demonstrations,  textbooks,  and  computer  software.  Prerequisites: 
CHM  112,  114.  3  credits. 


41 


411.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry.  A  study  of  bonding  theories,  molecular  structure, 
spectroscopy,  and  reaction  mechanisms  with  special  emphasis  on  transition  metal  com- 
plexes. Prerequisite:  CHM  312.  3  credits  per  semester. 

510.  Chemical  Research.  Chemical  research  conducted  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member.  This  course  introduces  the  students  to  the  methods  and  analysis  involved  in 
research.  A  major  written  report  and  an  oral  presentation  are  required.  Prerequisites  or 
corequisites:  CHM  305  and  311  and  senior  standing.  1  to  4  credits  per  semester. 

Faculty 
Richard  D.  Cornelius,  professor  of  chemistry.  Chairperson. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa;  postdoctoral  research,  University  ofWisconsin. 
Inorganic  Chemistry.  Professor  Cornelius  works  at  the  border  of  inorganic  chemistry  and 
biochemistry.  He  has  interests  both  in  the  fundamental  mechanisms  of  phosphoryl  transfer 
reactions  and  in  the  development  of  platinum  compounds  that  hold  promise  for  anti-cancer 
activity.  He  and  his  students  synthesize  new  compounds  containing  phosphates  and  study  the 
rates  of  reactions  of  these  compounds.  He  also  has  earned  a  national  reputation  for  his  work 
with  computers  in  chemical  education. 

Donald  B.  Dahlberg,  professor  of  chemistry. 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University;  postdoctoral  work,  University  of  Toronto. 
Physical  chemistry  and  chemometrics.  Dr.  Dahlberg  does  research  in  the  application  of 
multivariate  statistics  to  chemical  problems.  He  is  also  an  industrial  consultant  in  this  area. 
He  is  presently  studying  the  use  of  chemometrics  and  Fourier  transform  infrared  spectros- 
copy in  the  analysis  of  edible  oils.  Food  manufacturers  must  perform  dozens  of  expensive  and 
time-consuming  analyses  to  guarantee  the  quality  of  their  products.  Through  the  use  of 
modern  chemical  instrumentation  and  sophisticated  mathematical  techniques,  it  may  be 
possible  to  replace  these  tests  with  just  one. 

Beatrice  Feron-Gooding,  assistant  professor  of  chemistry. 

Ph.D.,  Institut  de  Recherches  sur  la  Catalyse. 

Inorganic  Chemistry.  Dr.  Gooding's  research  efforts  focus  on  synthetic  aluminosilicates 

called  zeolites.  She  hopes  that  her  work  to  synthesize  zeolites  having  large  pore  sizes  will 

yield  structures  having  catalytic  properties. 

Owen  A.  Moe  Jr.,  professor  of  chemistry. 

Ph.D.,  Purdue  University;  postdoctoral  study,  Cornell  University. 

Biochemistry.  Professor  Moe  is  interested  in  applying  the  array  of  new  techniques  in 

biotechnology  to  practical  problems.  He  is  currently  working  on  the  use  of  immobilized 

enzymes  for  the  synthesis  of  bio-organic  compounds.  Processes  that  he  is  developing  are 

designed  to  use  stable,  inexpensive  polyphosphates  for  the  regeneration  of  ATP.  ATP 

regeneration  is  a  required,  but  currently  an  expensive,  step  in  the  use  of  enzyme  reactors  for 

organic  synthesis. 


42 


Carl  T.  Wigal,  assistant  professor  of  chemistry. 

Ph.D.,  Miami  University,  Ohio. 

Organic  Chemistry.  Professor  Wigal' s  research  is  aimed  at  developing  new  strategies  for 

synthesizing  natural  products.  Of  particular  interest  to  Dr.  Wigal  are  the  synthetic  and 

mechanistic  aspects  of  addition  reactions  to  1,4-quinones.  He  also  is  actively  developing 

microscale  experiments  for  organic  chemistry. 

H.  Anthony  Neidig,  professor  and  chairperson  emeritus. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware. 

Recipient  of  the  Chemical  Manufacturers'  Association  College  Chemistry  Teacher  Award 
in  1970  and  the  E.  Emmet  Reid  Award  for  excellence  in  teaching  in  a  small  college  in  1978. 
Professor  Neidig 's  pursuits  include  the  development  and  publication  of  laboratory  experi- 
ments for  introductory  chemistry. 

Cynthia  R.  Johnston,  adjunct  instructor  in  chemistry. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Chemical  Education.  Professor  Johnston  is  focusing  her  efforts  on  the  development  of 

science  curricula  for  the  elementary  school  classroom  and  on  teaching  those  studying  to  teach 

elementary  school. 


The  Chemistry  Department  encourages  students  to  discover  the  excitement  and  challenge 

of  laboratory  research. 


43 


DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION 

The  Department  of  Education  prepares  students  for  both  elementary  and  secondary  teaching. 

Post-baccalaureate  certification  is  also  available  for  those  who  wish  to  become  elementary 
or  secondary  school  teachers  or  for  those  already  certified  who  want  to  add  elementary  or 
secondary  education  to  an  existing  certificate. 

Dual  certification,  at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels,  or  in  more  than  one  secondary 
area,  is  possible;  however,  such  certification  requires  meticulous  attention  to  scheduling  and 
often  requires  additional  semesters. 

The  Education  Department  is  intent  on  preparing  well-rounded  and  qualified  graduates  who 
will  exercise  genuinely  professional  and  personal  leadership  roles  in  the  schools  and 
communities  where  they  will  work. 

Education  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
There  is  no  major  in  education. 

Minor:  EDU  1 10,  GPY  212;  one  of  ELM  270,  ELM  341,  ELM  361;  one  of  ELM  250,  ELM 
332,  GPY  1 1 1 ;  one  of  EDU  346,  SED  420,  EDU  442;  ELM  280  or  SED  280, 1-3  credits  (16- 
18  credits). 

Courses  in  Education  (EDU): 

110.  Foundations  of  Education.  A  study  of  the  social,  historical  and  philosophical 
foundations  of  American  education  correlated  with  a  survey  of  the  principles  and  theories 
of  influential  educators.  Includes  required  field  practicum.  3  credits. 

310.  The  Education  of  the  Exceptional  Child.  An  introduction  to  current  research  and 
practices  concerning  the  range  of  exceptionalities  in  children.  The  course  includes  attention 
to  policies,  legislation,  programs,  methods  and  materials.  Various  resource  personnel  are 
invited  to  address  pertinent  issues.  The  course  includes  a  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  field 
experience  in  local  programs  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  exceptional  children.  Prerequi- 
sites: EDU  1 10,  PSY  100  or  PSY  120,  or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

346.  Educational  Technology  and  Instructional  Media.  A  study  of  the  preparation  and  use 
of  instructional  technology,  media,  and  equipment.  3  credits. 

Elementary  Education  (Teacher  Certification)  Program 
The  Education  Department  is  committed  to  preparing  elementary  education  majors  who  have 
a  thorough  grounding  in  the  disciplines  they  will  teach  within  the  context  of  a  strong  liberal 
arts  foundation.  The  program  includes  intensive  training  in  the  content  and  methodologies 
of  all  elementary  school  subjects. 


44 


The  field-centered  component  in  the  program  provides  extensive  and  carefully  sequenced 
opportunities  to  work  with  teachers  and  children  in  a  variety  of  school  settings  during  all  four 
years  of  preparation  for  teaching.  The  Education  Department  has  established  strong  relation- 
ships with  the  local  public  schools  and  has  entered  into  an  educational  partnership  with  The 
Children's  School,  a  local  private  elementary  school.  Majors  spend  an  average  of  two  hours 
per  week  each  semester  in  various  public  school  classrooms,  observing  teachers  and  children, 
aiding,  tutoring,  providing  small-group  and  whole-class  instruction,  and  completing  tasks 
on  increasingly  challenging  levels  of  involvement.  Seniors  spend  the  fall  semester  in  full- 
time  student  teaching  with  cooperating  teachers  who  have  been  carefully  chosen  for  that  role. 
Additional  opportunities  are  provided  for  our  students  to  work  in  nursery  schools,  child  care 
centers,  Head  Start  programs,  middle  schools,  and  in  classes  for  exceptional  children. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  elementary  education. 

Major:  Elementary  education  majors  must  take:  EDU  1 10,  310;  ELM  220,  250,  270,  332, 
341,  342,  344,  361,  362,  499;  ART  401;  GPY  1 1 1;  HIS  125;  MAS  100  or  equivalent;  PSY 
100  or  120,  220,  321  (57  credits). 

Note:  Students  who  are  pursuing  teacher  certification  must  complete  12  credit  hours  of 
ELM  440  Student  Teaching  in  addition  to  completing  all  requirements  for  the  major 
in  Elementary  Education. 

Courses  in  Elementary  Education  (ELM): 

220.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.  A  course  designed  to  aid  elementary  education  majors 
in  developing  music  skills  for  the  classroom,  including  the  playing  of  instruments,  singing, 
using  notation,  listening,  movement,  and  creative  applications.  3  credits.  {Cross-listed  as 
Music  220. } 

250.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School.  A  study  of  basic  preschool  to  sixth  grade 
mathematical  concepts  with  major  emphasis  on  problem  solving,  estimating,  and  computers. 
The  course  is  designed  to  view  mathematics  as  a  multidisciplined  subject.  Attention  is  given 
to  the  development  of  hands-on  teaching  activities,  simulations,  and  experiences  which  can 
be  utilized  effectively  with  any  classroom  population.  3  credits. 

260.  Principles  and  Practices  in  Early  Childhood  Education.  An  introduction  to  contem- 
porary research,  theories,  programs,  curricula,  methods,  and  materials  in  early  childhood 
education,  nursery  school  through  grade  2.  Includes  required  field  experience  in  a  local  early 
childhood  center.  3  credits. 

270.  Children's  Literature.  A  study  of  literature  for  children  from  infants  through  grade  8, 
including  extensive  classroom  examination  of  books,  poetry,  storytelling,  and  audiovisual 
resources  in  children's  literature.  3  credits. 


45 


280.  Field Practicum  in  the  Elementary  School.  Supervised  field  experiences  in  appropriate 
school  settings.  Prerequisite:  permission.  1-3  credits. 

332.  The  Physical  Sciences  in  the  Elementary  School.  A  study  of  basic  concepts  in  general 
science,  earth  and  space  science,  physical  and  biological  science,  and  environmental  studies. 
The  course  emphasizes  the  experiential  nature  of  science  in  the  elementary  classroom  with 
special  attention  to  the  materials  and  methodologies  appropriate  to  young  children.  3  credits. 

341, 342.  Teaching  of  Reading  I,  II.  The  fundamentals  of  teaching  children  to  read  from  the 
readiness  programs  of  early  childhood  education  to  the  more  comprehensive  techniques 
required  to  teach  reading  in  all  subject  areas  of  the  curricula  in  elementary  and  middle 
schools.  Effective  reading  programs,  methods,  and  materials  are  examined  first  hand. 
Includes  during  each  semester  one  hour  per  week  of  reading  enrichment  for  selected 
elementary  school  students.  Prerequisite:  ELM  270.  3  credits  per  semester. 

344.  Health  and  Safety  Education.  A  study  of  basic  health  and  safety  practices  and 
procedures  as  applied  to  the  elementary  school,  including  attention  to  curriculum,  resources, 
materials  and  methodologies.  Prerequisites:  EDU  110;  PSY  220;  Elementary  Education 
major.  3  credits. 

361.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.  The  content,  methods  and  materials  for 
teaching  oral  and  written  language  beginning  with  early  childhood:  listening,  speaking, 
creative  and  practical  writing,  as  well  as  the  related  skills  of  creative  dramatics,  handwriting, 
grammar  and  usage.  The  course  is  designed  to  assist  teachers  in  helping  children  to 
communicate  effectively  and  responsibly  in  a  creative  manner.  3  credits. 

362.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School.  An  examination  of  the  content,  methods  and 
role  of  social  studies  in  the  elementary  school,  beginning  with  early  childhood.  The 
curriculum  is  examined  from  two  vantage  points:  the  daily  lives  of  children  as  they  relate  to 
developing  values  and  attitudes  and  the  planned  study  of  people  as  they  live  and  have  lived 
in  our  world.  The  development  of  a  teaching  unit  and  the  examination  of  learning  resources 
are  required.  3  credits. 

440.  Student  Teaching.  Each  student  spends  an  entire  semester  in  an  area  school  under  the 
supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  A  cumulative 
grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.00  is  required.  Prerequisites:  EDU  1 10,310;  PSY  220,321; 
ELM  250,270,280,332,341,342,361,362,  and  permission  of  the  Education  Department 
faculty.  3-12  credits. 

499.  Senior  Seminar.  Special  topics  related  to  current  concerns  in  education  are  researched 
and  discussed  by  the  participants  in  the  course.  Issues  related  to  teaching  and  to  further 
professional  growth  are  explored.  3  credits. 


46 


Secondary  Teacher  Certification  Program 
Students  pursuing  secondary  teacher  certification  are  prepared  for  teaching  by  completing  an 
intensive  program  in  the  departmental  major(s)  of  their  choice  in  conjunction  with  a  carefully 
sequenced  professional  education  component  within  the  Education  Department.  Both  the 
major  program  and  the  professional  education  component  are  completed  within  the  context 
of  a  strong  foundation  in  the  liberal  arts. 

Departmental  majors  may  seek  certification  in  biology,  chemistry,  English,  French,  German, 
Spanish,  mathematics,  physics,  and  social  studies. 

Opportunities  are  provided  candidates  to  observe  and  to  teach  in  junior  high  and  high  school 
settings  prior  to  the  full-time  student  teaching  semester.  Cooperating  teachers  are  selected 
through  a  process  involving  college  faculty,  public  school  personnel,  and  the  student 
teachers,  thus  assuring  the  most  beneficial  placements  possible. 

Degree  Requirements: 

There  is  no  major  in  education  for  those  interested  in  secondary  teaching.  Students  complete 

the  requirements  in  their  chosen  major  and  the  designated  professional  education  courses. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the  chosen  major.  (Majors:  biology, 
chemistry,  English,  French,  German,  Spanish,  mathematics,  physics,  and  social  studies.) 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Students  seeking  secondary  certification  in  social  studies 
(except  American  studies  and  history  majors)  must  take  SED  360,  the  approved  program  in 
the  chosen  major  and  21  credits  in  education  courses  including  EDU  110  and  SED  420, 430 
and  440.  SED  280  should  be  taken  at  least  twice  prior  to  SED  440.  SED  420  and  440  comprise 
the  student  teaching  semester  of  the  senior  or  post  graduate  year. 

Courses  in  Secondary  Education  (SED): 

280.  Field Practicum  in  the  Secondary  School.  Supervised  field  experiences  in  appropriate 
school  settings.  Designed  to  offer  practical  experiences  for  prospective  secondary  teachers 
or  students  planning  an  educational  ministry.  Prerequisites:  permission.  1-3  credits. 

360.  The  Teaching  of  Social  Studies  in  Secondary  Schools.  A  study  of  curricular  patterns 
and  teaching  methodologies  for  the  social  studies.  Students  will  prepare  instructional 
objectives,  select  and  organize  subject  matter,  investigate  a  variety  of  learning  activities  and 
strategies  for  developing  inquiry,  decision-making,  and  values.  1-2  credits.  Not  open  to 
American  studies  or  history  majors. 

420.  Human  Growth  and  Development.  A  survey  of  human  characteristics,  research  in 
developmental  psychology  and  their  implications  for  teaching  and  learning.  Prerequisite: 
EDU  110;  secondary  teacher  certification  candidate;  junior  or  senior  status;  approval  of 
instructor.  3  credits. 


47 


430.  Practicum  and  Methods.  A  study  of  the  basic  principles  and  procedures  for  secondary 
classroom  management  and  instruction.  Prerequisite:  EDU  1 10;  secondary  teacher  certifica- 
tion candidate;  junior  or  senior  status;  approval  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

440.  Student  Teaching.  Students  spend  an  entire  semester  in  an  area  school  under  the 
supervision  of  a  carefully  selected  cooperating  teacher.  Open  to  seniors  only.  Requirements 
are: 

(1)  a  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.00  in  the  major  field 

(2)  completion  of  all  courses  required  of  the  major  for  student  teaching 

(3)  completion  of  professional  education  courses  required  for  student  teaching 

(4)  approval  of  the  major  adviser  and  of  the  director  of  secondary  student  teaching. 
Prerequisites:  EDU  1 10,  SED  430.  SED  420  is  normally  taken  concurrently  with  SED  440. 
3-12  credits. 

Geography  Program 
Courses  in  geography  are  offered  to  acquaint  students  with  the  physical  and  cultural  aspects 
of  the  world  in  which  they  live  and  to  introduce  them  to  geography  as  a  discipline.  The  courses 
are  recommended  for  all  students  who  wish  to  broaden  their  understanding  of  the  world. 

Courses  in  Geography  (GPY): 

111.  Physical  Geography .  A  survey  of  the  physical  aspects  of  the  earth  and  its  impact  on  life. 
Attention  is  given  to  the  solar  system,  the  earth's  movements,  climate,  weather,  landforms, 
ecology,  environmental  awareness,  and  the  processes  that  form  and  change  the  earth's 
surface.  Students  explore  through  current  events,  geographic  searches,  slides,  lectures,  and 
discussions  the  impact  that  physical  geography  has  on  their  everyday  lives.  Requirement  for 
elementary  education  certification.  Prerequisite:  Elementary  Education  major  or  permission 
of  instructor.  3  credits. 

211.  American  Cultural  Geography.  A  study  of  how  the  natural  environment  has  influenced 
the  historic  development  of  American  culture,  including  the  geographic  distribution  of 
population  groups,  religious  denominations  and  practices,  language  patterns,  architectural 
styles,  and  the  like.  3  credits. 

212.  Cultural  Geography.  A  survey  of  the  various  geographic  regions  of  the  world  and  their 
cultural  features,  including  their  natural  resources,  economy,  social  and  religious  customs, 
food  supply,  populations,  ecology,  and  topical  geography.  Special  attention  is  given  to 
heightening  students'  international  awareness  and  appreciation  for  diverse  cultures.  3 
credits. 


48 


Faculty 
Susan  L.  Atkinson,  associate  professor  of  education. 
Ed.D.,  Temple  University. 

She  teaches  method  courses  in  mathematics,  science,  social  studies,  and  language  arts,  plus 
courses  in  the  foundations  of  education  and  physical  geography.  She  supervises  student 
teachers.  Her  research  interests  are  in  the  area  of  matching  student/teacher  learning  styles  to 
increase  academic  achievement.  Her  areas  of  interest  include  multidisciplined  curricula, 
classroom  management  and  early  childhood  education.  She  is  the  adviser  for  the  college's 
professional  teaching  organization,  which  includes  secondary,  elementary,  and  music 
education  majors. 

Andrew  J.  Brovey,  assistant  professor  of  education. 
Ed.D.,  Lehigh  University. 

He  teaches  courses  in  educational  foundations  and  elementary  mathematics  and  science 
education,  and  in  secondary  methodology  and  assists  in  the  supervision  of  student  teachers 
at  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels.  He  serves  as  the  director  of  instructional  design  and 
technology  in  the  Education  Department  to  develop  and  promote  the  integration  of  computer 
technology  in  all  phases  of  teacher  preparation  and  to  improve  student  access  to  technology- 
based  learning  in  the  schools.  He  periodically  works  with  the  broader  college  community  in 
the  utilization  of  computer-based  technology  in  the  classroom  and  in  research. 

Michael  A.  Grella,  professor  of  education.  Chairperson. 
Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University. 

He  teaches  courses  in  children's  literature,  reading,  early  childhood  education,  and  excep- 
tional children.  He  coordinates  reading-related  practica  in  the  public  schools  and  supervises 
student  teachers.  He  serves  as  the  department's  chief  liaison  with  public  school  personnel  and 
with  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education.  He  maintains  a  special  interest  in  the 
acquisition  of  literacy  at  the  primary  grade  levels  and  in  learning  disabilities. 

Dale  E.  Summers,  assistant  professor  of  education. 

Ed.D.,  Ball  State  University. 

He  teaches  courses  in  educational  foundations,  world  cultural  geography,  American  cultural 

geography,  secondary  school  curricula  and  methodologies,  and  adolescent  development.  He 

serves  as  supervisor  of  student  teachers  and  helps  to  monitor  pre-student  teaching  field 

experiences.  He  maintains  a  particular  interest  in  special  education  for  the  emotionally 

disturbed  at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  level. 

Linda  L.  Summers,  instructor  in  education. 

MA.,  Ball  State  University. 

She  serves  as  the  director  of  elementary  and  secondary  field  experiences  for  the  Education 

Department.  She  teaches  courses  in  educational  foundations,  language  arts,  social  studies, 

and  health.  She  supervises  elementary  and  secondary  student  teachers.  Areas  of  interest  in 

education  include  early  childhood  education,  thematic  approaches  to  learning,  the  use  of 

integrated  curriculum,  and  cooperative  learning. 


49 


DEPARTMENT  OF  ENGLISH 

English  Program 
The  major  in  English  introduces  students  to  the  humanistic  study  of  language.  While  English 
majors  may  choose  to  concentrate  in  literature,  communications  or  secondary  education,  the 
basis  for  all  concentrations  is  the  study  of  literature.  All  majors  also  learn  the  skills  of  clear, 
concise  and  correct  expression  as  well  as  of  effective  collection,  organization,  and  presen- 
tation of  material.  Such  study  prepares  the  student  for  more  advanced  work  in  many  fields. 
Graduates  of  the  Department  of  English  are  prepared  to  work  in  journalism,  teaching,  editing, 
public  relations,  publishing,  advertising,  government,  industry,  the  ministry,  and  law. 

The  English  Department  offers  a  major  program  with  concentrations  in  literature,  commu- 
nications, and  secondary  education,  as  well  as  minors  in  both  literature  and  communications. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  English. 

Major:  Core  requirements:  ENG  200;  three  from  22 1-228;  33 1 ;  34 1  or  342;  499  (2 1  credits). 
Students  must  choose  one  of  the  concentrations  below  in  addition  to  the  core. 

Literature  concentration:  Three  additional  survey  courses  (ENG  221-228);  three  additional 
major  authors  (ENG  343-349)  or  special  topics  courses  (ENG  390-399)  or  genre  (ENG  334, 
335,  338,  339)  courses  (39  credits). 

Communications  concentration:  ENG  213;  four  additional  communications  courses  (ENG 
210-220,  31 1-315,  332,336);  3  credits  of  ENG  400  (39  credits). 

Secondary  Education  concentration:  Two  additional  survey  courses  from  ENG  211-228 
(must  include  both  22 1 ,  222);  three  additional  major  authors  (ENG  343-349)  or  special  topics 
(ENG  390-399)  or  genre  (Eng  334,  335,  338,  339)  courses;  ENG  218;  Eng  332;  FLG  250; 
and  either  ENG  213  or  ENG  336  (48  credits). 

Minor  (Literature):  ENG  200;  ENG  221  or  222;  two  from  ENG  225,  226,  227,  228;  two 
additional  literature  courses  (18  credits). 

Minor  (Communications):  ENG  200,  213,  221  or  222;  three  additional  communications 
courses  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  English  (ENG): 

101, 102.  English  as  a  Second  Language.  Emphasis  on  advanced  reading,  writing,  listening 
and  speaking  skills  for  students  for  whom  English  is  the  second  language.  The  second 
semester  is  a  continuation  of  the  same  skills.  3  credits. 

Ill,  112.  English  Communications  I,  II.  Both  semesters  help  the  student  find  her  or  his  own 

50 


voice  within  the  demands  and  expectations  of  public  expression.  Both  courses  emphasize  the 
development  of  clear,  organized  and  rhetorically  effective  written  prose.  112  also  empha- 
sizes reading  and  research  skills.  Prerequisite  for  1 12:  1 1 1  or  permission  of  chairperson.  3 
credits. 

200.  Introduction  to  Literary  Studies.  An  Introduction  to  genres  and  to  the  basic  methodol- 
ogy, tools,  terminology  and  concepts  of  the  study  of  literature.  3  credits. 

210.  Management  Communications.  The  development  of  reading,  writing,  speaking  and 
listening  skills  for  business  management.  Prerequisite:  ENG  111,  1 12  or  permission. 

213.  Journalism.  The  development  of  the  basic  skills  of  journalistic  writing  such  as 
interviewing,  covering  meetings,  gathering  and  reporting  news  and  features  according  to 
standard  formats  and  styles;  the  course  also  discusses  legal  and  ethical  aspects  of  journalism. 
Prerequisite:  ENG  111,  1 12  or  permission.  3  credits. 

216.  Technical  Writing.  The  development  of  writing  skills  within  the  context  of  specialized, 
usually  technical  or  scientific,  subject  matters,  with  emphasis  on  style  and  forms.  Prerequi- 
site: ENG  1 1 1  and  1 12  or  permission.  3  credits. 

218.  Oral  Communication.  Introduction  to  oral  communication,  both  formal  and  informal. 
3  credits. 

219.  Creative  Writing:  Fiction.  A  workshop  in  writing  short  fiction.  3  credits. 

220.  Creative  Writing:  Poetry.  A  workshop  in  writing  poetry.  3  credits. 

221.  Survey  of  American  Literature  I.  A  survey  of  selected  major  American  authors  from 
the  colonial  period  to  about  1880.  3  credits. 

222.  Survey  of  American  Literature  II.  A  survey  of  selected  major  American  authors  from 
about  1880  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

225.  Survey  of  English  Literature  I.  A  survey  of  selected  major  English  authors  to  about 
1800.  3  credits. 

226.  Survey  of  English  Literature  II.  A  survey  of  selected  major  English  authors  from  about 
1800  to  the  present.  3  credits. 

227.  World  Literature  I.  A  survey  of  selected  major  writers  from  the  early  Hebrews  and 
Greeks  to  the  17th  century.  3  credits. 

228.  World  Literature  II.  A  survey  of  selected  major  writers  from  the  17th  century  to  the 
present.  3  credits. 


51 


311.  Feature  Writing.  Instructions  and  practice  in  writing  feature  articles  for  newspapers, 
trade  journals  and  magazines;  free  lance  marketing  and  market  analysis.  Prerequisite:  ENG 
213.  3  credits. 

312.  Radio  and  TV  Writing.  Theory  and  technique  of  writing  news  and  features  for  broadcast 
media.  Editing  and  rewriting  press  association  dispatches,  gathering  local  news,  recording 
interviews  and  preparing  newscasts  and  feature  programs.  Prerequisite:  ENG  213.3  credits. 

313.  Advertising  Copy  and  Layout.  Principles  and  techniques  of  copy  writing;  selection  and 
presentation  of  sales  points;  creative  strategy  in  production  of  layouts.  Prerequisite:  ENG 
213.  3  credits. 

314.  Public  Relations.  Purposes  and  methods  of  modern  public  relations  as  practices  by 
business  and  industry,  organizations  and  institutions,  trades  and  professions.  Public  opinion 
evaluation.  Planning  of  public  relations  programs.  Prerequisite:  ENG  213.  3  credits. 

375.  Editing.  Editing  theory  and  exercises  in  copyreading,  rewriting  and  headlining. 
Prerequisite:  ENG  213.  3  credits. 

331.  History  and  Traditional  Grammar  of  English.  An  examination  of  the  evolution  of 
English  sounds,  grammatical  forms  and  vocabulary,  as  well  as  a  survey  of  conventions  and 
current  usage.  3  credits. 

332.  Theory  of  Composition.  A  study  of  ancient  and  modern  ideas  on  the  writing  process  and 
the  teaching  of  writing.  3  credits. 

334.  The  Novell.  A  survey  of  the  development  of  the  novel  from  the  beginning  of  the  genre 
through  the  Romantic  period.  3  credits. 

335.  The  Novel  II.  A  survey  of  the  development  of  the  novel  from  Realism  to  the  present. 

336.  Theater  Workshop.  A  workshop  in  the  elements  of  theater  with  classroom  practice  in 
production  of  scenes  and  whole  plays.  3  credits. 

338.  Dramatic  Literature  I.  A  survey  of  dramatic  literature  from  the  Greeks  to  about  1 850, 
with  attention  to  theater  modes  and  techniques.  3  credits. 

339.  Dramatic  Literature  II.  A  survey  of  dramatic  literature  from  about  1 850  to  the  present, 
with  attention  to  theater  modes  and  techniques.  3  credits. 

341.  Shakespeare  I.  A  concentrated  study  of  early  Shakespearean  drama,  especially  the 
comedies  and  the  histories.  3  credits. 

342.  Shakespeare  II.  A  concentrated  study  of  late  Shakespearean  drama,  especially  the 
tragedies  and  the  romances.  3  credits. 

52 


343-349.  Major  Authors.  An  examination  of  works  of  major  authors  in  American,  English, 
and  World  literature.  3  credits. 

390-399.  Special  Topics.  3  credits. 

499.  Seminar.  The  topics  of  this  culmination  of  a  liberal  education  in  English  vary.  The 
course  is  taught  as  a  seminar  with  much  of  the  teaching  being  done  by  the  students.  3  credits. 

Faculty 
Philip  A.  Billings,  professor  of  English.  Chairperson. 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University. 

He  teaches  courses  in  contemporary  literature  as  well  as  creative  writing.  His  publications 
include  poems  in  various  magazines  and  two  books  of  poems  based  on  people  living  in  the 
region. 

Marie  G.  Bongiovanni,  assistant  professor  of  English. 

M.B.A.,  Drexel  University. 

Experienced  in  journalism  and  business,  she  teaches  management  communications,  editing 

and  journalism.  She  recently  completed  a  summer  writing  program  at  Bennington  College 

and  is  presently  studying  for  her  masters  in  literature  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

Phylis  C.  Dryden,  associate  professor  of  English. 

D.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany. 

She  is  a  specialist  in  composition  theory,  linguistics  and  American  Studies  and  has  business 

experience.  She  has  published  poetry,  fiction,  newspaper  and  magazine  articles.  In  1991  and 

1993  she  won  NEH  Summer  Seminar  grants  to  study  British  literature.  She  also  directs  the 

department  internship  program. 

Arthur  L.  Ford,  professor  of  English. 
Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University. 

He  has  published  books  on  several  American  authors,  including  Thoreau  and  Creeley,  and 
articles  on  composition  theory  and  the  computer  in  composition.  Recent  Fulbright  lecture- 
ships in  Syria  and  China  have  resulted  in  several  research  projects. 

Gary  Grieve-Carlson,  assistant  professor  of  English. 

Ph.D.,  Boston  University. 

He  has  taught  at  the  University  of  Tennessee  and  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  and  has  been 

a  Fulbright  Junior  Lecturer  in  Germany.  He  has  published  several  articles  on  American 

cultural  criticism  and  20th  century  poetry,  and  also  teaches  in  the  American  Studies  program. 

John  P.  Kearney,  professor  of  English. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin. 

He  is  a  19th  century  British  literature  scholar  currently  working  on  a  book  on  Dickens.  He 

also  teaches  technical  writing. 


53 


Mary  K.  Pettice,  assistant  professor  of  English. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

She  teaches  journalism,  creative  writing  and  British  literature  along  with  serving  as  adviser 

to  the  student  newspaper.  She  is  also  a  published  poet  and  short-story  writer. 

Kevin  B.  Pry,  lecturer  in  English. 

Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

Dramaturge  for  local  theater  companies;  he  teaches  Dramatic  Literature,  Theater  Workshop 

and  World  Literature,  and  he  advises  the  student  drama  club. 


The  English  Department  offers  a  major  with  concentrations  in  literature, 
communications,  and  secondary  education. 


54 


DEPARTMENT  OF  FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 

The  study  of  a  foreign  language  has  three  aims:  to  develop  fluency  in  the  basic  communica- 
tion skills,  to  provide  an  understanding  of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the  people  who  use  the 
language,  and  to  understand  language  as  the  fundamental  medium  by  which  humankind 
thinks  and  interacts. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  prepares  the  language  major  for  a  career  in  a  variety 
of  fields:  teaching,  diplomatic  and  government  service,  foreign  trade,  business  and  social 
service.  For  many  of  these  careers  the  study  of  a  foreign  language  is  often  combined  with 
majors  in  other  disciplines. 

The  department  encourages  students  to  avail  themselves  of  the  college's  opportunities  for 
foreign  travel  and  study,  including  the  International  Student  Exchange  Program  and  the 
program  in  Cologne,  Germany. 

The  Department  of  Foreign  Languages  offers  majors  in  French,  German  and  Spanish, 
secondary  teacher  certification  in  foreign  language,  as  well  as  minors  in  the  three  languages. 
In  addition,  coursework,  but  no  major  or  minor,  is  offered  in  Greek  and  Russian.  The 
department  also  offers  the  major  in  International  Business  jointly  with  the  Management 
Department. 

Foreign  Languages  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
No  major  is  offered  in  foreign  language.  Majors  are  offered  in  French,  German  and  Spanish 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Students  seeking  elementary  or  secondary  certification  in 
a  foreign  language  must  take  FLG  360  and  21  credits  in  education  courses  including  EDU 
1 10  and  SED  420,  430  and  ELM  or  SED  440. 

Courses  in  Foreign  Language  (FLG): 

260.  Approaches  to  Culture.  A  survey  of  contemporary  life  in  French,  German  and  Spanish 
speaking  countries.  Topics  may  include  customs,  values,  social  structures,  geography,  and 
current  issues.  Taught  in  English.  3  credits. 

350.  Linguistics.  A  study  of  the  field  of  linguistics.  Investigates  language  as  a  system  of  signs 
and  as  a  culturally  conditioned  behavior.  3  credits. 

360.  The  Teaching  of  Foreign  Language  in  Schools.  A  comprehensive  study  of  modern 
teaching  methods,  with  emphasis  on  practicing  basic  classroom  skills  for  elementary  through 
secondary  school  level  instruction.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202,  GMN  202,  orSPA  202.  3  credits. 

French  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  French. 

55 


Major:  24  credits  in  French  above  the  intermediate  level,  FLG  350  (27  credits). 

Minor:  12  credits  in  French  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  advanced  conversation 
and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly  recommended. 

Courses  in  French  (FRN): 

101,102.  Elementary  French  1,11.  Introductory  courses  in  French.  Aimed  at  developing 
basic  communicative  proficiency  in  French.  Also  offers  insights  into  French-speaking 
cultures.  3  credits. 

201202.  Intermediate  French  1,11.  Review  of  material  typically  covered  in  a  first-year 
French  course.  Aimed  at  building  students'  proficiency  in  all  four  language  skills  -  listening, 
speaking,  reading  and  writing  -  and  at  enhancing  their  knowledge  of  the  cultures  of  French- 
speaking  people.  Prerequisite:  FRN  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

300.  Advanced  Conversation.  Intensive  practice  in  spoken  French.  Discussions  on  a  wide 
range  of  topics  related  to  French  life  and  contemporary  society.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

310.  Advanced  Grammar  &  Composition.  Intensive  practice  in  written  French.  Develop- 
ment of  advanced  writing  skills  through  composition  assignments  based  on  contemporary 
French  writing  and  issues.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

320.  Business  French.  A  study  of  the  language  of  business  and  business  practices  of  France 
and  French-speaking  countries.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

340.  The  Sounds  of  French:  Intensive  Listening  Comprehension  Skills.  An  intensive 
listening  comprehension  class  in  which  students  are  exposed  to,  and  tested  in,  many  registers 
of  spoken  French:  stories,  lectures,  movies,  advertising,  radio,  television,  conversation, 
announcements,  instructions,  etc.  The  objective  is  to  provide  students  with  a  listening 
immersion  in  the  Francophone  world.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

350.  Issues  in  French  Culture.  Discussion  of  an  important  issue  in  France  from  different 
points  of  view.  Taught  in  French.  Prerequisite:  FRN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

410.  French  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  Renaissance.  A  study  of  medieval  French 
literature  to  1600.  Works  from  the  medieval  epic  and  courtly  romance  through  Renaissance 
philosophical  essays.  Development  of  advanced  communicative  skills  through  literature  will 
be  promoted.  Prerequisite:  FRN  300  or  310  or  permission.  3  credits.  (Writing  Intensive) 

420.  French  Literature  of  the  17th  Century.  A  study  of  the  spirit  and  principal  authors  of 
French  Classicism  with  a  special  emphasis  on  the  theater  of  Corneille,  Racine  and  Moliere. 
Prerequisite:  FRN  300  or  FRN  310  or  permission.  3  credits.  (Writing  Intensive) 


56 


430.  French  Literature  of  the  18th  and  19th  Centuries.  A  study  of  the  main  ideological 
currents  of  the  1 8th  and  1 9th  centuries:  the  faith  in  reason,  the  emergence  of  pre-romanticism, 
romanticism  and  realism.  Emphasis  on  the  works  of  Voltaire,  Montesquieu,  Diderot, 
Rousseau,  1' Abbe  Prevost,  Marivaux,  Hugo,  Flaubert,  Balzac,  Zola,  and  Baudelaire.  Prereq- 
uisite: FRN  300  or  FRN  310  or  permission.  3  credits.  (Writing  Intensive) 

440.  French  Literature  of  the  20th  Century.  A  study  of  contemporary  society  as  reflected 
in  the  literary  evolution  from  Proust  to  the  Nouveau  Roman  and  le  theatre  de  VAbsurde.  Such 
writers  as  Giraudoux,  Anouilh,  Malraux,  Sartre,  Camus,  Ionesco,  Becket  will  be  studied. 
Prerequisite:  FRN  300  or  FRN  310  or  permission.  3  credits.  (Writing  Intensive) 

450.  Modern  Theatre  and  Poetry  of  France.  A  study  of  theater  and  poetry  of  the  19th  and 
20th  centuries.  Prerequisite:  FRN  31 1  or  FRN  316  or  permission.  3  credits. 

German  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Major:  24  credits  in  German  above  the  intermediate  level;  FLG  350.  (27  credits). 

Minor:  1 2  credits  in  German  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  advanced  conversation 
and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly  recommended. 

Courses  in  German  (GMN): 

101,102.  Elementary  German  1,11.  Introductory  courses  in  German.  Aimed  at  developing 
basic  communicative  proficiency  in  German.  Also  offers  insights  into  German-speaking 
cultures.  3  credits. 

201,202.  Intermediate  German  I, II.  Review  of  material  typically  covered  in  a  first-year 
German  course.  Aimed  at  building  students'  proficiency  in  all  four  language  skills -listening, 
speaking,  reading  and  writing  -  and  at  enhancing  their  knowledge  of  the  cultures  of  German- 
speaking  people.  Prerequisite:  GMN  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

203, 204;  303, 304;  403,404.  Language  &  Culture  I,  II.  An  immersion  course  on  three  levels 
offered  in  Cologne,  Germany.  German  in  context  with  a  grammar  review,  practical  exercises 
and  discussion  of  cultural  issues.  Placement  determined  in  Cologne.  Prerequisite:  GMN  102 
or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

310.  Germany  Past  and  Present.  Studies  the  major  epochs  of  German  cultural  history  and 
describes  the  chief  characteristics  of  present-day  German  society.  Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 

316.  Composition  &  Conversation.  Intensive  practice  in  the  interactive  skills  of  speaking  and 
writing.  Review  of  grammar  and  emphasis  of  practical  situations.  Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or 
equivalent.  3  credits. 


57 


320.  Business  German.  A  study  of  the  language  of  business  and  business  practices  of 
Germany  and  German-speaking  countries.  Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

330.  German  Short  Fiction.  A  reading  course  in  the  Cologne  program  for  the  intermediate 
student.  Study  of  short  texts  to  develop  more  advanced  skills  and  introduce  the  techniques 
of  literary  analysis.  Prerequisite:  GMN  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

350.  Issues  in  German  Culture.  Study  of  a  major  issue  from  various  points  of  view.  Readings 
in  German  and  English;  discussion  and  writing  in  German  and  English.  Prerequisite:  GMN 
202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

370.  Techniques  of  Translation  &  Interpretation.  Emphasizes  the  skills  needed  for  accurate 
and  idiomatic  translation  of  German  texts  into  English.  Discussion  of  more  complex 
grammatical  structures.  Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

400-419.  Readings  in  German.  Works  of  fiction  and  nonfiction  selected  to  explore  a 
particular  topic  or  theme.  Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits.  (Writing  Intensive) 

460.  Lyric  Poetry.  A  study  of  German  song  from  minnesang  to  contemporary  rock.  Involves 
both  texts  and  music  as  appropriate.  Prerequisite:  GMN  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits.  (Area 
5,  Writing  Intensive) 

Greek  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Only  coursework  is  offered  in  Greek. 

Courses  in  Greek  (GRK): 

101,102.  Elementary  Greek  I, II.  Introductory  study  in  the  basics  of  ancient  Greek.  3  credits. 

Russian  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Only  coursework  is  offered  in  Russian. 

Courses  in  Russian  (RSN): 

101,102.  Elementary  Russian  I, II.  Introductory  courses  in  Russian.  Aimed  at  developing 
basic  communicative  proficiency  in  Russian.  Also  offers  insights  into  Russian-speaking 
cultures.  3  credits. 

Spanish  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  Spanish. 

Major:  24  credits  in  Spanish  above  the  intermediate  level;  FLG  350  (27  credits).  For  teaching 
certification,  FLG  440  is  required. 

58 


Minor:  1 8  credits  in  Spanish  above  the  intermediate  level.  Courses  in  advanced  conversation 
and  composition  as  well  as  in  culture  are  strongly  recommended. 

Courses  in  Spanish  (SPA): 

101,102.  Elementary  Spanish  1,11.  Introductory  courses  in  Spanish.  Aimed  at  developing 
basic  communicative  proficiency  in  Spanish.  Also  offers  insights  into  Spanish-speaking 
cultures.  3  credits. 

201202.  Intermediate  Spanish  1,11.  Review  of  material  typically  covered  in  a  first-year 
Spanish  course.  Aimed  at  building  students '  proficiency  in  all  four  language  skills  -  listening, 
speaking,  reading  and  writing  -  and  at  enhancing  their  knowledge  of  the  cultures  of  Spanish- 
speaking  people.  Prerequisite:  SPA  102  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

300.  Advanced  Conversation.  Intensive  practice  in  spoken  Spanish.  Discussions  on  a  wide 
range  of  topics  related  to  Spanish  life  and  contemporary  society.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202.  3 
credits. 

310.  Advanced  Grammar  &  Composition.  Discussion  of  more  complex  grammatical 
structures.  Intensive  practice  in  written  Spanish.  Development  of  advanced  writing  skills 
through  composition  assignments  based  on  contemporary  Spanish  writing  and  issues. 
Prerequisite:  SPA  202.  3  credits.  (Writing  Intensive) 

340.  The  Sounds  of  Spanish:  Intensive  Listening  Comprehension.  An  intensive  listening 
comprehension  class  in  which  students  are  exposed  to,  and  tested  in,  many  registers  of  spoken 
Spanish:  stories,  lectures,  movies,  advertising,  radio,  television,  conversation,  announce- 
ments, instructions,  etc.  The  objective  is  to  provide  students  with  a  listening  immersion  in  the 
Hispanic  world.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202.  3  credits. 

350.  Issues  in  Spanish  Culture.  Discussion  of  an  important  issue  in  Spain  from  various 
points  of  view.  Taught  in  Spanish.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

360.  Issues  in  Latin-American  Culture.  Discussion  of  an  important  issue  in  Latin  America 
from  various  points  of  view.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or  equivalent.  3  credits. 

370.  Techniques  of  Translation  &  Interpretation.  Studies  methods  of  translation  and 
interpretation.  Oral  and  written  texts  will  be  used  to  work  both  from  Spanish  to  English  and 
English  to  Spanish.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202.  3  credits. 

450.  Latin-American  Literature  of  the  20th  Century.  A  study  of  the  important  writers  of  the 
century,  with  emphasis  on  recent  developments.  Prerequisite:  SPA  202  or  equivalent.  3 
credits.  (Writing  Intensive) 

460.  The  Age  of  Discovery.  An  examination  of  the  Aztec,  Mayan  and  Incan  civilizations 
before  1492  and  the  philosophy  of  the  Spanish  explorers  from  1492  on.  Prerequisite:  SPA 
202.  3  credits.  (Foreign  Studies,  Writing  Intensive) 

59 


Faculty 
Diane  M.  Iglesias,  professor  of  Spanish.  Chairperson. 
Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York. 

She  teaches  courses  in  Spanish  language,  and  in  Spanish  and  Latin  American  culture, 
civilization  and  literature.  She  has  presented  research  papers  in  medieval  balladry  and  the 
Spanish  Golden  Age  theater  at  scholarly  conferences.  She  is  currently  researching  the 
modern  Latin  American  novel.  She  is  particularly  interested  in  the  concept  of  "magical 
realism"  as  it  applies  to  the  works  of  Gabriel  Garcia  Marquez. 

James  W.  Scott,  professor  of  German. 
Ph.D.,  Princeton  University. 

He  teaches  German  and  courses  in  the  culture,  civilization  and  literature  of  German- speaking 
countries.  His  most  recent  scholarly  presentations  have  ranged  from  Kafka's  short  fiction  to 
cabaret  in  the  GDR  and  communicative  testing.  At  present  he  is  preparing  a  new  translation 
of  Iweil,  an  Arthurian  epic  by  Hartmann  von  Aue.  He  chairs  a  state  selection  committee  for 
the  Congress-Bundestag  Youth  Exchange  Program  and  is  a  member  of  the  American 
Association  of  Teachers  of  German  taskforce  on  distance  learning. 

Joelle  L.  Stopkie,  associate  professor  of  French. 

Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College. 

She  teaches  courses  in  language,  culture  and  literature.  She  coordinates  and  supervises  study 

programs  in  France.  She  is  currently  interested  in  methodology  and  Francophone  studies. 

Andres  Zamora,  assistant  professor  of  Spanish. 

MA.,  University  of  Southern  California,  Los  Angeles. 

He  teaches  subjects  from  basic  language  to  literature,  art  and  culture  of  the  Hispanic  world. 

He  has  worked  on  Medieval  literature,  the  Golden  Age  Comedia,  Cervantes  and  the  Modern 

Latin  American  Novel.  He  is  studying  the  poetics  of  the  Spanish  Novel  in  the  19th  and  20th 

centuries. 

Svetlana  A.  Bird,  adjunct  instructor  in  Russian. 

MA.,  Moscow  State  Pedagogical  University. 

She  teaches  courses  in  Russian  language,  culture  and  civilization.  Her  special  interests 

include  Russian  literature,  contemporary  cinematography  and  poetry. 

Theresa  Bowley,  adjunct  instructor  in  French. 

MA.,  Middlebury  College. 

She  teaches  courses  in  French  language,  culture  and  civilization.  Her  special  interests  include 

French  culture,  French  language  structure  and  French  cooking. 

Leonie  Lang-Hambourg,  adjunct  assistant  professor  in  German. 

MA.,  University  of  Oregon ,  Diploma  Interpreter  and  Translator,  Muncher  Dolmetscherschule. 
Experienced  as  an  interpreter  and  translator,  she  teaches  beginning  and  intermediate  German 
and  courses  in  advanced  German  grammar  and  style,  as  well  as  conversation  and  composi- 
tion, translation  and  business  German. 

60 


DEPARTMENT  OF  HISTORY  AND  AMERICAN  STUDIES 

By  examining  human  behavior  in  the  past,  the  study  of  history  can  help  people  better 
understand  themselves  and  others.  Students  of  history  also  learn  how  to  gather  and  analyze 
information  and  present  their  conclusions  in  clear,  concise  language. 

An  undergraduate  degree  in  history  or  American  studies  can  lead  to  a  career  in  teaching  at 
the  college  or  high  school  level,  law,  government,  politics,  the  ministry,  museums  and 
libraries,  journalism  or  editing,  historical  societies  and  archives,  historical  communications 
or  a  number  of  other  professions. 

American  Studies  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  American  Studies. 

Major.  AMS  1 1 1, 21 1, 253, 31 1,485;  ART205 or MSC  120; ENG 221, 222; GPY 21 1; HIS 
321,  322;  HIS  325  or  326;  PHL  240  or  REL  120  (39  credits). 

Minor.  AMS  111,211,  253;  1  course  from  the  following:  ART  205,  ENG  221,  222,  MSC 
1 20;  1  course  from  the  following:  HIS  32 1 ,  PHL  240,  REL  1 20;  1  course  from  the  following: 
AMS  311,  HIS  322, 325, 326;  and  1  elective  course  to  be  chosen  from  among  courses  required 
for  the  major  in  American  Studies  or  approved  by  the  Director  of  the  American  Studies 
Program  (21  credits.) 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Students  seeking  secondary  certification  must  take  HIS 
360  and  21  credits  in  education  courses  including  EDU  1 10  and  SED  420,  430  and  440. 

Courses  in  American  Studies  (AMS): 

111.  Introduction  to  American  Studies.  An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  study  of 
America's  heritage  and  the  distinguishing  features  of  the  American  mind  and  character. 
3  credits. 

211.  American  Folklore.  A  study  of  the  historical  growth  of  American  folklore;  such  genres 
as  folk  art,  folk  music,  and  folk  speech;  contemporary  expressions,  including  regional  and 
ethnic  variations;  and  the  dynamics  of  folk  performance  in  socio-cultural  context.  3  credits. 

230.  American  Folk  Religion.  A  study  of  the  folk  traditions  of  selected  American  denomi- 
nations and  sects  and  of  the  theological  implications  of  secular  folklore.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  field  work  as  well  as  on  analysis.  3  credits.  {Cross-listed  as  Religion  230.} 

253.  Applied  American  Studies.  An  introduction  to  non-teaching  careers  in  American 
Studies.  Students  examine  the  basics  of  archival  management,  museum  curatorship,  oral 
history,  corporate  history  and  historical  communication  and  interpretation.  3  credits.  { Cross- 
listed  as  History  253.} 


61 


311.  American  Science  and  Technology.  A  study  of  American  science  and  technology  and 
their  interrelations  with  economic,  cultural,  political  and  intellectual  developments.  Prereq- 
uisite: Any  laboratory  science  course.  3  credits. 

485.  American  Studies  Seminar.  A  capstone  course  organized  around  a  major  theme  or  issue 
in  the  American  experience.  Themes  and  issues  vary  from  year  to  year  as  the  seminar  rotates 
among  faculty  in  several  academic  departments.  Students  are  able  to  integrate  their  educa- 
tional experience  and  implement  further  the  interdisciplinary  methodology  in  an  holistic 
approach  to  a  topic  or  subject.  3  credits. 

History  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  history. 

Major:  HIS  101,  102, 125, 126, 25 1,253,  two  upper-level  courses  in  American  history,  two 
upper-level  courses  in  European  history  (from  HIS  205, 206, 207),  two  non-western  history 
courses  and  two  elective  upper-level  courses  in  history.  For  students  attending  graduate 
school,  HIS  499  is  strongly  recommended  (42  credits). 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Students  seeking  secondary  certification  must  take  HIS 
360  and  21  credits  in  education  courses  including  EDU  1 10  and  SED  420,  430  and  440. 

Minor:  HIS  101,  102,  125,  126,  251,  253;  one  upper-level  course  in  American  history  and 
one  upper-level  course  in  European  history  (from  HIS  205,  206,  207)  (24  credits). 

Courses  in  History  (HIS): 

101.  Western  Civilization  to  the  14th  Century.  The  development  of  the  western  world  from 
its  Near  Eastern  and  Mediterranean  origins  to  the  eve  of  the  Renaissance.  3  credits. 

102.  Western  Civilization  since  the  14th  Century.  A  study  of  how  life  in  the  late  20th  century 
has  been  influenced  by  historical  developments  in  Europe  and  America,  including  the  growth 
of  science,  the  rise  of  nation  states,  social  classes  and  values,  and  changing  views  of  the  world. 
3  credits. 

125.  Survey  of  United  States  History  I.  The  story  of  America  from  Columbus  to  the  Civil 
War.  3  credits. 

126.  Survey  of  United  States  History  II.  The  story  of  America  from  Reconstruction  to  the 
present.  3  credits. 

205.  Early  Modern  Europe.  The  Renaissance,  Reformation,  Scientific  Revolution,  and  the 
development  of  national  political  states,  especially  in  the  17th  and  18th  centuries.  3  credits. 


62 


206.  Revolution  &  Nationalism,  1789-1914.  A  study  of  the  effects  of  the  French  Revolution 
and  the  Industrial  Revolution  on  Europe.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  the  rise  of  class 
antagonisms  and  national  rivalries.  3  credits. 

207.  Europe  in  the  20th  Century.  Developments  in  Europe  from  1900  to  the  present  are 
investigated,  with  special  focus  on  the  role  of  Germany,  the  Nazi  Era  and  the  post- World  War 
II  conditions.  3  credits. 

225.  The  American  Revolution.  An  in-depth  study  of  why  Americans  declared  their 
independence  and  how  they  won  the  Revolution  and  worked  to  build  a  republic  in  a  hostile 
world  of  monarchies.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  major  issues  on  which  historians  of  the 
period  disagree.  3  credits. 

226.  Age  of  Jefferson  &  Jackson.  How  the  old  republican  ideal  of  a  virtuous  agrarian  society 
struggles  to  confront  the  new  age  of  economic  modernization,  social  diversity,  and  sectional 
tension.  3  credits. 

227.  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction.  A  study  of  how  sectional  divisions  over  slavery  led  to 
a  bloody  war  and  a  bitter  postwar  effort  to  reshape  Southern  society.  3  credits. 

251.  History  and  Historians.  The  first  half  of  this  course  covers  the  lives  and  ideas  of  the  great 
historians  from  ancient  times  to  the  modern  world;  the  second  half  of  the  course  covers  recent 
interpretations  of  American  history.  3  credits. 

253.  Applied  Historical  Studies.  An  introduction  to  non-teaching  careers  in  history. 
Students  examine  the  basics  of  archival  management,  museum  curatorship,  oral  history, 
corporate  history  and  historical  communications  and  interpretations.  3  credits.  { Cross-listed 
as  American  Studies  253. } 

271.  History  of  China  and  Japan.  An  analysis  of  political,  economic  and  cultural  institutions 
of  China  and  Japan  with  special  emphasis  on  the  western  impact  on  these  institutions  after 
1500.  3  credits. 

273.  History  of  Africa.  African  civilization  from  its  origins  in  the  ninth  century  to  the  present 
day,  with  emphasis  on  the  impact  of  colonialism,  regional  distinctions,  and  the  emergence 
of  independent  states.  3  credits. 

275.  History  of  Latin  America.  Latin  American  civilization  from  its  origins  to  the  present, 
with  emphasis  on  the  impact  of  colonialism,  the  emergence  of  independent  states,  relation- 
ships with  the  United  States,  and  the  modern  regional  distinctions.  3  credits. 

277.  History  of  the  Middle  East.  Middle  Eastern  civilization  from  the  rise  of  Islam  to  the 
present,  with  emphasis  on  the  Arabian  peninsula,  the  Fertile  Crescent,  Iran,  Turkey,  and 
Egypt,  particularly  after  1914.  The  origins  and  development  of  the  modern  state  of  Israel  are 
also  analyzed.  3  credits. 

63 


301.  European  Social  History.  An  inquiry  into  the  lives  and  experiences  of  ordinary  folk. 
Topics  include  women,  laboring  classes,  and  popular  culture.  3  credits. 

307.  Survey  of  Russian  History.  The  development  of  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from 
Kievan  beginnings  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  upon  the  period  since  1600.  3  credits. 

321.  American  Social  and  Cultural  History  to  1860.  An  analysis  of  immigration  and 
ethnicity,  the  role  of  women,  the  frontier,  rural  and  urban  life,  the  underclass,  religion, 
utopianism,  education,  literature,  the  arts,  science,  intellectual  life,  reform  movements  and 
other  factors  influencing  society.  3  credits. 

322.  American  Social  and  Cultural  History  Since  1860.  An  analysis  of  immigration  and 
ethnicity,  the  role  of  women,  the  frontier,  industrialization,  urbanization,  the  underclass, 
religion,  education,  literature,  the  arts,  science  and  technology,  intellectual  life,  reform 
movements  and  other  factors  influencing  society.  3  credits. 

325.  American  Business  History  to  1920.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  business  in  America  from 
the  colonial  period  to  1920.  Topics  include  managerial  leadership,  entrepreneurship,  the 
development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the  relationships  between  business,  govern- 
ment, trade  unionism  and  society.  3  credits.  {Cross  listed  as  Management  325.} 

326.  American  Business  History  Since  1920.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  business  in  America 
during  the  20th  century.  Topics  include  managerial  leadership,  entrepreneurship,  the 
development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the  relationships  between  business,  govern- 
ment, trade  unionism,  and  society.  3  credits.  {Cross  listed  as  Management  326.} 

327.  American  Military  History.  An  analysis  of  American  military  institutions  from  Old 
World  tradition  to  the  post-Persian  Gulf  era  with  emphasis  on  the  U.S.  Army.  3  credits. 

360.  The  Teaching  of  History  in  Secondary  Schools.  A  course  for  those  preparing  to  teach 
history  at  the  secondary  level.  Topics  include  issues  and  trends  in  history  education,  history 
of  historical  pedagogy,  professional  development  and  course  enrichment  resources,  teaching 
techniques,  the  uses  of  technology  and  student  motivational  techniques.  3  credits.  Required 
of  all  history  majors  seeking  secondary  certification. 

499.  Seminar.  A  comprehensive  study  of  an  important  historical  topic.  May  be  taken  more 
than  once  on  different  topics.  Some  seminars  may  emphasize  reading  and  evaluating 
important  works  of  history;  others  may  emphasize  the  writing  of  a  research  paper  based  on 
original  sources.  3  credits. 

Faculty 
Howard  L.  Applegate,  associate  professor  of  history  and  American  studies.  Chairperson. 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University. 
His  teaching  is  focused  on  American  history,  with  a  strong  specialization  in  business,  labor 


64 


and  economic  history.  He  is  a  historical  analyst  of  the  American  automotive  and  grocery 
chain  retailing  industries. 

David  R.  Brigham,  assistant  professor  of  American  studies  and  art. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

He  teaches  American  studies  and  art  history  courses.  His  scholarship  is  focused  on  American 

social  and  cultural  history. 

James  H.  Broussard,  professor  of  history. 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 

He  teaches  American  history  and  historiography.  His  research  and  publications  concentrate 

on  the  Jefferson-Jackson  era,  the  South,  and  American  politics.  He  is  also  executive  director 

of  the  Society  for  Historians  of  the  Early  American  Republic. 

Donald  E.  Byrne  Jr.,  professor  of  history  and  religion,  director  of  American  Studies 

Program. 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 

His  teaching  centers  on  the  history  of  Christianity  and  religion  in  America.  His  scholarship 

has  focused  on  American  folk  religion;  other  interests  include  religion  and  literature,  peace 

studies,  and  mysticism. 

Richard  A.  Joyce,  associate  professor  of  history. 

M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  College. 

He  teaches  modern  European  history  and  is  interested  in  social  and  intellectual  history. 


Students  work  as  interns 

at  area  historical 

sites  such  as  the 

Cornwall  Iron  Furnace. 


65 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MANAGEMENT 

The  Department  of  Management  offers  programs  leading  to  the  bachelor  of  science  degree 
in  accounting,  hotel  management,  management,  and  international  business  (jointly  with 
Foreign  Languages  Department).  The  department  also  offers  minors  in  accounting,  hotel 
management,  and  management. 

The  department's  programs  are  designed  to  provide  students  with  a  sound,  integrated 
knowledge  of  accounting  and  management  principles,  and  related  courses  from  supporting 
disciplines.  The  Department's  programs  are  enhanced  by  the  liberal  arts  and  leadership 
studies  core  required  of  all  students,  and  by  the  extensive  application  of  computers  in  relevant 
courses.  This  interdisciplinary  knowledge  base  is  essential  for  assuming  leadership  and 
management  positions  in  the  changing  world  of  the  1990s  and  beyond. 

Management  students  are  provided  with  a  common  body  of  knowledge  in  close  conformity 
with  the  national  standards  for  the  study  of  business  administration  as  recommended  by  the 
American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business.  As  a  result,  our  graduates  are  well 
prepared  for  admittance  to  M.B.A.  programs. 

Opportunities  are  available  for  qualified  and  interested  students  to  undertake  an  independent 
study  project  or  an  internship  in  consultation  with  a  member  of  the  department  faculty. 

Accounting  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  accounting. 

Major:  ACT  151, 152, 233,251, 252, 353;  9  credit  hours  accounting  electives;  ECN 101, 102; 
MGT  322,  330,  361,  485;  ENG  210;  MAS  150  (or  1 1 1  or  161);  MAS  170  (or  270  or  372); 
PHL  360  (59  credits). 

Minor.  ACT  151,  152,  251,  252,  353,  ACT  233  or  CSC  125;  6  credit  hours  of  accounting 
electives  (26  credits). 

Courses  in  Accounting  (ACT): 

151.  Principles  of  Accounting  I.  Fundamental  principles  and  concepts  of  accounting 
encompassing  business  transactions,  the  accounting  cycle,  and  classified  financial  state- 
ments including  discussion  of  various  topics  relating  to  balance  sheet  and  income  statement 
items.  For  accounting  majors.  Credit  not  awarded  for  both  ACT  1 5 1  and  ACT  161.4  credits. 

152.  Principles  of  Accounting  II.  A  continuation  of  Principles  of  Accounting  I  focusing 
upon  accounting  concepts,  partnerships,  and  business  transactions  related  to  corporate 
liabilities,  equity,  and  investments.  Includes  basic  financial  analysis.  For  accounting  majors. 
Prerequisite:  ACT  151;  or  ACT  161  with  minimum  grade  of  B  and  permission.  A  student 
must  attain  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  above  in  ACT  151  as  a  prerequisite  for  this  course.  4  credits. 


66 


161.  Financial  Accounting.  Basic  concepts  of  accounting  including  accounting  for  business 
transactions,  preparation  and  use  of  financial  statements,  and  measurement  of  owners' 
equity.  An  introductory  course  for  non-accounting  majors.  Credit  not  awarded  for  both  ACT 
151  and  ACT  161.  Prerequisite:  sophomore  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

162.  Managerial  Accounting.  Cost-volume-profit  relationships,  cost  analysis,  business 
segment  contribution,  profit  planning  and  budgeting  as  a  basis  for  managerial  decision 
making.  Prerequisite:  ACT  151  or  ACT  161;  sophomore  standing  or  permission.  A  student 
must  attain  a  grade  of  "C-"  or  above  in  ACT  161  as  a  prerequisite  for  this  course.  3  credits. 

233.  Computer  Applications  in  Business.  An  introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their 
use  as  a  business  management  tool.  Through  classroom  instruction  and  laboratory  exercises 
students  learn  computer  applications  that  influence  managerial  decision-making  processes. 
Topics  include  word  processing,  business  graphics,  electronic  spreadsheets  and  database 
management.  Prerequisite:  ACT  151  or  161,  ECN  101  or  102,  or  permission.  3  credits. 
{Cross-listed  as  Economics  233  and  Management  233.} 

257.  Intermediate  Accounting  I.  Study  of  the  theory  and  development  of  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles  as  they  relate  to  financial  reporting;  the  application  of  these  principles 
to  the  preparation  of  financial  statements;  special  emphasis  on  revenue  recognition  as  well 
as  valuation,  classification  and  disclosure  of  current  assets.  Computer  component.  Prerequi- 
site: ACT  152.  3  credits. 

252.  Intermediate  Accounting  II.  Analysis  of  accounting  valuation  problems,  classification, 
and  disclosure  as  they  relate  to  plant  assets,  intangibles,  liabilities,  and  stockholders'  equity. 
Prerequisite:  ACT  251.  3  credits. 

253.  Intermediate  Accounting  III.  Analysis  of  more  specialized  financial  accounting  topics 
including  pension  plans,  post-retirement  benefits,  leases,  income  taxes,  accounting  charges, 
cash  flow  statement,  financial  statement  analysis,  and  changing  prices.  Computer  compo- 
nent. Strongly  recommended  for  all  accounting  majors,  especially  those  intending  to  take  the 
CPA  exam.  Prerequisite:  ACT  252.  3  credits. 

351.  Advanced  Accounting.  Study  of  theory  and  standards  with  application  to  such  special 
topics  as  income  presentation,  interim  reporting,  and  per-share  disclosures.  Emphasis  on 
business  combinations  and  consolidated  financial  presentations.  Prerequisite:  ACT  252.  3 
credits. 

352.  Governmental  and  Non-Profit  Accounting.  Basic  concepts  of  fund  and  budgetary 
accounting  used  for  financial  activities  of  governmental  units  and  other  not-for-profit 
organizations.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152.  3  credits. 

353.  Cost  Accounting.  The  accumulation  and  recording  of  the  costs  associated  with  the 
manufacturing  operation  including  job-order,  process  and  standard  cost  systems,  and  joint 
and  by-product  costing.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152.  3  credits. 

67 


451.  Individual  Income  Tax.  Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  as  applied  to 
individuals;  case  problems,  preparation  of  returns.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or  161.  3  credits. 

452.  Corporate  Income  Tax.  Analysis  of  the  federal  income  tax  laws  as  applied  to 
corporations,  partnerships  and  fiduciaries;  case  problems,  preparation  of  returns.  Prerequi- 
site: ACT  451.  3  credits. 

455.  Auditing.  A  study  of  the  process  of  evaluation  of  internal  controls  and  interpretation  of 
financial  information  to  permit  an  auditor  to  express  a  professional  opinion  on  financial 
reports.  Prerequisite:  ACT  252.  3  credits. 

Health  Care  Management  Program 
The  major  in  health  care  management  is  designed  for  people  in  health  care  fields  who  possess 
an  associate  degree  or  diploma  and  professional  certification.  These  qualifications  are 
required  for  admission  to  the  program.  The  program  combines  studies  in  the  liberal  arts  and 
management,  plus  business  practices  common  to  the  health  care  industry. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  health  care  management. 

Major:  ACT  161,  162,  ECN  101,  102,  315,  ENG  111,  210,  LSP  100,  MGT  233,  330,  487, 
PHL  360;  SOC  324;  9-12  credits  in  sociology,  psychology,  or  other  disciplines  approved  by 
the  director  of  continuing  education;  and  any  four  of  the  following  courses  ( 12  credits):  MAS 
170,  MGT  322,  340,  350,  361,  371,  372,  384,  420,  425  (60-63  total). 

Admission  to  this  degree  program  is  open  only  to  adults  who  have  completed  successfully 
an  accredited  diploma  or  associate  degree  program  also  with  certification  by  a  state 
governmental  agency  or  a  national  professional  accrediting  organization  in  the  following 
fields:  Clinical  Medical  Assistant,  Cytotechnologist,  Dental  Hygienist,  Emergency  Medical 
Technician,  Medical  Laboratory  Technician,  Nuclear  Medicine  Technologist,  Occupational 
Therapy  Assistant,  Physical  Therapy  Assistant,  Radiologic  Technologist,  Registered  Nurse, 
Respiratory  Therapist. 

Hotel  Management  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  hotel  management. 

Major:  HTM  11 1,1 12,21 1,222, 231, 31 1,322,331, 41 1,422,431;  ACT  161, 162;  ECN  101; 
MGT  330,  340,  420,  485;  ENG  210;  PHL  360  (60  credits). 

Minor:  HTM  111,  112,  21 1,  222,  231,  31 1;  ACT  161  (21  credits). 


68 


Courses  in  Hotel  Management  (HTM): 

111.  Introduction  to  the  Hospitality  Industry.  History,  development  and  operation  of  the 
hospitality  industry.  Emphasis  on  current  organization,  problems,  opportunities  and  trends. 
Overview  of  how  the  hospitality  industry  functions  in  the  world  economy.  Management 
orientation  stressed.  3  credits. 

112.  Front  Office  Management.  An  analysis  of  the  integrated  functions  of  the  front  office 
and  housekeeping  departments.  Topics  include  work  and  information  flow  within  and 
between  departments,  demand  forecasting,  pricing  strategies,  reservations  and  control,  front 
desk  responsibilities,  guest  services,  emergency  procedures,  night  auditing,  and  a  general 
introduction  to  the  art  of  innkeeping.  Materials,  equipment  and  techniques  involved  in  the 
housekeeping  function  will  also  be  analyzed.  Prerequisite:  HTM  111.3  credits. 

211.  Hotel  Law.  Fundamentals  of  hotel  law  including  innkeeper  laws  and  dramshop  laws. 
The  case  study  method  develops  an  awareness  and  understanding  of  the  legal  problems 
confronting  hotel  managers.  3  credits. 

221.  The  Psychology  and  Sociology  of  Leisure.  An  analysis  of  the  fundamental  psychologi- 
cal and  sociological  concepts  and  theories  related  to  the  motivation  for  travel.  Review  of 
consumer  behavior  in  the  hotel  industry.  Evaluating  customer  needs  and  services.  Prerequi- 
site: HTM  1 1 1  or  permission.  3  credits. 

222.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  I.  Introduction  to  the  food  and  beverage  functions 
with  emphasis  on  menu  planning  and  purchasing.  Includes  fundamentals  and  language, 
systems,  equipment,  operational  responsibilities,  management  organizational  patterns,  nu- 
trition, storage,  and  sanitation.  Prerequisite:  HTM  111.3  credits. 

231.  Supervised  Field  Experience:  Front  Office  Management.  Emphasizes  selected 
aspects  of  front  office  management.  Accompanied  by  readings,  reports,  journals,  and  faculty 
conferences.  One  hundred  thirty-five  (135)  hours  of  field  work  in  the  hotel  industry. 
Prerequisite:  HTM  112  and  permission.  3  credits. 

311.  Advanced  Hotel  Management.  An  analysis  of  the  following  aspects  of  hotel  organiza- 
tions: health,  safety  and  security;  building  and  grounds;  equipment  purchase,  repair  and 
maintenance;  facilities  design;  renovation  and  maintenance;  internal  controls;  and  energy 
management.  Prerequisite:  HTM  112.  3  credits. 

322.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  II.  Analysis  of  the  food  and  beverage  functions  with 
emphasis  on  production  and  services.  Prerequisite:  HTM  112.  3  credits. 

331.  Supervised  Field  Experience:  Marketing.  Emphasizes  selected  aspects  of  marketing 
techniques  and  research.  Accompanied  by  readings,  reports,  journals,  and  faculty  confer- 
ences. One  hundred  thirty-five  (135)  hours  of  field  work  in  the  hotel  industry.  Prerequisite. 
HTM  112,  MGT  340  and  permission.  3  credits. 


69 


411.  Hotel  Financial  Management.  To  develop  an  understanding  of  common  techniques 
and  methods  by  which  management  in  the  hospitality  industry  can  interpret,  analyze,  and 
make  decisions  based  on  information  provided  by  the  accounting  system.  Prerequisite:  ACT 
161,162.  3  credits. 

422.  Food  and  Beverage  Management  III.  Advanced  analyses  of  the  food  and  beverage 
functions  with  emphasis  on  cost  control  and  profit  planning.  Relevant  computer  software 
applications  are  reviewed  in  depth.  Prerequisite:  HTM  322.  3  credits. 

431.  Supervised  Field  Experience:  Accounting  and  Finance.  Emphasizes  selected  aspects 
of  accounting  and  financial  management  concepts  and  techniques.  Accompanied  by  read- 
ings, reports,  journals,  and  faculty  conferences.  One  hundred  thirty-five  (1 35)  hours  of  field 
work  in  the  hotel  industry.  3  credits. 

International  Business  Program 
The  program  in  international  business  provides  an  opportunity  to  integrate  the  study  of 
business  with  the  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  and  culture.  It  is  designed  to  equip  students 
with  the  background  and  skills  necessary  to  work  with  foreign  corporations  within  the  United 
States  and  with  American  corporations  abroad.  While  acquiring  a  strong  liberal  arts 
background,  students  who  elect  this  major  will  receive  training  in  accounting,  management, 
economics  and  political  science.  They  also  will  become  familiar  with  a  foreign  culture  and 
will  acquire  proficiency  in  French,  German  or  Spanish.  International  business  majors  are 
encouraged  to  apply  for  internships  to  gain  valuable  field  experience. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  international  business. 

Major:  ACT  161, 162;  ECN  101, 102, 332;  MGT233, 330, 340, 361,  376,485;  two  courses 
from  PSC  130,  210,  or  312;  MAS  150  or  161  or  1 1 1;  MAS  170  or  270,  or  372;  FRN,  GMN, 
SPA  315,316;  and  two  other  courses  in  the  selected  foreign  language  above  the  intermediate 
level  (57  credits). 

International  business  majors  must  complete  an  international  internship  working  for  a 
corporation  in  a  foreign  setting  or  participate  in  a  study  abroad  program  as  part  of  their  major 
requirement.  Internships  must  be  approved  by  the  department  chairperson.  Prerequisite: 
junior/senior  standing. 

Management  Program 
Degree  Requirements: 
Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  management. 

Major:  ACT  161,  162;  ECN  101,  102;  ENG  210;  MGT  233,  322,  330,  340,  361,  371,460, 
483,  485;  MAS  150  (or  1 1 1  or  161);  MAS  170  (or  270  or  372);  PHL  360  (51  credits). 


70 


Mmor:  ACT  151  or  161;  ECN  101;  MGT233  or  CSC  125;  MGT330, 340, 371;  3  credithours 
of  management  electives  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Management  (MGT): 

100.  Business  and  Its  Environment.  An  overview  of  business  operations  for  the  non- 
business major.  Specialized  fields  within  business  organizations  are  analyzed.  The  environment 
and  the  role  of  business  in  modern  society  are  examined.  Not  open  to  accounting,  economics, 
management,  or  international  business  majors.  3  credits. 

233.  Computer  Applications  in  Business.  An  introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their 
use  as  a  business  management  tool.  Through  classroom  instruction  and  laboratory  exercises 
students  learn  computer  applications  that  influence  managerial  decision-making  processes. 
Topics  include  word  processing,  business  graphics,  electronic  spreadsheets  and  database 
management.  Prerequisite:  ACT  15 1  or  161 ,  ECN 101  or  102,  or  permission.  3  credits.  { Cross 
listed  as  Accounting  233  and  Economics  233. } 

250.  Real  Estate  Fundamentals  and  Practice.  This  course  acquaints  the  student  with  aspects 
of  listing,  selling,  and  leasing  property.  Includes  listing  and  selling  techniques;  contracts; 
financing  including  FHA  and  VA;  qualifying  the  customer;  settlement  procedures  including 
prorations;  and  special  fields  of  real  estate  such  as  development  and  construction.  3  credits. 

322.  Quantitative  Methods.  An  introduction  to  some  of  the  quantitative  methods  used  in 
modern  management  and  economics.  Topics  include  probability  concepts,  forecasting, 
decision  theory,  linear  programming,  queuing  theory,  network  models,  and  Markov  analysis. 
Prerequisites:  C-  or  above  in  MAS  1 50  and  1 70,  and  junior  standing.  3  credits.  { Cross-listed 
as  Economics  322. } 

325.  American  Business  History  to  1920.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  business  in  America  from 
the  colonial  period  to  1920.  Topics  include  managerial  leadership,  entrepreneurship,  the 
development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the  relationships  between  business,  govern- 
ment, trade  unionism  and  society.  3  credits.  {Cross  listed  as  History  325.} 

326.  American  Business  History  Since  1920.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  business  in  America 
during  the  20th  century.  Topics  include  managerial  leadership,  entrepreneurship,  the 
development  of  the  American  economy,  and  the  relationships  between  business,  govern- 
ment, trade  unionism  and  society.  3  credits.  {Cross  listed  as  History  326.} 

330.  Principles  of  Management  and  Organizations.  A  study  of  management  principles, 
organizational  theory,  and  administrative  techniques  as  applied  to  the  effective  and  efficient 
operation  of  both  profit  and  nonprofit  organizations.  Emphasizes  the  organization's  struc- 
ture, leadership,  interpersonal  relationships,  and  managerial  functions.  Prerequisite:  junior 
standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

340.  Principles  of  Marketing.  An  overview  of  marketing  from  the  management  perspective. 


71 


Topics  include  marketing  strategies;  marketing  research;  consumer  behavior;  selecting 
target  markets;  developing,  pricing,  distributing,  and  promoting  products  and  services  and 
non-profit  marketing.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

341.  Consumer  Behavior.  Analysis  of  factors  affecting  purchase  decisions  in  the  market- 
place; application  of  behavioral  and  social  science  concepts  to  the  study  of  consumer 
behavior.  Emphasis  on  use  of  knowledge  of  consumer  behavior  for  marketing  decisions. 
Prerequisite:  MGT  330  and  MGT  340,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

350.  Organizational  Behavior  and  Development.  A  detailed  study  of  theories  and  models 
of  organizational  behavior  and  development,  with  emphasis  on  the  practical  application  of 
these  models  in  the  workplace  to  improve  individual,  group,  and  organizational  performance. 
Prerequisite:  junior  standing  and  MGT  330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

361.  Managerial  Finance.  A  study  of  financial  management  covering  analysis  of  asset, 
liability  and  capital  relationships  and  operations;  management  of  current  assets  and  working 
capital;  capital  planning  and  budgeting;  capital  structure  and  dividend  policy;  short  and 
intermediate  term  financing;  internal  and  external  long  term  financing;  mergers  and  acqui- 
sitions; multinational  operations;  and  corporation  failures  and  liquidation.  Prerequisite:  ACT 
152  or  ACT  162;  ECN  101,  102;  MGT  322.  3  credits. 

362.  Investments.  An  analysis  of  investment  and  its  relation  to  other  economic,  legal,  and 
social  institutions.  The  course  includes  discussion  of  investment  principles,  machinery, 
policy,  management  investment  types,  and  the  development  of  portfolios  for  individuals  and 
institutions.  Prerequisite:  MGT  361.  3  credits. 

364.  Advertising.  The  role  advertising  plays  in  American  life  and  its  effect  upon  consumer 
behavior.  Analysis  of  media  strategies,  functions  of  advertising  agencies,  creation  of 
successful  advertisements,  and  the  legal  and  ethical  restraints  on  advertising.  Prerequisite: 
MGT  340.  3  credits. 

371.  Business  Law  I.  Elementary  principles  of  law  relating  to  the  field  of  business.  The 
course  covers  contracts,  government  regulation  of  business,  consumer  protection,  bank- 
ruptcy, personal  property,  real  estate,  bailments,  insurance  and  estates.  3  credits. 

372.  Business  Law  II.  A  study  of  the  elementary  principles  of  law  relating  to  business. 
Covers  the  areas  of  agency,  employment,  commercial  paper,  security  devices,  partnerships, 
corporation,  estates.  3  credits. 

376.  International  Business  Management.  Studies  management  techniques  and  procedures 
in  international  and  multinational  organizations.  Prerequisite:  MGT  340.  3  credits. 

380.  Small  Business  Management.  A  study  of  small  business,  including  organization, 
staffing,  production,  marketing,  and  profit  planning.  Cases  are  used  extensively  in  presenting 
the  course  material.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or  162,  MGT  330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

72 


384.  Marketing  Research.  This  course  is  an  introduction  to  the  methodology  of  marketing 
research.  Specific  topics  covered  include  problem  formulation,  research  design,  sample 
design,  data  collection,  analysis  and  interpretation  of  data,  and  presentation  of  research 
findings.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  and  MGT  340.  3  credits. 

420.  Human  Resource  Management.  This  course  examines  the  problems  in  effectively 
recruiting,  selecting,  training,  developing,  compensating,  and  disciplining  human  resources. 
It  includes  discussions  on  both  equal  employment  opportunity  and  labor-management 
relations.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  or  permission.  3  credits. 

425.  Labor  Management  Relations.  Emphasizes  origin,  growth,  and  development  of  labor 
organizations  and  their  impact  on  management  practices.  Topics  include  legislation  affecting 
industrial  relations;  collective  bargaining;  contract  administration;  industrial  jurisprudence; 
and  arbitration.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  or  permission.  3  credits. 

460.  Management  Information  Systems.  Examines  data  sources  and  the  role  of  information 
in  management  planning,  operations,  and  control  in  various  types  of  business  environments. 
Treats  information  as  a  key  organization  resource  parallel  to  people,  money,  materials,  and 
technology.  Prerequisite:  ACT  152  or  162,  MGT  233,  MGT  330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

480.  Contemporary  Issues  in  Management.  A  study  of  contemporary  issues  that  managers 
will  be  called  upon  to  deal  with  in  the  management  of  business  and  organizations.  Topics  will 
include:  drug  testing  in  the  workplace,  the  effect  of  AIDS  in  business,  dual  career  couples, 
sexual  harassment,  stress  and  executive  burnout,  equal  employment  opportunity,  benefits, 
business  ethics,  unions  and  management,  non-smoking  policies,  eldercare,  childcare  and  the 
workplace.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

483.  Production  and  Operations  Management.  An  overview  of  the  production/operations 
management  function  as  applied  to  both  manufacturing  and  service  organizations.  It  provides 
a  background  of  the  concepts  and  processes  used  in  the  production/service  operations  area. 
Integrated  throughout  are  considerations  of  the  information  systems,  the  people  involved,  the 
quantitative  techniques  employed,  and  the  international  implications.  Prerequisite:  MGT 
322  and  MGT  330,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

485.  Business  Policy.  A  capstone  course  to  study  administrative  processes  under  conditions 
of  uncertainty,  integrating  prior  studies  in  management,  accounting,  and  economics.  Uses 
case  method  and  computer  simulation.  Prerequisites:  MGT  330,  340,  361  and  senior 
standing,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

487.  Health  Care  Management.  A  capstone  course  to  study  the  administrative  processes  of 
America's  health  care  industry  including  institutional  infra-structure,  governance  systems, 
financial  systems,  personnel  systems,  quality  controls,  nursing  and  clinical  services,  and 
marketing.  The  course  integrates  prior  study  in  health  care,  management,  accounting,  and 
economics.  Students  will  develop  problem  solving  skills  and  an  appropriate  management 
style.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

73 


Faculty 
Donald  C.  Boone,  assistant  professor  of  hotel  management. 
M.B.A.,  Michigan  State  University. 

He  has  18  years  of  hotel  industry  experience  and  has  taught  several  years  in  Hotel 
Management  programs.  Mr.  Boone  serves  as  Coordinator  of  the  Hotel  Management  Program 
and  teaches  Hotel  Management,  Management  and  Accounting.  Mr.  Boone  has  received  the 
designation  of  CHA,  and  is  a  non-practicing  CPA. 

Daniel  A.  Cesta,  assistant  professor  of  accounting. 

M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany. 

Mr.  Cesta  has  over  four  years  experience  in  the  public  sector  as  a  CPA.  He  teaches  Principles 

of  Accounting,  Financial  Accounting,  Managerial  Accounting,  Auditing,  and  Governmental 

and  Non-Profit  Accounting. 

Sharon  F.  Clark,  associate  professor  of  management.  Chairperson. 
J.D.,  University  of  Richmond. 

She  has  several  years  experience  in  private  law  practice  and  several  years  as  a  supervisory 
tax  attorney  with  the  Internal  Revenue  Service.  Dr.  Clark  teaches  corporate  income  tax  and 
a  variety  of  management  courses  including  Human  Resource  Management,  Business  Law, 
Labor-Management  Relations,  Hotel  Law,  and  Contemporary  Issues  in  Management.  Dr. 
Clark  also  serves  as  a  consultant  to  several  corporations  on  issues  in  the  workplace,  including 
the  American  Work  Disabilities  Act  and  Sexual  Harassment. 

Robert  W.  Leonard,  associate  professor  of  management. 
M.B.A.,  Ohio  State  University. 

M.A.,  St.  Francis  Graduate  School  of  Industrial  Relations 

Mr.  Leonard  teaches  Managerial  Finance,  Principles  of  Management,  Management  Informa- 
tion Systems,  Productions  Operations  Management,  Organizational  Behavior  and 
Development,  Labor-Management  Relations,  and  Computer  Applications.  Mr.  Leonard  is 
also  director  of  Lebanon  Valley's  Supervisory  Management  Institute. 

Barney  T.  Raffield  III,  associate  professor  of  management. 
Ph.D.,  Union  Graduate  School. 

Dr.  Raffield  teaches  courses  in  Marketing,  Business  Policy,  Advertising,  Consumer  Behav- 
ior, and  International  Business  Management.  He  has  just  completed  co-authoring  a  textbook 
on  Marketing  Management.  Dr.  Raffield  also  provides  consulting  work  for  several  area  small 
businesses  in  the  areas  of  marketing  and  advertising. 

Gail  Sanderson,  assistant  professor  of  accounting. 
M.B.A.,  Boston  University. 

A  C.P.A.,  Ms.  Sanderson  has  professional  experience  in  accounting  (public  and  private 
sectors);  income  tax;  computer  systems  analysis  and  design.  Ms.  Sanderson  teaches  Finan- 
cial and  Managerial  Accounting,  Cost  Accounting,  Individual  Income  Tax,  Intermediate 
Accounting,  Management  Information  Systems,  and  Advanced  Accounting. 


74 


Barbara  S.  Wirth,  assistant  professor  of  accounting. 

MB. A.,  Lehigh  University. 

Ms.  Wirth  has  worked  in  the  public  sector  as  a  C.P.A.  for  eight  years.  She  teaches  Auditing, 

Governmental  and  Non-Profit  Accounting,  Principles  of  Accounting,  and  Managerial 

Accounting. 

Sharon  L.  Worley,  instructor  of  management  and  accounting. 
B.A.,  San  Jose  State  College. 

Ms.  Worley  has  many  years  experience  in  the  public  sector  as  a  C.P.A.  and  corporate 
controller.  She  teaches  Quantitative  Methods,  Financial  Accounting  and  Managerial  Ac- 
counting and  also  serves  as  a  management  consultant  to  area  businesses. 

Robert  W.  Biddle  Jr.,  adjunct  instructor  in  hotel  management. 

Ed.M.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

Mr.  Biddle  is  Culinary  Arts  Instructor  at  Milton  Hershey  School. 

Ordelia  W.  Jennings,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  accounting. 

M.B.A.,  Rutgers  University. 

Ms.  Jennings  has  worked  in  the  public  sector  as  a  CPA  and  has  several  years  of  industry 

experience  with  a  Fortune  500  corporation.  Ms.  Jennings  teaches  Financial  and  Managerial 

Accounting,  Intermediate  Accounting,  Individual  Income  Tax,  and  Corporate  Income  Tax. 

Michael  C.  Zeigler,  adjunct  instructor  in  management. 

B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

Mr.  Zeigler  is  Director  of  User  Services  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  and  teaches  Computer 

Applications  in  Business. 


Dr.  Raffield,  associate  professor  of  management,  takes  a  moment  to  discuss 
an  assignment  with  a  student. 

75 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MATHEMATICAL  SCIENCES 

The  Lebanon  Valley  College  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences  has  long  offered  a 
rigorous  mathematics  program  within  the  context  of  a  liberal  arts  education.  Today  an 
increasing  national  need  for  mathematically  prepared  individuals  has  made  our  program  even 
more  attractive.  Computer  scientists,  secondary  school  mathematics  and  computer  science 
teachers,  college  professors  in  mathematical  sciences,  actuaries,  operations  research  ana- 
lysts, and  statisticians  are  in  high  and  continuing  demand.  In  addition,  the  mental  discipline 
and  problem  solving  abilities  developed  in  the  study  of  mathematics  have  long  been 
recognized  as  excellent  preparation  for  numerous  and  varied  areas  of  work  or  study. 

The  department  offers  majors  in  actuarial  science,  computer  science,  applied  computer 
science,  and  in  mathematics,  and  minors  in  computer  science  and  in  mathematics. 

Five  students  from  this  department  have  earned  Fulbright  Scholarships  in  recent  years  for 
graduate  study  abroad.  Departmental  graduates  have  earned  Ph.D.s  in  physics,  statistics  and 
computer  science  as  well  as  mathematics.  Other  graduates  have  completed  law  school.  Many 
graduates  are  Fellows  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries  and  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society. 
Regularly,  nearly  one-sixth  of  the  Lebanon  Valley  students  named  to  the  Who's  Who  in 
American  Colleges  and  Universities  will  be  students  from  this  department. 

Actuarial  Science  Program 
An  actuary  is  a  business  professional  who  uses  mathematical  training  to  define,  analyze  and 
solve  financial  and  social  problems.  Actuaries  are  employed  by  insurance  companies, 
consulting  firms,  large  corporations,  and  the  federal  and  state  governments.  The  Society  of 
Actuaries  and  the  Casualty  Actuarial  Society  establish  and  monitor  the  professional  quali- 
fications of  actuaries  through  a  series  of  rigorous  examinations. 

The  Actuarial  Science  program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  was  established  in  the  mid  1960s 
and  is  coordinated  by  Professor  Hearsey,  an  Associate  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries.  Lebanon 
Valley  College  has  nearly  100  alumni  working  in  the  actuarial  profession.  The  coursework 
is  selected  to  provide  a  foundation  in  mathematics,  accounting  and  economics  and  to  prepare 
students  for  courses  100-150  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries  syllabus  and  parts  \^\  of  the 
Casualty  Actuarial  Society  syllabus.  A  student  may  prepare  for  additional  examinations 
through  independent  study.  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  the  only  small  undergraduate  liberal 
arts  college  in  North  American  with  such  an  extensive  actuarial  science  major.  Lebanon 
Valley  has  had  nearly  100  percent  placement  of  actuarial  science  graduates,  with  graduates 
employed  by  over  50  organizations. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  actuarial  science. 

Major.  Three  of  ASC  385,481,482,484;  CSC  125;  MAS  111,1 12, 202, 222, 371,  372,471 
and  one  of  MAS  363  or  335;  ECN  101,  102;  ACT  151,  152  or  161,  162.  (52  credits.)  The 
Course  1 00/  Part  1  examination  of  the  actuarial  societies  must  be  passed  before  the  end  of  the 
semester  preceding  the  graduation  semester. 

76 


Courses  in  Actuarial  Science  (ASC): 

385.  The  Theory  of  Interest.  Measurement  of  interest,  the  time  value  of  money,  annuities, 
amortization  and  sinking  funds,  bonds  and  related  securities,  depreciation  and  capitalized 
cost.  Prerequisite:  MAS  112.  3  credits. 

481,482.  Actuarial  Mathematics  I  and  II.  Survival  distributions  and  life  tables;  life 
insurance;  life  annuities;  net  premiums;  premium  reserves;  multiple  life  functions;  multiple 
decrement  models;  valuation  theory  for  pension  plans;  the  expense  factor;  and  non- 
forfeiture benefits  and  dividends.  Prerequisite:  Core.  (MAS  111,112,202,222,  CSC  125). 
Corequisite:  MAS  371,372.  3  credits  each. 

484.  Casualty  Actuarial  Mathematics.  An  introduction  to  mathematical  techniques  of 
casualty  actuarial  work  including  credibility  theory,  risk  theory,  and  losses  distributions. 
Prerequisite:  Core.  Corequisite:  MAS  372.  3  credits. 

Computer  Science  Program 
In  new  facilities  and  with  a  wide  range  of  available  computer  equipment,  the  department 
offers  a  flexible  program  in  computer  science.  Two  distinct  majors  offer  opportunities  and 
challenges  for  the  theoretically  minded,  and  for  those  whose  interests  are  directed  towards 
applications. 

The  program  in  computer  science  was  recently  revised  and  all  courses  were  modified  to 
reflect  the  latest  changes  in  the  field,  both  in  hardware  and  in  software.  The  result  is  a  compact 
sequence  of  courses  of  introductory  material  and  in  specialized  advanced  topics  that  allow 
immediate  adaptation  of  the  state  of  the  art,  and  to  the  interests  of  the  students.  Particular 
attention  is  given  to  graphics  and  its  application  to  fractals. 

Separate  computer  laboratories  in  the  department  and  in  the  computer  center  allow  the 
students  liberal  access  to  a  large  variety  of  microcomputers  and  to  a  DEC  VAX  system.  An 
expanding  network  facilitates  the  use  of  major  operating  systems  and  allows  experimentation 
with  some  of  the  latest  computer  communication  devices. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  applied  computer  science;  Bachelor  of 

Science  degree  with  a  major  in  computer  science. 

Major:  (Applied  Computer  Science)  CSC  125,  148, 249,  282,  321, 448, 481  or  344, 400  or 
500;  ENG  2 10  or  216;  MAS  1 1 1  or  161, 25 1, 270;  15  coordinated  hours  in  an  area  of  computer 
application  to  be  arranged  with  adviser  (51-53  credits). 

Major:  (Computer  Science)  CSC  125, 148,249,282,321,  344, 48 1,482  or 448, 400  or  500; 
ENG  210  or  216;  MAS  111,112,  202,  222,  251,  270  (52  credits). 

Minor:  (Computer  Science)  CSC  125,  148, 249, 282,  and  one  CSC  course  numbered  300  or 
higher;  MAS  161,251  (21  credits). 

77 


Note:  No  course  outside  of  the  core  (MAS  111,112, 202, 222,  CSC  125)  may  be  used  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  more  than  one  major  or  minor  within  the  Department  of  Mathematical 
Sciences. 

Courses  in  Computer  Science  (CSC): 

125.  Computer  Tools:  An  Introduction  to  Computer  Science.  Introduction  to  fundamental 
concepts  of  computer  science  through  exploration  of  application  software.  Topics  include: 
information  storage,  retrieval,  and  communication,  user  interfaces,  algorithms,  spreadsheet, 
data  bases,  and  expert  systems.  3  credits. 

148.  Computers  and  Programming  in  Pascal.  Introduction  to  programming  in  Pascal. 
Prerequisite:  CSC  125.  3  credits. 

170.  Computers  and  Programming  in  Basic.  Introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  and 
terminology  of  computer  hardware,  software,  operating  systems  and  languages.  Program- 
ming in  Basic.  Cannot  be  used  toward  a  major  in  computer  science  or  applied  computer 
science.  3  credits. 

249.  Advanced  Programming  with  C++.  Features  of  the  C  language.  Functions,  strings, 
pointers,  structures,  files,  objects,  libraries  and  multiple  modules.  Prerequisite:  CSC  148.  3 
credits. 

282.  Data  Structures.  Lists,  stacks,  queues,  trees,  tables  and  networks.  Prerequisite:  CSC 
249,  MAS  251.  3  credits. 

321.  Survey  of  Computer  Languages:  FORTRAN,  COBOL,  andC.  Syntax,  mechanics  of 
writing  programs,  and  evaluation  of  the  languages.  Prerequisite:  CSC  148.  3  credits. 

344.  Computer  Architecture  with  MACRO.  The  organization  of  computers.  Topics  include 
instruction  sets,  registers,  memory,  devices  and  interrupts.  Prerequisite:  CSC  249.  3  credits. 

448.  Database  Management.  Database  structure  and  implementation.  Prerequisite:  CSC 
282.  3  credits. 

481,482.  Advanced  Topics  in  Computer  Science  1,11.  Topics  to  be  selected  from  current 
areas  of  interest  and  concern  in  computer  science.  Possible  topics  include  graphics,  compiler 
construction,  operating  systems,  networks,  and  artificial  intelligence.  Prerequisites:  CSC 
282,  MAS  251.  3  credits  per  semester. 

Mathematics  Program 
The  increasing  role  of  technology  in  modern  society  and  the  broadening  scope  of  the 
scientific  paradigm  have  generated  a  growing  need  for  mathematicians  in  business,  industry 
and  government.  Also,  the  national  goal  of  improving  the  mathematical  competence  of  high 
school  graduates  has  created  a  demand  for  teachers  and  professors  in  mathematics  that  will 
not  subside  for  many  years.  A  bright  and  rewarding  future  awaits  anyone  who  chooses 

78 


mathematics  as  his  or  her  profession. 

The  department  continues  its  reputation  of  preparing  its  students  for  a  variety  of  mathematical 
specialties  by  maintaining  high  standards  of  performance.  A  full  roster  of  traditional  courses, 
seminars,  and  independent  study  prepares  our  students  for  a  career  or  graduate  study. 

A  group  of  core  courses  sets  the  foundations  of  mathematical  knowledge  and  gives  the 
student  time  to  discover  the  direction  of  his  or  her  interest.  Advanced  courses  prepare  the 
student  for  graduate  study,  the  teaching  profession,  and  a  variety  of  careers  in  statistics, 
operations  research,  and  research  and  development  in  industry  and  business. 

Close  cooperation  with  other  departments  allows  the  student  also  to  have  a  major  or  minor 
in  another  field  to  enhance  the  opportunities  after  graduation. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  mathematics. 

Major:  MAS  111,112, 202, 222, 25 1 ,  five  additional  MAS  courses  numbered  200  or  higher 
subject  to:  no  more  than  one  numbered  below  MAS  300,  at  least  one  of  270  or  372,  at  least 
one  of  322,325, 411, 412,  atleastoneof  335,363;  MAS  498,  MAS  499;  CSC  125  (39credits). 

Minor:  MAS  161,  162,  202,  222,  251,  and  one  MAS  course  numbered  300  or  higher;  CSC 
125  (22  credits). 

The  mathematics  minor  is  not  available  for  actuarial  science  majors.  No  course  outside  of  the 
core  (MAS  111,112, 202, 222,  CSC  1 25)  may  be  used  to  meet  the  requirements  of  more  than 
one  major  or  minor  within  the  Department  of  Mathematical  Sciences. 

Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Students  seeking  secondary  certification  in  mathematics 
must  take  MAS  360  and  21  credits  in  education  courses  including  EDU  1 10,  and  SED  420, 
430  and  440. 

Courses  in  Mathematics  (MAS): 

100.  Concepts  of  Mathematics.  A  study  of  a  variety  of  topics  in  mathematics.  Topics  may 
include:  patterns  and  inductive  reasoning,  calculators,  number  systems,  nature  of  algebra, 
interest,  installment  buying,  and  geometric  concepts.  3  credits. 

102.  Pre-Calculus,  Algebra  and  Trigonometry.  A  review  of  college  algebra  and  trigonom- 
etry. Algebraic  expressions  and  equations,  inequalities,  absolute  value,  exponents,  logarithms, 
functional  notation,  graphs  of  functions,  systems  of  equations,  modeling  and  work  problems, 
angular  measurement,  trigonometric  functions,  identities,  formulas,  radian  measure,  graphs 
of  trigonometric  and  inverse  functions.  3  credits. 

111,112.  Analysis  1,11.  A  rigorous  calculus  sequence  for  departmental  majors  and  other 
students  desiring  a  theoretical  presentation  of  elementary  calculus.  Prerequisite:  placement 

79 


testing  or  MAS  102.  5  credits  per  semester. 

150.  Finite  Mathematics.  Introduction  to  finite  mathematics  with  emphasis  on  economic  and 
business  applications.  Topics  include  sets,  lines  and  systems  of  equations,  matrices,  linear 
programming,  probability,  statistics,  Markov  processes,  mathematics  of  finance.  3  credits. 

161.  Calculus  I.  The  first  course  of  a  calculus  sequence  with  emphasis  on  applications. 
Functions  and  limits,  differentiation,  integration,  introduction  to  logarithm  and  exponential 
functions.  Prerequisite:  placement  testing  or  MAS  102.  3  credits. 

162.  Calculus  II.  Continuation  of  topics  from  MAS  161.  Additional  applications  of 
differentiation  and  integration,  logarithm  and  exponential  functions,  inverse  trigonometric 
and  hyperbolic  functions,  improper  integrals,  Hopital's  rule,  infinite  series,  and  conic 
sections.  Prerequisite:  MAS  161.  4  credits. 

170.  Elementary  Statistics.  Elementary  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics.  Topics  include 
graphical  representation,  measure  of  central  tendency,  probability,  binomial  distribution, 
normal  distribution,  hypothesis  testing,  and  estimation.  3  credits. 

202.  Foundations  of  Mathematics.  Introduction  to  logic,  set  theory  and  cardinal  numbers. 
Prerequisite:  MAS  1 12  or  MAS  162.  3  credits. 

211.  Analysis  III.  Continuation  of  Analysis  1,11  and  Calculus  I  and  II.  Prerequisite:  MAS  1 1 2 
or  MAS  162.  3  credits. 

222.  Linear  Algebra.  Vectors,  matrices,  and  systems  of  equations.  Prerequisite:  MAS  112 
or  MAS  162.  3  credits. 

251.  Discrete  Mathematics.  Introduction  to  mathematical  ideas  used  in  computing  and  the 
information  sciences  logic,  boolean  algebra,  sets  and  sequences,  matrices,  combinatorics, 
induction,  relations,  and  finite  graphs.  Prerequisite:  MAS  1 1 1  or  MAS  161.  3  credits. 

266.  Differential  Equations.  First  and  second  order  differential  equations,  partial  differential 
equations.  Prerequisite:  MAS  211.  3  credits. 

270.  Intermediate  Statistics.  An  advanced  version  of  MAS  170.  Prerequisite:  MAS  111,161 
or  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits.  (Credit  may  not  be  received  for  both  MAS  170  and  270.) 

322.  Abstract  Algebra.  Fundamentals  of  groups,  rings,  fields.  Prerequisite:  MAS  222.  3 
credits. 

325.  Geometry.  Axiomatic  development  of  Absolute,  Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean  geom- 
etries. Prerequisite:  MAS  1 12  or  MAS  162.  3  credits. 

335.  Operations  Research  I.  Linear  programming,  dynamic  programming,  integer  program- 

80 


ming,  queueing  theory,  project  scheduling,  stochastic  simulation,  and  decision  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  MAS  222,371.  3  credits. 

336.  Operations  Research  II.  Continuation  of  topics  from  MAS  335,  and  selected  topics 
from  goal  programming,  network  analysis,  game  theory,  stochastic  processes,  inventory 
theory,  forecasting,  and  reliability.  Prerequisite:  MAS  335.  3  credits. 

360.  The  Teaching  of  Mathematics  in  Secondary  Schools.  A  course  for  those  preparing  to 
teach  mathematics  at  the  secondary  level.  Topics  include:  issues  and  trends  in  mathematics 
education,  history  of  mathematical  pedagogy,  enrichment  and  professional  development 
resources,  teaching  techniques,  and  use  of  technology.  Prerequisite:  Core.  3  credits. 

363.  Numerical  Computation.  A  survey  with  topics  from:  finite  arithmetic,  root-finding 
algorithms,  numerical  integration  and  differentiation,  interpolation,  systems  of  equations, 
splines,  numerical  solution  of  differential  equations,  Monte  Carlo  methods,  optimization, 
least  squares.  Prerequisite:  MAS  112  or  MAS  162  and  CSC  125.  3  credits. 

371.  Mathematical  Probability.  Random  variables,  discrete  and  continuous  and  distribu- 
tions. Prerequisite:  MAS  112.  3  credits. 

372.  Mathematical  Statistics.  A  theoretical  introduction  to  estimation,  tests  of  hypotheses, 
regression,  and  analysis  of  variance.  Prerequisite:  MAS  371.  3  credits. 

411.  Real  Analysis.  Topology  of  the  real  numbers.  Continuity,  convergence.  Measure  theory, 
Lebesque  Integration.  Prerequisite:  Core.  3  credits. 

412.  Functions  of  a  Complex  Variable.  Analytic  functions.  Cauchy  theorem,  conformal 
mapping.  Prerequisite:  Core.  3  credits. 

471.  Applied  Statistics.  An  application  oriented  presentation  of  analysis  of  variance, 
regressions,  and  time  series  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MAS  372.  3  credits. 

498.  Problem  Solving/Recreational  Math.  A  survey  of  interesting,  challenging,  and  enter- 
taining problems  with  emphasis  on  problem  solving  techniques.  Prerequisite:  Core.  1  credit. 

499.  Famous  Problems.  A  survey  of  famous  problems  from  mathematics;  solved  and 
unsolved,  ancient  and  modern.  Prerequisite:  Core.  1  credit. 


81 


Faculty 
Michael  D.  Fry,  associate  professor  of  mathematical  sciences. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois. 

Dr.  Fry  is  president  of  the  Susquehanna  Valley  Chapter  of  the  Association  for  Computing 
Machinery,  and  is  a  member  of  the  Executive  Board  of  the  Eastern  Pennsylvania  and 
Delaware  Section  of  the  Mathematical  Association  of  America.  His  interests  include 
geometry  of  fractals,  mathematical  computing,  analysis  of  algorithms,  graphics,  and  pro- 
gramming from  machine  language  up.  He  teaches  courses  at  all  levels  in  computer  science, 
statistics,  upper  level  geometry  and  algebra,  and  other  mathematics  courses. 

Bryan  V.  Hearsey,  professor  of  mathematical  sciences.  Chairperson.  Coordinator,  Actuarial 
Science  Program. 

Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University. 

Dr.  Hearsey  is  an  Associate  of  the  Society  of  Actuaries,  serves  on  the  Society  of  Actuaries 
Career  Encouragement  Committee,  and  is  the  Society  of  Actuaries  Liaison  Representative 
to  the  Mathematical  Association  of  America.  He  is  a  member  of  the  Mathematical  Associa- 
tion of  America  and  serves  on  their  American  Junior  High  School  Exam  Committee  and  on 
the  Committee  on  American  Mathematics  Competitions.  He  teaches  actuarial  science 
courses  and  a  broad  range  of  mathematics  courses. 

Thomas  Jyh-cheng  Liu,  assistant  professor  of  mathematical  sciences. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois. 

Dr.  Liu  has  earned  an  M.S.  each  in  Computer  Science  and  Engineering.  He  is  amultidiscipline 

researcher  and  teacher.  He  is  interested  in  computer  architecture,  artificial  intelligence, 

computer  applications  in  natural  science  and  applied  mathematics.  He  teaches  a  broad  range 

of  computer  science  courses  and  applied  mathematics  courses. 

Joerg  W.  P.  Mayer,  professor  of  mathematical  sciences. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Giessen. 

Dr.  Mayer  has  extensive  experience  in  undergraduate  and  graduate  teaching,  and  in 

government  and  industrial  consulting.  His  publications  range  from  mathematical  research  to 

educational     philosophy,  including  numerous  reviews  in  mathematical  and  computer 

sciences,  and  textbooks  on  algebraic  topology  and  computer  assembly  language.  His 

teaching  interests  lie  in  advanced  mathematics  and  basic  computer  science. 

Horace  W.  Tousley,  associate  professor  of  mathematical  sciences. 

M.S.I. E.  (OR),  University  of  Alabama. 

Mr.  Tousley  is  a  career  military  logistician  and  operations  research  practitioner.  He  is 

interested  in  mathematical  modeling,  quantitative  methods,  and  applications.  He  teaches 

operations  research,  selected  upper  division  courses,  and  a  broad  range  of  other  courses. 

Mark  A.  Townsend,  associate  professor  of  mathematical  sciences. 

Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University. 

Dr.  Townsend  is  most  interested  in  numerical  analysis,  applied  mathematics,  teacher 

education,  and  innovative  methods  for  teaching  mathematics  to  college  students.  He  is  a 

82 


recipient  of  LVC's  Vickroy  Award  for  Distinguished  Teaching.  He  teaches  a  wide  range  of 
mathematics  courses,  from  freshman  level  courses  for  humanities  and  business  majors  to 
upper  level  courses  for  math  majors. 

Timothy  M.  Dewald,  adjunct  instructor  in  mathematical  sciences. 

M.Div.,  Andover  Newton  Theological  School. 

Rev.  Dewald  is  interested  in  the  history  of  mathematics  and  enjoys  teaching  students  with 

"math  anxiety".  He  teaches  the  pre-calculus  course  and  Concepts  of  Mathematics.  He  is  a 

winner  of  the  Knisely  Teaching  award. 

John  F.  Nau  Jr.,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  mathematical  sciences. 

M.S.,  Renssalaer  Polytechnic  Institute. 

Interested  in  mathematical  modeling  in  teaching  systems  management.  Teaching  specialty 

is  applied  mathematics. 


Computer  applications  are  an  integral  part  of  the  mathematics  program. 


83 


MILITARY  SCIENCE  PROGRAM 

The  Military  Science  Program  adds  another  dimension  to  a  Lebanon  Valley  College  liberal 
arts  education  with  courses  that  develop  a  student's  ability  to  organize,  motivate  and  lead. 

Participation  in  military  science  courses  during  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  results  in 
no  military  obligation.  Courses  during  these  years  orient  students  on  the  various  roles  of 
Army  officers.  Specifically,  these  courses  stress  self-development:  written  and  oral  commu- 
nication skills,  leadership,  bearing  and  self-confidence. 

Individuals  who  elect  to  continue  in  the  program  during  the  junior  and  senior  years  shall 
receive  a  commission  as  a  second  lieutenant  in  the  United  States  Army  upon  graduation.  They 
shall  be  required  to  serve  three  months  to  four  years  in  the  active  Army,  depending  upon  the 
type  of  commission. 

Options  are  available  for  those  individuals  who  encounter  scheduling  conflicts  or  who  desire 
to  begin  participation  after  their  freshman  year.  Contact  the  Professor  of  Military  Science, 
Dickinson  College,  717-245-1221,  for  further  information. 

Program  participants  may  take  part  in  various  enrichment  activities  during  the  academic 
year:  rappelling,  rifle  qualification,  cross-country  skiing,  white-water  rafting,  leadership 
exercises,  land  navigation,  orientation  trips  and  formal  social  functions.  Program  participants 
may  also  apply  for  special  training  courses  during  the  summer:  airborne,  air  assault  and 
northern  warfare  schools. 

Financial  Assistance:  Books  and  equipment  for  military  science  courses  and  the  ROTC 
program  are  provided  free  of  charge  to  all  cadets.  All  juniors  and  seniors  in  the  ROTC 
program  (Advanced  Course)  and  scholarship  cadets  are  paid  a  tax-free  subsistence  allow- 
ance of  $100  per  month  and  receive  certain  other  benefits. 

Scholarships:  Army  ROTC  scholarships  based  on  merit  are  available.  Recipients  receive  80 
percent  tuition  (Lebanon  Valley  College  will  provide  a  20  percent  supplement  to  the  80 
percent  tuition  for  qualified  applicants),  academic  fees,  a  semester  allowance  for  books  and 
supplies,  and  a  $100  per  month  subsistence  allowance.  Cadets  and  other  Lebanon  Valley 
students  may  compete  for  three-year  (starts  in  sophomore  year)  scholarships.  Recipients 
agree  to  a  service  obligation.  For  additional  information,  contact  the  Professor  of  Military 
Science,  Dickinson  College,  717-245-1221. 

Corresponding  Studies  Program:  Students  participating  in  an  off-campus  study  program  in 
the  United  States  or  abroad  may  continue  participation  in  either  the  Army  ROTC  Basic 
Course  or  Advanced  Course  and  receive  the  same  course  credit  and  benefits  as  a  student 
enrolled  in  the  on-campus  program.  Scholarship  students  also  are  eligible  to  participate  in 
this  program. 

Advanced  Leadership  Practicum:  The  practicum  consists  of  a  six-week  summer  training 
program  at  an  Army  installation  that  stresses  the  application  of  military  skills  to  rapidly 

84 


changing  situations.  Participants  are  evaluated  on  their  ability  to  make  sound  decisions,  to 
direct  group  efforts  toward  the  accomplishment  of  common  goals  and  to  meet  the  mental  and 
physical  challenges  presented  to  them.  Completion  of  this  practicum  is  required  prior  to 
commissioning  and  is  normally  attended  between  the  junior  and  senior  years.  Participants 
receive  room,  board,  travel  expenses,  medical  care,  and  pay. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Requirements:  MIL  101,  102,  201,  202,  301,  302,  401,  402;  HIS  327. 

Courses  in  Military  Science  (MIL): 

101,102.  Introduction  to  Military  Science.  Emphasizes  developing  self-confidence  and 
bearing.  Instruction  and  weekly  practical  training  in  the  basic  skills  of  map  reading, 
rappelling,  weapons,  communications,  first  aid,  tactical  movements,  customs,  courtesies, 
public  speaking,  and  leadership.  Meets  one  hour  per  week,  two  or  three  Saturdays  of 
adventure  training  and  one  formal  social  event  each  semester.  1  credit  each  semester. 

201,202.  Application  of  Military  Science.  Advanced  instruction  in  topics  introduced  in  the 
first  year.  Participation  in  operations  and  basic  tactics  to  demonstrate  leadership  problems 
and  to  develop  leadership  skills.  Meets  two  hours  per  week  each  semester.  Also  two  to  three 
Saturdays  of  adventure  training  and  one  formal  social  event  each  semester.  1  credit  each 
semester. 

301,302.  Advanced  Application  of  Military  Science.  Emphasis  on  leadership.  Situations 
require  direct  interaction  with  other  cadets  and  test  the  student's  ability  to  meet  goals  and  to 
get  others  to  do  the  same.  Students  master  basic  tactical  skills  of  the  small  unit  leader.  Meets 
two  hours  per  week  and  selected  weekends  each  semester.  Prerequisite:  Open  only  to 
Advanced  Course  cadets.  1  credit  each  semester. 

401,402.  Command  and  Staff.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  planning  and  decision- 
making capabilities  in  the  areas  of  military  operations,  logistics,  and  administration.  Meets 
two  hours  per  week  and  selected  weekends  each  semester.  Prerequisite:  Open  only  to 
Advanced  Course  cadets.  1  credit  each  semester. 

Faculty 
Deborah  L.  Geiger,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  military  science. 
M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  Captain,  United  States  Army. 

Robert  Knight,  senior  trainer  of  military  science. 

A.S..,  Fayetteville  Technical  Institute.  Master  Sergeant,  United  States  Army. 

Michael  MacWelch,  adjunct  instructor  of  military  science. 
B.A.,  Frostburg  State  University.  Captain,  United  States  Army. 

Harry  Owens,  professor  of  military  science. 

J.D.,  Detroit  University  of  Law.  Lieutenant  Colonel,  United  States  Army. 

85 


DEPARTMENT  OF  MUSIC 

Students  in  the  Department  of  Music  may  major  in  one  of  three  areas:  music,  music  education, 
or  sound  recording  technology.  Each  student,  regardless  of  major,  is  required  to  take  a  core 
of  courses  in  music  theory  and  music  history.  Each  student  also  completes  additional  course 
work  particular  to  his/her  area  of  interest. 

Music  Program 
Music  majors  will  exhibit  proficiency  at  the  piano  and  in  voice,  each  to  be  determined  by  jury. 
Precise  requirements  for  these  proficiencies  and  the  Recital  Attendance  requirement  are 
found  in  the  Department  of  Music  Student  Handbook.  To  prepare  for  proficiency  juries, 
students  can  take  MSC  5 1 0  and/or  520.  Music  majors  will  be  in  at  least  one  major  performing 
ensemble  (identified  as  either  Marching  Band,  Symphonic  Band,  Concert  Choir,  or  Sym- 
phony Orchestra)  each  fall  and  spring  semester.  All  students  may  earn  up  to  12  credits  for 
ensemble  participation.  They  will  enroll  in  private  study  on  their  principal  instrument/voice 
during  each  fall  and  spring  semester. 

Students  registered  for  private  instruction  in  the  department  are  not  permitted  to  study  in  that 
instructional  area  on  a  private  basis  with  another  instructor,  on  or  off  campus,  at  the  same 
time. 

Degree  Requirements: 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Music  (B.  A.)  is  designed  for  those  students  preparing  for  a  career  in 
music  with  a  strong  liberal  arts  background.  All  B.A.  candidates  will  take  an  hour  lesson  per 
week  in  their  principal  performance  medium.  The  Theory/Composition  concentration 
students  will  take  530  private  applied  and  530  individual  composition  each  semester  to  fulfill 
this  requirement.  B.A.  in  Music  students  are  expected  to  give  a  one-half  junior  recital,  and 
a  full  senior  recital.  These  are  given  in  consultation  with  and  at  the  recommendation  of  their 
private  instructor  and  a  pre-performance  jury.  Concentrations  identified  in  the  Department 
of  Music  Student  Handbook  include:  Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  Instrumental,  Sacred  Music,  and 
Theory /Composition. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  Music. 

Majors:  Core  courses  in  all  music  degree  programs  are:  MSC  099,  115, 116,  117,  1 18, 215, 
217,  246,  328, 341  and  342.  MSC  530  for  B.S.  and  B.M.  candidates,  and  MSC  540  for  B.A. 
candidates.  In  addition,  music  majors  will  be  in  either  MSC  601,  602,  603  or  604  each 
semester,  exceptions  noted  previously. 

Music  (B.A. ):  Core  courses  plus:  Piano  concentration:  MSC  216,  306,  316,  406  and  600; 
Voice  concentration:  MSC  216,233,326  and  327;  Organ  concentration:  MSC  216, 316, 35 1 , 
and  352;  Instrumental  concentration:  MSC  216,  345,  403,  405  and  416;  Sacred  Music 
concentration:  MSC  216,  347,  351  or  334,  and  422;  Theory  /Composition  concentration: 
MSC  216,  315,  329,  416  and  500:  Senior  Composition  Project. 


86 


Minor:  MSC  099  (two  semesters),  100,  1 15, 1 16,  1 17,  341  or  342  plus  one  music  literature 
elective:  MSC  120, 200, 341  or  342.  Minors  also  take  MSC  530  for  four  semesters  and  must 
participate  in  a  music  ensemble  for  four  semesters. 

Student  Recitals 

Student  recitals  are  of  inestimable  value  to  all  music  students  in  acquainting  them  with  a  wide 
range  of  the  best  music  literature,  and  in  developing  musical  taste  and  discrimination. 
Performing  in  a  recital  provides  the  experience  of  appearing  before  an  audience  and  helps  to 
develop  self  reliance  and  confident  stage  demeanor.  Students  at  all  levels  of  performance 
ability  appear  on  regularly  scheduled  student  recitals  depending  on  their  degree  program, 
performance  readiness,  and  in  consultation  with  the  private  teacher. 

Courses  in  Music  (MSC): 

099.  Recital  Attendance.  Designed  for  music  majors  and  minors  and  graded  on  a  Satisfac- 
tory/Unsatisfactory basis.  Music  core  course.  0  credits. 

100.  Introduction  to  Music.  For  the  non-music  major,  a  survey  of  Western  music  designed 
to  increase  the  individual's  musical  perception.  3  credits. 

110.  Class  Piano  for  Beginners.  1  credit. 

111.  Class  Guitar  for  Beginners.  Student  provides  their  own  instrument.  1  credit. 

115.  Harmony  I.  A  study  of  the  rudiments  of  music  and  their  notation.  Harmonization  of 
melodies  and  basses  with  fundamental  triads.  Analysis.  Music  core  course.  2  credits. 

116.  Harmony  II.  A  study  of  diatonic  tonal  harmony,  including  all  triads  and  seventh  chords, 
nonharmonic  material  and  elementary  modulation.  Music  core  course.  2  credits. 

117.  EarTraining  and Sight Singing  I.  The  singing  and  aural  recognition  of  intervals,  scales, 
triads  and  simple  harmonic  progressions.  Music  core  course.  2  credits. 

118.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  II.  A  continuation  of  MSC  117,  emphasizing  clef 
reading,  modality,  modulation  and  more  complicated  rhythmic  devices  and  harmonic 
patterns.  Music  core  course.  2  credits. 

120.  American  Music  History.  A  historical  survey  of  American  music  emphasizing  stylistic 
developments  and  illustrative  musical  examples  from  colonial  times  to  the  present.  Includes 
American  musical  theater,  jazz,  folk  and  popular  styles.  3  credits. 

123.  Brass  I.  A  study  of  the  trumpet  and  trombone.  Emphasis  on  pedagogical  techniques. 
1  credit. 

124.  Brass  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  brass  family  (horn,  baritone,  tuba).  Emphasis 
on  pedagogical  techniques.  Mixed  brass  ensemble  experience.  1  credit. 

87 


127.  Percussion  I.  A  study  of  the  snare  drum.  1/2  credit. 

200.  Topics  in  Music.  Designed  primarily  for  the  non-music  major,  the  course  will  focus  on 
genre  and  period  studies.  3  credits. 

215.  Harmony  III.  A  study  of  chromatic  tonal  harmony,  including  secondary  dominants, 
augmented  sixth  chords,  tertian  extensions,  altered  chords  and  advanced  modulation.  Music 
core  course.  2  credits. 

216.  Harmony  IV.  A  study  of  20th  century  compositional  techniques,  including  modal  and 
whole-tone  materials,  quartal  harmony,  polychords,  atonality,  serialism  and  various  rhyth- 
mic and  metric  procedures.  2  credits. 

217.  Ear  Training  and  Sight  Singing  III.  A  continuation  of  MSC  118,  emphasizing 
chromatic  materials  and  more  complex  modulations,  chord  types,  rhythms  and  meters.  Music 
core  course.  2  credits. 

220.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School.  A  course  designed  to  aid  elementary  education  majors 
in  developing  music  skills  for  the  classroom,  including  the  playing  of  instruments,  singing, 
notation,  listening,  movement,  and  creative  applications.  3  credits.  { Cross-listed  as  Elemen- 
tary Education  220. } 

228.  Percussion  II.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  percussion  instruments  (timpani,  bass 
drum  and  others).  1/2  credit. 

231.  Woodwind  I.  A  study  of  the  clarinet.  1  credit. 

232.  Woodwindll.  A  study  of  the  remainder  of  the  woodwind  family  (flute,  oboe,  saxophone, 
bassoon).  1  credit. 

233.  Diction.  An  introduction  to  the  pronunciation  of  singer's  English,  German,  French, 
Italian,  and  Latin,  utilizing  the  International  Phonetic  Alphabet.  Required  of  voice  concen- 
tration majors,  the  course  is  open  to  other  students  with  permission  of  the  instructor.  2  credits. 

246.  Principles  of  Conducting.  Principles  of  conducting  and  baton  technique.  Students 
conduct  ensembles  derived  from  class  personnel.  Music  core  course.  2  credits. 

280.  Field  Practicum  in  Music  Education.  Supervised  field  experiences  in  appropriate 
settings.  Required  pass/fail.  Prerequisites:  EDU  1 10  and  permission.  1-3  credit(s). 

306.  Piano  Literature.  A  survey  of  the  development  of  the  piano  and  its  literature  with 
emphasis  on  piano  methods  books  and  related  materials.  2  credits. 

315.  Counterpoint.  Introductory  work  in  strict  counterpoint  through  three-  and  four-part 
work  in  all  the  species.  2  credits. 


316.  Keyboard  Harmony.  Score  reading  and  the  realization  of  figured  bass  at  the  keyboard, 
transposition,  and  improvisation.  The  successful  completion  of  a  piano  jury  is  required  for 
admission  to  the  course.  2  credits. 

326.  Vocal  Literature.  A  survey  of  solo  vocal  literature  with  emphasis  on  teaching  repertoire. 
Extensive  listening  is  required.  Students  may  have  opportunities  to  perform  the  works 
studied.  2  credits. 

327.  Vocal  Pedagogy.  This  course  prepares  the  advanced  voice  student  to  teach  private 
lessons  at  the  secondary  school  level.  Students  are  expected  to  develop  vocal  exercise 
procedures,  become  familiar  with  suitable  teaching  repertoire  and  apply  teaching  procedures 
in  a  laboratory  situation.  Selected  writings  in  vocal  pedagogy  and  voice  therapy  will  be 
studied.  2  credits. 

328.  Form  and  Analysis  I.  A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  simple  and  compound 
forms,  variations,  contrapuntal  forms,  rondo  and  sonata  forms.  Emphasis  is  placed  primarily 
upon  structural  content.  The  course  provides  experience  and  skill  in  both  aural  and  visual 
analysis.  Music  core  course.  2  credits. 

329.  Form  and  Analysis  II.  A  study  through  analysis  and  listening  of  fugal  forms,  suite, 
complex  sonata  forms  and  techniques  for  analysis  of  certain  contemporary  styles  of  music. 
2  credits. 

333.  Methods  and  Materials,  General  Music:  Elementary.  A  comprehensive  study  of 
general  music  teaching  at  the  elementary  school  level,  the  philosophy  of  music  education, 
varied  approaches  for  developing  conceptual  learning  and  music  skills,  creative  applications, 
and  analysis  of  materials.  3  credits. 

334.  Choral  Literature  and  Methods.  A  study  of  literature,  materials,  and  approaches 
appropriate  for  choral  and  general  music  classes  in  grades  6-12.  3  credits. 

335.  Instrumental  Literature  and  Methods.  A  study  of  literature,  materials,  philosophy,  and 
methods  applicable  to  the  teaching  of  instrumental  ensembles  (including  marching  band) 
from  elementary  through  high  school  levels.  3  credits. 

336.  Music  Education  Field  Practicum.  Students  are  placed  in  schools  one  hour  per  week 
where  they  are  involved  in  a  teaching/learning  environment.  1  credit. 

337.  String  I.  A  study  of  violin,  viola,  cello,  string  bass.  1  credit. 

338.  String  II.  A  continuation  of  MSC  337.  1  credit. 

341.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  I.  A  survey  course  in  the  history  of  Western  music  (in 
the  context  of  world  musics  of  various  cultures),  with  emphasis  on  stylistic  developments  and 
illustrative  musical  examples,  from  early  music  through  the  Baroque  era.  3  credits. 

89 


342.  History  and  Literature  of  Music  II.  A  survey  course  in  the  history  of  Western  music 
(in  the  context  of  world  musics  of  various  cultures),  with  emphasis  on  stylistic  developments 
and  illustrative  musical  examples,  from  the  classical  period  to  the  present.  Music  core  course. 
3  credits. 

345.  Advanced  Instrumental  Conducting.  Emphasis  on  practical  work  with  instrumental 
groups.  Rehearsal  techniques  are  applied  through  individual  experience.  2  credits. 

347.  Advanced  Choral  Conducting.  Emphasis  is  on  advanced  technique  with  and  without 
baton,  score  preparation,  interpretation  and  pedagogy  relating  to  choral  organizations.  2 
credits. 

357.  Organ  Literature.  A  historical  survey  of  representative  organ  literature  from  earliest 
times  to  the  present  day.  2  credits. 

352.  Organ  Pedagogy.  Designed  with  a  practical  focus,  this  course  surveys  various  methods 
of  organ  teaching.  Laboratory  teaching  and  selection  of  appropriate  technical  materials  for 
all  levels  are  included.  2  credits. 

401.  Instrument  Repair.  A  laboratory  course  in  diagnosing  and  making  minor  repair  of  band 
and  orchestral  instruments.  2  credits. 

403.  Instrumental  Pedagogy.  A  survey  of  teaching  materials  that  relate  to  the  student's 
performance  area.  Students  may  be  expected  to  apply  teaching  procedures  in  a  laboratory 
situation.  2  credits. 

405.  Instrumental  Literature.  A  survey  of  literature  (solo  and  chamber)  that  relate  to  the 
student's  performance  area.  2  credits. 

406.  Piano  Pedagogy.  A  practical  course  that  explores  fundamental  principles  necessary  to 
be  an  effective  piano  teacher.  Subjects  include  practice  techniques,  memorization  and  the 
selection  of  appropriate  technical  materials  for  both  beginners  and  advanced  students. 
Laboratory  teaching  may  be  required  of  the  student.  2  credits. 

416.  Orchestration.  A  study  of  instrumentation  and  the  devices  and  techniques  for  scoring 
transcriptions,  arrangements  and  solos  for  orchestra  and  band,  with  special  emphasis  on 
practical  scoring  for  mixed  ensembles  as  they  occur  in  public  schools.  Laboratory  analysis 
and  performance.  Scoring  of  original  works.  2  credits. 

422.  Church  Music  Methods  and  Administration.  A  course  that  acquaints  students  with  the 
total  church  music  program.  Topics  include  the  development  of  a  choir  program,  methods  and 
techniques  of  rehearsal,  budget  preparation,  and  committee  and  pastoral  relationships. 
3  credits. 


90 


441.  Student  Teaching.  Music  education  majors  spend  a  semester  in  the  music  department 
of  a  school  district  under  the  supervision  of  cooperating  teachers.  Prerequisites: 

(1)  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at  least  2.00  during  the  first  six  semesters 

(2)  successful  completion  of  piano  and  voice  juries 

(3)  completion  of  music  core  courses  and  MSC  123,  124,  127, 216,  228,  231,  232,  316, 
333,  334  ,335,  336,  including  field  experiences,  345  or  347  and  EDU  1 10 

(4)  approval  of  the  music  faculty.  Students  are  responsible  for  transportation;  the  college 
cannot  insure  that  student  teaching  placement  can  be  in  a  local  geographic  area. 

6/6  for  a  total  of  12  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  See  requirements  on  page  27.  1-3  credit(s). 

510.  Class  Piano  Instruction.  Designed  for  music  majors  with  minimal  piano  skills. 
Preparation  for  department  piano  proficiency  requirements.  1  credit. 

520.  Class  Voice  Instruction.  Designed  for  but  not  restricted  to  music  majors  with  minimal 
vocal  skills.  Preparation  for  department  voice  proficiency  requirements.  1  credit. 

530.  Individual  Instruction  (Voice,  Piano,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments).  1  credit. 

540.  Individual  Instruction  (Voice,  Piano,  Orchestral  and  Band  Instruments).  2  credits. 

600.  Accompanying.  Under  the  guidance  of  a  piano  instructor  the  piano  concentration 
student  prepares  accompaniments  for  recital  performance.  One  credit  per  semester  is  given 
for  one  solo  recital  or  two  half  recitals.  A  maximum  of  two  credits,  usually  distributed  over 
the  last  three  years,  may  be  earned.  1-2  credit(s). 

Music  Ensembles 

601.  Marching  Band.  The  principal  band  experience  during  the  fall  semester  open  to  all 
students  by  audition.  Performs  for  home  football  games.  Practical  lab  experience  for  music 
education  majors.  Each  semester  satisfies  1  credit  of  Physical  Activity  (Area  9)  of  the  general 
education  requirements.  Satisfies  large  ensemble  requirement.  1  credit. 

602.  Symphonic  Band.  The  principal  band  experience  during  the  spring  semester,  open  to 
all  students  by  audition.  The  Symphonic  Band  performs  original  literature  and  arrangements 
of  standard  repertoire.  Satisfies  large  ensemble  requirement.  1  credit. 

603.  Symphony  Orchestra.  Various  symphonic  literature  is  studied  and  performed.  In  the 
second  semester  the  orchestra  accompanies  soloists  in  a  concerto-aria  concert  and  on 
occasion  combines  with  choral  organizations  for  the  performance  of  a  major  work.  Open  to 
all  students  by  audition.  Satisfies  large  ensemble  requirement.  1  credit. 

604.  Concert  Choir.  Open  to  all  students  by  audition,  the  Concert  Choir  performs  all  types 
of  choral  literature.  In  addition  to  local  concerts,  the  choir  tours  annually.  Satisfies  large 
ensemble  requirement.  1  credit. 

91 


605.  Chamber  Choir.  Open  to  all  students  by  audition,  the  Chamber  Choir  performs  chamber 
vocal  literature  from  madrigals  to  vocal  jazz.  1/2  credit. 

610.  Woodwind  Ensembles. 

Sec.  1.  Clarinet  Choir.  1/2  credit. 
Sec.  2.  Flute  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 
Sec.  3.  Woodwind  Quintet.  1/2  credit. 
Sec.  4.  Saxophone  Ensemble.   1/2  credit. 

615.  Brass  Ensembles. 

Sec.  1.  Brass  Quintet.  1/2  credit. 
Sec.  2.  Tuba  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 
Sec.  3.  Low  Brass  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 
Sec.  4.  Valley  Slides.  1/2  credit. 

616.  Percussion  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 
620.  String  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 

625.  Jazz  Ensembles. 

Sec.  1.  Jazz  Band.  1/2  credit. 

Sec.  2.  Small  Jazz  Ensemble.  1/2  credit. 

. 
630.  Chamber  Ensembles. 

Sec.  1.  Guitar  Ensemble.   1/2  credit. 

635.  Handbell  Choir. 

Sec.  1.  Beginning.  1/2  credit. 
Sec.  2.  Advanced.  1/2  credit. 

Music  Education  Program 
The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Music  Education  (B.S.),  approved  by  the  Pennsylvania  Depart- 
ment of  Education  and  accredited  by  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music,  is 
designed  for  the  preparation  of  public  school  music  teachers,  kindergarten  through  grade 
twelve,  instrumental  and  vocal.  Piano  and  voice  proficiencies  for  the  music  education  major 
prepare  the  candidate  to  meet  the  standards  of  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education  and 
are  administered  by  competency  jury.  Students  participate  in  student  teaching  in  area 
elementary  and  secondary  schools.  In  all  field  experiences,  as  well  as  the  student  teaching 
semester,  each  student  is  responsible  for  transportation  arrangements.  During  the  student 
teaching  semester,  the  candidate  is  not  required  to  register  for  recital  attendance,  private 
lessons,  or  an  ensemble. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Music  Education. 


92 


Music  Education  (B.S.):  Core  courses  plus:  MSC  123,  124,  127,  216,  228,  231,  232,  316, 
333,  334,  335,  336,  337,  338,  345  or  347,  416,  441,  EDU  1 10,  PSY  120,  and  220.  Music 
education  majors  are  permitted  to  register  for  only  one  half-hour  lesson  in  their  principal 
performance  medium  during  the  student  teaching  semester  if  they  are  preparing  a  recital. 

Sound  Recording  Technology  Program 
The  Bachelor  of  Music:  Emphasis  in  Sound  Recording  Technology  (B.M.)  is  designed  for 
students  who  wish  to  gain  theoretical  and  practical  knowledge  necessary  for  careers  in  the 
fields  of  audio  production,  radio,  television,  and  film. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Music:  Emphasis  in  Sound  Recording  Technology 

Sound  Recording  Technology  (B.M.):  Core  courses  plus:  SRT  277, 278,  377, 386, 388, 400, 
487,  PHY  103,  104,  110,  212,  350,  MAS  102  (or  higher),  CSC  125  or  MGT  233. 

Courses  in  Sound  Recording  Technology  (SRT): 

277.  Recording  Technology  I.  An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  sound  recording 
technology.  Topics  include  sound  and  listening,  the  basic  audio  chain,  microphones,  analog 
tape  machines,  basic  mixers,  and  equipment  interface.  Mastery  of  the  fundamentals  will 
facilitate  students  to  engineer  simple  and  multi-microphone  two-track  stereo  recordings. 
Prerequisite  for  non-majors:  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

278.  Recording  Technology  II.  This  course  begins  with  multi-track  consoles  and  tape 
machines,  and  continues  study  of  multi-track  techniques  and  mixdown,  microphone  place- 
ment, reverberation,  equalization,  compressors  and  expanders,  noise  reduction,  and  the 
decibel.  Emphasis  is  on  critical  listening  and  practical  applications.  Students  learn  to 
engineer  multi-microphone,  multi-track  recordings  and  mixdown  sessions.  Prerequisite: 
SRT  277.  3  credits. 

377.  Recording  Technology  III.  This  course  examines  advanced  techniques  of  recording  and 
mixing,  special  effects  and  digital  effects  processors,  and  analog  tape  machine  theory  and 
alignment.  Also  studied  are  digital  technologies,  and  time  code  usage.  Mastery  of  these  topics 
will  facilitate  students  to  engineer  multi-microphone  multi-track  production.  Prerequisite: 
SRT  278.  3  credits. 

386.  Recital  Recording  Practicum.  Students  record  a  chamber  music  performance,  applying 
researched  techniques,  and  produce  a  recording  comparable  to  commercial  release  standards. 
Prerequisite:  SRT  377.  1  credit. 

388.  Audio  Topics  Practicum.  Students  study  topics  of  individual  interest,  ranging  from 
research  to  production,  technique,  and  maintenance.  Prerequisite:  SRT  377;  non-majors 
require  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 


93 


400.  Internship.  4  credits. 

487.  Advanced  Audio  Topics  Practicum.  Students  study  senior  level  topics  of  individual 
interest  including  advanced  research,  applications,  and  production.  Prerequisite:  SRT  377; 
non-majors  require  permission  of  instructor.  3  credits. 

500.  Independent  Study.  1-3  credit(s). 

Faculty 
George  D.  Curfman,  professor  of  music  education. 
Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

He  teaches  music  education  methods  courses  and  coordinates  music  student  teaching.  He 
serves  as  a  consultant/clinician  for  the  Pennsylvania  Music  Educators  Association  and 
advises  the  campus  Pennsylvania  Collegiate  Music  Education  Association. 

Scott  H.  Eggert,  associate  professor  of  music. 

DMA.,  University  of  Kansas. 

He  teaches  music  theory,  composition,  music  history,  class  and  applied  piano.  He  is  active 

as  a  composer  and  has  premiered  major  works  on  and  off  campus. 

Klement  M.  Hambourg,  associate  professor  of  music. 

DMA.,  University  of  Oregon. 

He  teaches  violin  and  viola  and  string  methodology;  coaches  chamber  ensembles  and 

conducts  the  College-Community  Orchestra.  He  performs  in  solo  recitals,  is  a  member  of  the 

Reading  Symphony,  and  has  conducted  at  the  Allegheny  Summer  Festival  of  Music. 

Robert  H.  Hearson,  associate  professor  of  music. 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois. 

A  low  brass  specialist,  he  directs  the  bands,  teaches  courses  in  instrumental  music  education 

and  brass  pedagogy,  and  supervises  music  student  teaching  activities.  He  is  founder/director 

of  the  LVC  Summer  Music  Camp  and  host  conductor/coordinator  of  the  LVC  Honors  Band. 

He  maintains  a  special  interest  in  brass  ensemble  music,  and  is  active  as  a  performer, 

clinician,  adjudicator,  and  guest  conductor. 

Barry  R.  Hill,  instructor  in  music. 

B.S.,  Music  with  Recording  Arts,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Asheville. 

He  is   director  of  the  sound  recording  technology  program.  He  teaches  sound  recording 

technology  courses  and  administers  other  aspects  of  the  program,  including  supervision  of 

interns. 

Mark  L.  Mecham,  associate  professor  of  music.  Chairperson. 

DMA.,  University  of  Illinois  at  Urbana-Champaign. 

His  doctorate  is  in  choral  music,  and  he  has  experience  in  choral  conducting,  music  education, 

and  voice.  Conductor  of  the  LVC  Concert  Choir  and  Chamber  Choir,  he  also  serves  as 

adjudicator,  clinician,  and  consultant. 

94 


Philip  G.  Morgan,  associate  professor  of  music. 

M.S.,  Pittsburg  State  University  (Kansas). 

He  teaches  applied  voice  with  specialization  in  vocal  technique,  vocal  pedagogy  and  vocal 

literature.  He  performs  frequently  in  solo  recitals,  oratorios,  and  chamber  recitals  in  the 

United  States  and  Europe.  He  serves  as  vocal  coach  for  HersheyPark's  summer  shows. 

Suzanne  Caldwell  Riehl,  assistant  professor  of  music  and  director  of  special  music 

programs. 

MM.,  Westminster  Choir  College. 

She  teaches  applied  organ  and  piano,  sacred  music  courses,  and  theory  classes  for  the 

preparatory  department.  She  performs  frequently  in  solo  organ  and  harpsichord  recitals. 

Thomas  M.  Strohman,  instructor  in  music. 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

He  tis  responsible  for  woodwind  studies,  jazz  studies,  and  directs  the  jazz  ensembles.  A 

founding  member  of  the  jazz  ensemble  "Third  Stream,"  he  has  recorded  for  Columbia  Artists. 

Dennis  W.  Sweigart,  professor  of  music. 

D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa. 

He  teaches  applied  piano  and  courses  in  keyboard  harmony,  form  and  analysis  and  piano 

pedagogy.  He  regularly  performs  as  a  soloist  and  as  an  accompanist.  He  serves  as  the  faculty 

adviser  to  Phi  Mu  Alpha  Sinfonia,  the  men's  music  fraternity. 

Joseph  G.  Bashore,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

M.F.A.,  University  of  Iowa. 

He  teaches  applied  piano  and  is  an  active  performer  and  accompanist  in  the  region. 

Teresa  R.  Bowers,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

M.M.,  Ohio  State  University. 

She  teaches  applied  flute,  double  reeds,  flute  pedagogy,  and  conducts  the  flute  ensemble.  She 

is  a  member  of  Duo  Francais,  a  flute-harp  duo,  and  frequently  appears  as  a  recitalist  and 

clinician. 

James  H.  Boyer,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

B.E.E.,  University  of  Delaware. 

He  is  an  instructor  in  the  sound  recording  technology  program.  Currently  vice-president  of 

KAO  Infosystems  Company  in  Lancaster,  he  engineered  all  of  Billy  Joel's  albums  between 

1977  and  1986. 

Erwin  P.  Chandler,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  music. 

MM.,  Indiana  University. 

He  teaches  applied  horn  and  is  active  as  a  composer/arranger  and  conductor. 

James  A.  Erdman  II,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

Retired  solo  trombonist,  "The  Presidents  Own"  United  States  Marine  Band,  Washington, 

95 


D.C.  He  teaches  low  brass  instruments  and  is  founder  and  director  of  the  LVC  Low  Brass 
Ensemble.  He  is  active  as  a  performer  on  the  trombone  and  appears  nationally  as  a  soloist  and 
clinician. 

Timothy  M.  Erdman,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

B.S.,  Temple  University  . 

Formerly  trumpet  soloist,  "The  President's  Own"  United  States  Marine  Band,  Washington, 

D.C;  he  has  been  principal  trumpet  with  the  Harrisburg  and  Reading  Symphonies.  Instructor 

of  applied  trumpet,  he  is  a  member  of  "Basic'ly  Brass,"  a  professional  brass  quintet. 

Nevelyn  J.  Knisley,  adjunct  associate  professor  of  music. 

M.F.A.,  Ohio  University. 

She  performs  extensively  as  a  piano  soloist,  accompanist  and  chamber  music  performer.  She 

serves  as  faculty  adviser  to  Sigma  Alpha  Iota,  the  women's  music  fraternity. 

James  E.  Miller,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

A  member  of  the  jazz  ensemble  "Third  Stream,"  his  teaching  specialty  is  string  bass  and 

electric  bass.  He  has  played  with  several  regional  symphonies  in  the  area. 

Joseph  D.  Mixon,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

MM.,  Combs  College  of  Music. 

He  is  a  professional  guitarist  in  the  tri-state  area  and  teaches  private  lessons  and  class  guitar. 

Robert  A.  Nowak,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

MM.,  University  of  Miami. 

He  teaches  percussion  and  directs  the  Percussion  Ensemble. 

Lawrence  Oncley,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University. 

He  teaches  applied  cello  and  performs  with  the  Reading  Symphony  and  the  Susquehanna 

String  Quartet. 

Victoria  Rose,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

MM. ,  Towson  State  University. 

Teaching  class  voice  and  private  lessons,  she  is  an  active  recitalist  and  oratorio  soloist  in 

Central  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia  and  Baltimore. 

William  F.  Stine,  adjunct  instructor  in  music. 

MM.,  West  Chester  University. 

He  is  an  instructor  in  the  sound  recording  technology  program. 


96 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Physical  Education  Program 
Although  the  college  does  not  offer  a  major  in  physical  education,  two  units  of  physical 
education  are  required  for  graduation.  The  program  encourages  attitudes  and  habits  of  good 
health,  while  developing  physical  capacities  and  skills  that  will  enrich  life. 

Courses  in  Physical  Education  (PED): 

102.  Aerobic  Exercises.  A  combination  of  exercise  and  dance  steps  in  rhythmic  movements. 
The  course  promotes  the  value  of  a  total  fitness  program,  including  diet  and  weight  control 
and  heart  rate  monitoring. 

113.  Bowling.  Instruction  in  the  techniques,  etiquette,  history  and  method  of  scoring.  About 
eight  weeks  will  be  spent  in  league  play. 

122.  Fitness.  Examination  of  varied  programs  for  fitness,  with  emphasis  on  diet  and  weight 
control,  cardiovascular  efficiency,  strength  improvement,  and  flexibility  training. 

725.  Golf.  Instruction  in  the  techniques,  tactics,  rules  and  etiquette  of  golf. 

135.  Racquetball.  Instruction  in  the  tactics,  techniques  and  different  forms  of  competition 
used  in  racquetball. 

146.  Tennis.  Instruction  in  the  techniques,  rules  and  tactics,  with  extensive  practice  in  singles 
and  doubles. 

160.  Swimming.  Beginning,  intermediate  and  advanced  instruction. 

762.  Water  Exercise.  Includes  water-walking,  water  running  and  other  aerobic  water 
exercises  for  swimmers  and  non-swimmers.  Utilizes  water  as  resistance  to  improve  strength 
and  cardiovascular  endurance. 

167.  Scuba.  Instruction  by  certified  dive  shop.  Learn  to  use  the  equipment  in  sports  center 
pool  and  then  go  to  various  sites  for  dives. 

168.  Life  Guarding.  Instruction  for  Red  Cross  certification  in  life  guard  training. 

770.  Skiing.  Beginning,  intermediate  and  advanced  instruction  at  Blue  Marsh  Ski  Area. 

180.  Team  Sports.  Softball,  volleyball  and  basketball,  four  to  five  weeks  of  each,  emphasiz- 
ing team  concepts. 

190.  Varsity  Sports.  Participation  in  an  intercollegiate  varsity  sport. 


97 


Students  shall  complete  successfully  two  units  of  physical  education  selected  from  a  list  of 
approved  activities.  Students  shall  not  satisfy  the  physical  education  requirement  by  taking 
the  same  activity  unit  twice.  Students  shall  have  a  maximum  of  one  physical  education  unit 
waived  for  successful  completion  of  any  of  the  following:  one  season  of  a  varsity  sport,  one 
semester  of  marching  band,  or  one  semester  of  military  science. 

Faculty 
O.  Kent  Reed,  associate  professor  of  physical  education.  Chairperson. 
MA.  in  Ed.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University. 

He  instructs  the  fitness  and  weight  training  classes  and  utilizes  body  fat  percentages,  pulse 
rate  and  recovery,  strength  testing  devices  and  workout  charts.  He  also  instructs  team 
activities  such  as  softball  and  volleyball.  Responsibilities  in  the  athletic  department  are  track 
and  field  and  cross  country. 


Participation  in  an 

intercollegiate  varsity 

sport  qualifies  as  one  of 

the  physical  education 

requirements. 


98 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICS 

Physics  Program 
Physics,  the  most  fundamental  science  of  the  physical  world,  combines  the  excitement  of 
experimental  discovery  and  the  beauty  of  mathematics.  The  program  in  physics  at  Lebanon 
Valley  College  is  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  fundamental  laws  dealing  with 
motion,  force,  energy,  heat,  light,  electricity  and  magnetism,  atomic  and  nuclear  structure, 
and  the  properties  of  matter. 

Students  major  in  physics  as  a  preparation  for  professional  careers  in  industry  as  physicists 
and  engineers,  and  education  as  high  school  and  college  teachers.  Other  possibilities  include 
technical  writing,  sales  and  marketing.  Physics  students  can  continue  their  professional 
training  by  going  to  graduate  school  in  physics  and  engineering,  or  to  other  professional 
schools  offering  degrees  in  such  fields  as  health  physics  and  business. 

The  facilities  of  the  Physics  Department  are  located  on  the  fourth  floor  of  the  Garber  Science 
Center.  In  addition  to  the  introductory  physics  laboratory,  the  department  maintains  an  x-ray 
laboratory,  optics  laboratory,  atomic  physics  laboratory,  electronics  laboratory,  and  nuclear 
physics  laboratory.  Students  majoring  in  physics  also  have  the  opportunity  to  use  equipment 
(e.g.,  electron  microscope,  mass  spectrometer,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spectrometer) 
maintained  by  other  science  departments. 

Students  majoring  in  physics  take  advantage  of  close  contact  with  faculty,  work  as  paid 
laboratory  assistants,  pursue  independent  study  or  research,  and  participate  in  the  local 
chapter  of  the  Society  of  Physics  Students.  Summer  research  opportunities,  supported  by 
college  funds  or  external  grants,  are  available  for  physics  students. 

Students  majoring  in  physics  also  have  a  unique  opportunity  for  study  abroad.  A  student  can 
spend  a  semester,  typically  in  the  senior  year,  as  a  physics  student  at  the  University  of  Surrey 
in  England.  This  opportunity  combines  a  continuing  education  in  physics  with  the  richness 
of  an  international  experience. 

The  Physics  Department  also  directs  the  "3+2"  Engineering  program.  For  details  see 
Cooperative  Programs,  page  . 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  physics. 

Major:  PHY  1 1 1,  1 12,  21 1,  31 1,  312,  321,  322,  plus  6  additional  semester  hours  (at  least  2 
in  experimental  physics);  MAS  161, 162, 21 1  and  266  or  MAS  1 1 1,  1 12, 21 1  and  266.  (43- 
46  credits) 

Minor:  PHY  1 1 1, 1 12  (or  103, 104),  21 1,  plus  6  credits  in  physics  at  or  above  the  200  level; 
MAS  111  or  161.  (21-23  credits) 


99 


Secondary  Teacher  Certification:  Students  seeking  secondary  certification  in  physics  must 
take  PHY  360  and  2 1  credits  in  education  courses  including  EDU  1 1 0  and  SED  420, 430  and 
440. 

Courses  in  Physics  (PHY): 

100.  Physics  audits  Impact.  A  course  that  acquaints  the  student  with  some  of  the  important 
concepts  of  physics,  both  classical  and  modern,  and  with  the  scientific  method,  its  nature  and 
its  limitations.  The  role  of  physics  in  the  history  of  thought  and  its  relationships  to  other 
disciplines  and  to  society  and  government  are  considered.  The  weekly  two-hour  laboratory 
period  provides  experience  in  the  acquisition,  representation,  and  analysis  of  experimental 
data,  and  demonstration  of  the  physical  phenomena  with  which  the  course  deals.  4  credits. 

103,104.  General  College  Physics  I, II.  An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  concepts  and 
laws  of  the  various  branches  of  physics,  including  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity, 
magnetism,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  structure,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area. 
4  credits  per  semester. 

110.  The  Physics  of  Music.  The  study  of  wave  motion,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  waves, 
resonance,  physical  characteristics  of  music  sounds,  musical  instruments,  the  reproduction 
and  amplification  of  sound,  and  the  acoustical  properties  of  rooms.  A  working  knowledge  of 
algebra  is  required.  3  credits. 

111,112.  Principles  of  Physics  I,  II.  An  introductory  course  in  classical  physics,  designed 
for  students  who  desire  a  rigorous  mathematical  approach  to  college  physics.  Calculus  is 
used  throughout.  The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  mechanics  and  heat,  and  the  second 
semester  to  electricity,  magnetism,  and  optics,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  Prerequisite 
or  corequisite:  MAS  111  or  161.4  credits  per  semester. 

211.  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics.  An  introduction  to  modern  physics,  including  the 
foundation  of  atomic  physics,  quantum  theory  of  radiation,  the  atomic  nucleus,  radioactivity, 
and  nuclear  reactions,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  Prerequisite:  PHY  104  or  1 12,  MAS 
111  or  161,  or  permission.  4  credits. 

212.  Introduction  to  Electronics.  The  physics  of  electrons  and  electronic  devices,  including 
diodes,  transistors,  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  oscillators,  switching  circuits,  and  integrated 
circuits,  with  laboratory  work  in  each  area.  Prerequisite:  PHY  104  or  112,  or  permission. 
4  credits. 

302.  Optics.  A  study  of  the  physics  of  light,  with  emphasis  on  the  mathematics  of  wave 
motion  and  the  interference,  diffraction  and  polarization  of  electromagnetic  waves.  The 
course  also  includes  geometric  optics  with  applications  to  thick  lens,  lens  systems,  and  fiber 
optics.  Prerequisites:  PHY  1 12  and  MAS  1 12.  3  credits. 


100 


304.  Thermodynamics.  A  study  of  the  physics  of  heat,  with  emphasis  on  the  first  and  second 
laws  of  thermodynamics.  Applications  of  thermodynamics  to  physics  and  engineering  are 
included.  Elements  of  kinetic  theory  and  statistical  physics  are  developed.  Prerequisites: 
PHY  1 12  and  MAS  1 12.  3  credits. 

311,312.  Analytical  Mechanics  I, II.  A  rigorous  study  of  classical  mechanics,  including  the 
motion  of  a  single  particle,  the  motion  of  a  system  of  particles,  and  the  motion  of  a  rigid  body. 
Damped  and  forced  harmonic  motion,  the  central  force  problem,  the  Euler  description  of  rigid 
body  motion,  and  the  Lagrange  generalization  of  Newtonian  mechanics  are  among  the  topics 
treated.  Prerequisites:  PHY  1 1 1  and  MAS  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

321,322.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  I, II.  Theory  of  the  basic  phenomena  of  electromagne- 
tism  together  with  the  application  of  fundamental  principles  of  the  solving  of  problems.  The 
electric  and  magnetic  properties  of  matter,  direct  current  circuits,  alternating  current  circuits, 
the  Maxwell  field  equations,  and  the  propagation  of  electromagnetic  waves  are  among  the 
topics  treated.  Prerequisites:  PHY  112  and  MAS  266.  3  credits  per  semester. 

327,328.  Experimental  Physics  I, II.  Experimental  work  selected  from  the  area  of  mechan- 
ics, AC  and  DC  electrical  measurements,  optics,  atomic  physics,  or  nuclear  physics,  with 
emphasis  on  experimental  design,  measuring  techniques,  and  analysis  of  data.  Prerequisite: 
PHY  211.1  credit  per  semester. 

350.  Audio  Electronics.  A  study  of  electronics  as  used  in  audio  engineering.  The  course 
examines  RC  and  LC  circuits,  filters,  impedance,  audio  frequency  amplifier  circuits,  and 
basic  digital  theory.  Laboratory  work  is  included.  Prerequisite:  PHY  212.  3  credits. 

360.  The  Teaching  of  Physics  in  Secondary  Schools.  A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the 
student  with  some  of  the  special  methods,  programs,  and  problems  in  the  teaching  of  physics 
in  secondary  schools.  Required  for  secondary  certification  in  physics.  1  credit. 

421,422.  Quantum  Mechanics  1,11.  A  study  of  selected  topics  in  modern  physics,  utilizing 
the  methods  of  quantum  mechanics.  The  Schrodinger  equation  is  solved  for  such  systems  as 
potential  barriers,  potential  wells,  the  linear  oscillator,  and  the  hydrogen  atom.  Perturbation 
techniques  and  the  operator  formalism  of  quantum  mechanics  are  introduced  where  appro- 
priate. Prerequisites:  PHY  21 1  and  MAS  266,  or  permission.  3  credits  per  semester. 

Faculty 
Michael  A.  Day,  associate  professor  of  physics.  Chairperson. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska. 

He  has  two  doctorates:  one  in  physics,  one  in  philosophy.  His  publications  are  in  theoretical 
physics  (specializing  in  anharmonic  solids),  the  philosophy  of  science  and  the  teaching  of 
physics.  He  also  worked  for  Shell  Oil  as  a  geophysicist. 

Barry  L.  Hurst,  associate  professor  of  physics. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware. 

101 


His  background  in  sputtering  involves  investigating  the  material  ejected  from  ion  bombarded 
surfaces  using  the  technique  of  secondary  ion  mass  spectrometry.  Other  interests  include 
electronics  and  experimental  design. 

J.  Robert  O'Donnell,  professor  emeritus  of  physics. 

M.S.,  University  of  Delaware. 

He  is  interested  in  the  physics  of  music,  including  the  acoustical  properties  of  the  guitar. 

Jacob  L.  Rhodes,  professor  emeritus  of  physics. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

His  background  is  nuclear  physics  with  interests  in  the  relationship  of  physics  and  society. 

Alien  J.  Greiner,  adjunct  instructor  of  physics. 

M.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College. 

Having  been  an  engineer  for  RCA  and  GE  for  over  25  years,  his  background  includes  physics 

and  engineering  with  a  specialization  in  electronics. 


Students  majoring  in  physics  have  the  opportunity  to  work  with  faculty  members 

on  research  projects. 


102 


DEPARTMENT  OF  POLITICAL  SCIENCE  AND  ECONOMICS 

Political  Science  Program 
Political  scientists  study  government  and  politics  with  a  particular  interest  in  the  political 
behavior  of  individuals,  groups,  and  institutions.  Many  pre-law  students  major  in  this 
discipline  (see  page  1 13  for  offerings  in  the  pre-law  program).  Other  majors  have  gone  on 
to  graduate  school  or  careers  in  politics. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  political  science. 

Major:  PSC  111,  112,  130,  210,  220,  350  and  six  additional  elective  courses  in  political 
science  (36  credits). 

Minor:  PSC  111,  112, 130, 210, 220,  and  one  additional  elective  course  in  political  science 
(18  credits). 

Courses  in  Political  Science  (PSC): 

111.  American  National  Government  I.  The  nature  of  American  democracy,  constitutional 
foundations  of  American  government,  the  federal  system,  civil  rights  and  liberties,  political 
behavior,  political  parties,  and  campaigns  and  elections.  3  credits. 

112.  American  National  Government  II.  The  structures  and  functions  of  American  govern- 
ment (Presidency,  Congress,  courts,  and  bureaucracy),  and  the  foreign  and  domestic  policy 
making  process.  3  credits. 

130.  International  Politics.  The  origin,  forms,  dynamics,  and  prospects  of  the  international 
political  pattern,  with  emphasis  on  current  developments  and  changing  concepts  in  world 
politics.  3  credits. 

140.  Modern  Asia.  A  broadly  interdisciplinary  survey  of  the  development  of  modern  East  and 
Southeast  Asia.  The  region's  diverse  social,  cultural,  political,  and  economic  characteristics 
are  examined,  and  particular  attention  is  given  to  the  complex  relationship  between  Asia  and 
the  West.  3  credits. 

210.  Comparative  Government.  A  comparative  study  of  important  political  systems  of  the 
world,  including  an  introduction  to  the  basic  methodologies.  PSC  111  and  112  strongly 
recommended  as  preparation.  3  credits. 

211.  The  Developing  Nations.  A  survey  of  the  developing  nations  of  Latin  America,  Asia, 
Africa,  and  the  Middle  East.  The  political  economy  of  development,  in  both  its  domestic  and 
international  dimensions  is  emphasized.  Prerequisites:  PSC  111/  112  strongly  recom- 
mended. 3  credits. 


103 


216.  Quantitative  Methods  in  Behavioral  Science.  Evaluation  of  behavioral  research 
emphasizing  the  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  used  in  experiments  and  correlational 
studies.  Pre-requisite  or  corequisite:  PSY  100  or  120. 3  credits.  { Cross-listed  as  Psychology 
216.} 

220.  Political  Philosophy.  A  survey  of  Western  philosophies  and  theories  of  government, 
ancient  and  modern.  { Cross-listed  as  Philosophy  220. } 

250.  Public  Policy  Analysis.  This  course  gives  students  an  understanding  of  the  public  policy 
process  and  of  policy  analysis  at  the  national  level  of  government.  The  course  includes 
theories  of  policy-making  as  well  as  an  examination  of  such  substantive  policy  areas  as 
foreign,  defense,  subsidy,  and  redistributive  policies.  Prerequisites:  PSC  111  and  112,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

260.  The  President  and  Congress.  This  course  will  examine  the  Presidency  and  Congress  as 
institutions  and  as  policy-making  agencies  of  the  government.  It  will  focus  on  the  necessary 
interactions  between  these  two  branches  of  the  national  government.  Prerequisite:  PSC  112. 

312.  American  Foreign  Policy.  A  survey  of  the  external  relations  of  the  American 
government,  emphasizing  20th  century  developments.  Subjects  include  diplomacy,  military 
affairs,  geographic  and  regional  problems,  trade  and  aid,  technology  and  underdevelopment, 
alliances,  nuclear  problems,  and  opposing  ideologies.  PSC  111  and  112  strongly  recom- 
mended as  preparation.  3  credits. 

375.  American  Constitutional  Law  I.  Constitutional  law  and  interpretation  and  the  powers 
of  government.  Topics  include  judicial  review,  national  supremacy,  private  property, 
contracts,  commerce  powers,  equal  rights,  and  civil  liberties.  PSC  111  and  112  strongly 
recommended.  3  credits. 

316.  American  Constitutional  Law  II.  Constitutional  law  and  interpretation  and  the  Bill  of 
Rights.  Emphasis  is  given  to  civil  liberties,  equal  rights,  and  rights  of  the  accused.  PSC  111 
and  1 12  strongly  recommended.  3  credits. 

320.  Electoral  Politics.  The  dynamics  of  the  electoral  process,  with  emphasis  on  presidential 
and  congressional  elections  and  the  role  of  parties,  public  opinion,  and  interest  groups.  3 
credits. 

330.  State  and  Local  Government.  Governmental  institutions,  characteristics  of  state  and 
local  political  systems  and  the  major  inter-governmental  problems  in  state  and  local  relations 
with  the  federal  government.  3  credits. 

350.  Seminar  in  Politics.  This  seminar  allows  junior  and  senior  Political  Science  majors  to 
pursue  a  research  interest  within  a  broad  topic  area  prescribed  for  each  semester  the  seminar 
is  given.  Students  will  present  their  work  at  an  undergraduate  research  conference.  3  credits. 
Prerequisites:  major  in  Political  Science  and  junior  or  senior  standing. 

104 


415.  Foundations  of  American  Law.  An  historical  survey  of  American  legal  development 
from  colonial  times  to  the  present.  The  course  is  a  supplement  to  Constitutional  Law. 
Strongly  recommended  for  pre-law  students.  Prerequisite:  PSC  111,  1 12  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  3  credits. 

420.  Seminar  in  World  Politics.  A  consideration  of  significant  theories  of  international 
relations  and  their  applicability  to  such  selected  contemporary  issues  as  superpower  rela- 
tions, conflict  resolution,  arms  control,  and  economic  interdependence.  Prerequisites:  PSC 
130,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  3  credits. 

Economics  Program 
Economists  study  the  economic  system  and  the  actors  and  factors  within  that  system.  In 
addition  to  the  traditional  major  in  economics  which  deals  with  decisions  and  choices  made 
by  individuals  and  firms,  the  department  offers  a  concentration  in  public  policy.  This 
concentration  includes  courses  in  political  science  as  well  as  government  service-oriented 
internships  and  emphasizes  the  application  of  economic  methodology  and  analytical  tools  to 
the  choices  made  by  society  as  a  whole. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degrees:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  economics. 

Major:  (Economics)  ECN  101,  102,  201,  202,  312,  and  four  additional  elective  courses  in 
economics;  ACT  161;  MAS  150  or  161  or  1 1 1;  MAS  170  or  270  or  372  (36  credits). 

Major:  (Economics:  Public  Policy  Concentration)  ECN  101,  102,  201,  202,  250,  321,  400, 
410,  and  315  or  316;  PSC  1 1 1,  1 12  and  250;  and  ACT  161,  MAS  150,  MAS  170  or  270  or 
372  (48  credits). 

Minor:  (Economics)  ECN  101,  102,  201,  202,  312;  and  one  additional  economics  elective 
course  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Economics  (ECN): 

100.  Public  Issue  Economics.  This  course  for  the  non-major  covers  public  policy  issues 
from  the  viewpoint  of  the  economist.  It  looks  at  how  individuals  and  also  groups  like 
corporations  and  governments  make  decisions  about  how  resources  are  used.  Issues  covered 
remain  current  but  may  include  the  environment,  income  distribution,  education,  race, 
gender,  trade,  growth  and  unemployment.  3  credits.  (Students  having  completed  ECN  101 
and/or  102  may  not  receive  credit  for  ECN  100.) 

101.  Principles  of  Microeconomics.  An  introductory  study  of  microeconomic  principles, 
with  emphasis  on  price,  production,  and  distribution  theories  under  conditions  of  varying 
market  structures.  Factor  market  analysis  as  well  as  implications  for  welfare  economics  and 
public  policy  are  considered.  3  credits. 


105 


102.  Principles  of  Macroeconomics.  An  introductory  study  of  macroeconomic  principles, 
with  emphasis  on  national  income  determination,  the  price  level,  employment,  economic 
growth,  money  and  banking,  and  government  monetary  and  fiscal  policies.  Prerequisite: 
ECN  101.  3  credits. 

201.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Analysis.  Managerial  and  economic  decision-making  of 
business  firms,  with  emphasis  on  sales,  costs,  profit  and  resource  allocation.  Pareto  optimality 
and  the  equity-efficiency  trade-off  are  covered.  Prerequisites:  ECN  101  and  102.  3  credits. 

202.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Analysis.  A  study  of  national  income  and  employment 
theory,  with  primary  emphasis  on  determination  of  the  levels  of  employment  and  prices.  The 
problems  of  unemployment  and  inflation  are  analyzed  and  appropriate  monetary  and  fiscal 
policies  considered.  Prerequisites:  ECN  101  and  102.  3  credits. 

233.  Personal  Computer  Applications  in  the  Business  and  Economic  Environment.  An 

introduction  to  personal  computers  and  their  use  as  an  economic  analytical  and  business 
management  tool.  Topics  include  economic  data  analysis,  economic  graphics,  and  decision 
support  systems.  Prerequisites:  ECN  101  and  102,  or  permission.  3  credits.  {Cross-listed  as 
Accounting  233  and  Management  233. } 

250.  Public  Choice  Economics.  Public  choice  theory  is  concerned  with  non-market 
decision-making  and  choices  made  by  such  groups  as  families,  interest  groups,  bureaucra- 
cies and  governmental  bodies.  In  contrast,  traditional  economic  theory  focuses  on  choices 
made  by  individuals  and  firms  and  the  interaction  of  these  players  in  private  markets.  Public 
Choice  sometimes  is  regarded  as  the  economic  analysis  of  government  but  this  course  is 
broader,  including  all  market  participants.  Prerequisites:  ECN  101  and  102.  3  credits. 

312.  Money  and  Banking.  Nature  and  functions  of  money  and  credit,  including  the 
development  and  role  of  commercial  and  central  banking,  structure  and  functions  of  the 
Federal  Reserve  System,  and  monetary  and  banking  theory,  policy,  and  practice.  Prerequi- 
sites: ECN  101  and  102.  3  credits. 

315.  Health  Care  Finance  and  Economics.  Analysis  of  the  economic  problems  of  health  and 
medical  care  to  determine  how  to  provide  the  best  health  care  to  the  most  people  in  a  cost- 
effective  manner.  Examination  of  the  principal  elements  of  health  care,  including  the 
physician,  the  hospital,  and  the  pharmaceutical  industry,  as  well  as  the  influence  of 
government  and  the  insurance  industry.  All  economic  analysis  will  be  considered  within  the 
context  of  medical  ethics  and  societal  values.  Prerequisite:  ECN  101  and  102.  3  credits. 

316.  Ecological  Economics.  This  course  focuses  on  the  economics  of  the  ecology  or  how  to 
achieve  a  sustainable  environment  on  the  local,  regional  and  global  levels.  Ecological 
economics,  going  beyond  better-known  environmental  economics,  stresses  the  co-evolu- 
tion of  human  preferences,  understanding,  technology  and  cultural  organization.  Prerequisites: 
ECN  101  and  102.  3  credits. 


106 


321.  Public  Finance.  A  study  of  the  economic  functioning  of  government,  including 
principles  of  taxation,  public  expenditures,  debt,  and  fiscal  policy.  Prerequisites:  ECN  101 
and  102.  3  credits. 

322.  Quantitative  Methods.  An  introduction  to  some  of  the  quantitative  methods  used  in 
modern  management  and  economics.  Topics  include  probability  concepts,  forecasting, 
decision  theory,  linear  programming,  queuing  theory,  network  models,  and  inventory 
models.  Prerequisites:  MAS  150  and  170.  3  credits.  {Cross-listed  as  Management  322.} 

332.  International  Economics.  A  study  of  theories  and  empirical  analysis  of  international 
relations.  Topics  include  analyses  of  free  exchange  of  goods,  factors,  and  money,  restrictive 
trade  policies,  and  freer  economic  practices.  Prerequisites:  ECN  101  and  102.  3  credits. 

410.  Senior  Seminar.  The  Senior  Seminar  allows  junior  and  senior  Policy  Economics 
students  (and  others  with  the  permission  of  the  instructor)  to  pursue  a  research  interest  of  their 
own  choosing  but  which  is  expected  to  be  related  to  their  Internship  work  or  to  the  local 
economy,  either  of  nearby  counties  or  of  the  state.  Prerequisites:  ECN  101, 102, 201, 203  and 
either  250  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 

Criminal  Justice  Program 
For  students  interested  in  the  field  of  Criminal  Justice  (including  police  work,  counseling 
juvenile  offenders,  court  assistants,  probation  work,  and  other  areas),  the  courses  listed  below 
constitute  the  Criminal  Justice  program.  The  chairs  of  the  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and  the 
Political  Science  and  Economics  Departments  function  as  advisers  for  this  program. 
Interested  students  should  consult  with  one  of  these  advisers. 

Degree  Requirements: 

There  is  no  major  or  minor  in  Criminal  Justice,  but  the  program  can  be  most  easily  combined 
with  a  major  in  political  science  or  sociology.  However,  the  program  is  not  confined  to  majors 
in  these  areas. 

The  courses  required  are  as  follows:  PSC  112,315,316,415;  SOC  110,331,333;  one  of  the 
following:  SOC  278,  SOC  371,  SOC  372;  six  credits  of  PSC,  PSY,  SOC,  or  SWK  400.  (30 
credits.) 

Faculty 
D.  Eugene  Brown,  professor  of  political  science. 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton. 

Dr.  Brown  teaches  international  studies,  with  a  particular  emphasis  on  Asia.  He  has  written 
two  books  on  American  foreign  policy  and  a  number  of  papers,  articles,  monographs,  and 
book  chapters  on  Japanese  foreign  policy.  From  1989-1991  he  was  Visiting  Professor  of 
Foreign  Policy  at  the  U.S.  Army  War  College. 


107 


Paul  A.  Heise,  assistant  professor  of  economics. 

Ph.D.,  New  School  for  Social  Research. 

Dr.  Heise 's  chief  areas  of  interest  are  public  policy  and  the  history  of  economic  thought.  He 

has  served  in  several  positions  in  the  Executive  Office  of  the  President.  He  has  published  in 

the  United  States  and  abroad  on  labor  and  multinational  corporations  and  on  the  philosophy 

of  Adam  Smith. 

Jeanne  C.  Hey,  assistant  professor  of  economics. 
Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University. 

Dr.  Hey's  specialty  areas  are  in  economic  theory,  econometrics,  environmental  economics, 
and  health  economics.  Her  professional  affiliations  include  the  American  Economic  Asso- 
ciation, the  American  Finance  Association,  and  the  Association  for  Evolutionary  Economics. 

John  D.  Norton,  professor  of  political  science.  Chairperson. 

Ph.D.,  American  University. 

Dr.  Norton  teaches  courses  in  American  government,  constitutional  law,  political  theory,  and 

American  politics.  He  is  the  pre-law  adviser  for  the  college.  His  professional  and  research 

interests  are  in  the  areas  of  American  Constitutionalism,  history  of  political  thought,  and 

political  rhetoric. 


Small  classes  allow  for  informal  discussions  between  the  instructor  and  students. 


108 


DEPARTMENT  OF  PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology  Program 
The  goal  of  psychology  is  the  scientific  description  and  explanation  of  behavior.  This  goal 
is  approached  in  diverse  ways:  from  laboratory  experiments  on  animal  behavior  at  one 
extreme,  to  clinical  interventions  having  therapeutic  behavioral  objectives  at  the  other.  This 
diversity  makes  psychology  important  to  fields  such  as  business,  education,  and  medicine, 
and  makes  it  an  integral  part  of  any  liberal  arts  education. 

The  undergraduate  major  in  psychology  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  incorporates  many 
aspects  of  psychology.  It  includes  elements  of  a  general  education  as  well  as  elements  more 
specially  tailored  to  each  student's  career  training.  Some  students  completing  the  major  have 
gone  on  to  prestigious  graduate  schools  while  others  have  utilized  their  undergraduate 
training  to  take  jobs  in  their  specialty  areas  immediately  upon  graduation.  The  departmental 
degree  requirements  are  sensitive  to  this  career  diversity. 

Degree  Requirements: 

The  courses  required  of  all  psychology  majors,  include:  The  Individual  and  Society  (PS  Y 
100),  General  Psychology  (PSY  1 10),  Experimental  Psychology  (PSY  120),  Psychological 
Statistics  (PSY  216),  and  the  History  of  Psychology  (PSY  443).  These  courses  provide  a  firm 
foundation  for  specialization  in  any  of  the  content  areas  of  psychology. 

The  student  majoring  in  psychology  is  also  expected  to  focus  in  one  of  four  content  areas: 

(1)  clinical/counseling/school  psychology 

(2)  experimental  psychology 

(3)  developmental  psychology 

(4)  industrial/organizational  psychology 

The  three  required  courses  in  an  area  of  specialization  are  intended  to  link  the  liberal  arts 
background  to  specific  career  goals. 

In  addition  to  these  general  and  specialized  courses,  all  psychology  majors  are  encouraged 
to  participate  in  the  educational  process  beyond  the  classroom  through  independent  studies, 
laboratory  research,  and  internships.  The  department  is  committed  to  providing  opportuni- 
ties for  work  experiences  as  a  component  of  the  psychology  major. 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  psychology. 

Major:  PSY  100, 1 10, 120,  216, 443;  one  course  from:  335, 355, 356, 358;  one  course  from 
321 ,  332, 343, 346, 443;  and  three  additional  courses  from  a  single  specialty  area  (3 1  credits). 
For  a  concentration  in  clinical/counseling  psychology  the  additional  courses  should  be  from 
332, 335, 339, 343, 43 1, 432.  For  a  concentration  in  experimental/physiological  psychology 
the  additional  courses  should  be  from  335,  346,  355,  356,  358,  359.  For  a  concentration  in 


109 


organizational/industrial  psychology  the  additional  courses  should  be  from  332,  335,  337, 
339,  346,  359.  For  a  concentration  in  developmental  psychology  the  additional  courses 
should  be  from  321,  322,  326,  343,  346,  359. 

Minor:  PSY  100, 1 10, 120, 216  and  three  elective  courses  in  psychology  (22  credits).  For  an 
emphasis  in  clinical/counseling  psychology  the  electives  should  be  from  332, 343, 43 1 ,  432. 
For  an  emphasis  in  experimental/physiological  psychology  two  of  the  electives  should  be 
from  335,  346,  355,  357,  359,  350,  443.  For  an  emphasis  in  organizational/industrial 
psychology  two  of  the  electives  should  be  from  332,  335,  337,  339,  346.  For  an  emphasis  in 
developmental  psychology  two  of  the  electives  should  be  from  321,  322,  326,  343. 

Courses  in  Psychology  (PSY): 

100.  Psychology:  The  Individual  and  Society.  An  introduction  to  psychology  as  a  social 
science.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  interactions  of  the  individual  and  society  that  influence 
development,  learning,  motivation,  sexuality,  and  identity,  as  well  as  social  and  emotional 
adjustment.  3  credits. 

110.  General  Psychology.  A  survey  course  examining  the  relationship  between  research  and 
theory  in  the  field  of  psychology.  The  course  is  intended  to  give  the  student  an  overview  of 
all  areas  of  specialization  within  psychology.  3  credits. 

120.  Introduction  to  Experimental  Psychology.  This  course  focuses  on  psychology  as  a 
science.  It  emphasizes  laboratory  research,  and  covers  topics  relevant  to  scientific  research, 
and  science  in  general  (eg.  research  design,  experimental  methods,  data  analysis  and 
interpretation,  and  scientific  ethics).  Various  topics  of  experimental  psychology  (eg.  sensory 
and  perceptual  processes,  learning  and  memory,  psychological  testing,  and  social  behaviors) 
are  discussed.  4  credits. 

216.  Quantitative  Methods  in  Behavioral  Science.  Evaluation  of  behavioral  research 
emphasizing  the  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics  used  in  experimental  research  and 
correlational  studies.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  PSY  100,  110,  or  120.  3  credits.  {Cross- 
listed  as  Political  Science  216. } 

220.  Educational  Psychology.  Studies  of  cognitive,  behavioral,  emotional  and  social 
processes  in  the  school;  required  for  certification  in  elementary  and  music  education. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  100,  1 10  or  120.  3  credits. 

321.  Psychology  of  Child  Development.  A  study  of  the  patterns  of  cognitive,  social  and 
emotional  developmental  changes  occurring  during  childhood.  Special  attention  is  given  to 
research  studies,  developmental  mechanisms  and  theories  of  development.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  100,  1 10  or  120.  3  credits. 

322.  Psychology  of  Adolescent  Development.  A  study  of  the  psychological  characteristics 
and  changes  occurring  during  adolescence.  Topics  include  psychological  development, 
social  influences,  cognitive  and  intellectual  development,  emotional  development,  identity 

110 


and  self-concept,  sexual  development,  values,  and  transition  to  adulthood.  Prerequisite:  PS  Y 
100,  110  or  120.  3  credits. 

326.  Psychology  of  Adult  Development.  A  study  of  research  literature  and  theories  con- 
cerned with  psychological  change  in  the  adult,  from  late  adolescence  to  death.  The  course 
includes  the  works  of  such  theorists  as  Maslow  and  Erikson.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100,  1 10  or 
120.  3  credits. 

332.  Psychological  Testing  and  Assessment.  Introduction  to  the  principles  of  psychological 
measurement,  methods  of  test  design  and  construction,  and  applications  and  interpretations 
of  existing  psychological  tests.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100,  1 10  or  120.  3  credits. 

335.  Research  Design  and  Statistics.  A  survey  of  experimental  designs  utilized  in  psycho- 
logical investigations.  Designs  include  factorial  experiments,  field  studies,  correlative 
designs  and  multivariate  techniques.  The  primary  readings  are  selected  from  current  research 
in  clinical,  educational,  organizational,  and  laboratory  settings.  Prerequisites:  PSY  120,  216 
or  permission.  3  credits. 

337.  Organizational  Psychology.  A  study  of  psychological  principles  as  applied  to  problems 
of  organizational  behavior,  with  emphasis  on  personnel  selection,  human  engineering,  group 
dynamics,  systems  design,  training,  leadership,  and  performance  evaluation.  Prerequisite: 
PSY  100,  110  or  120.  3  credits. 

339.  Career  Counseling.  The  course  surveys  assessment  of  skills  and  competencies, 
occupational  research,  decision-making,  and  job  search  strategies.  Students  are  encouraged 
to  apply  the  theories  of  career  counseling  to  their  own  vocational  decisions  and  goals. 
Prerequisite:  PSY  100,  110,  120  or  permission.  3  credits. 

343.  Personality.  A  study  of  the  major  theories  of  personality,  emphasizing  psychoanalysis, 
humanistic  psychology,  behaviorism,  social  learning,  and  trait  theory.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
100,1 10  or  120;  junior  or  senior  standing,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

346.  Social  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  inter-  and  intra-personal  relationships  between 
individuals  and  groups,  with  emphasis  on  theories  and  research  studies.  The  topics  covered 
may  include  attitude  development  and  change,  conformity,  persuasion,  person  perception, 
attribution,  attraction,  and  group  processes.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100,  1 10  or  120;  junior  or 
senior  standing,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

355.  Learning  and  Memory.  This  course  surveys  psychological  research  on  learning  and 
memory.  Topics  include  classical  and  instrumental  conditioning,  verbal  learning,  problem 
solving,  basic  memory  processes,  and  models  of  learning  and  memory.  Prerequisite:  PSY 
100,  110,  120  or  permission.  3  credits. 

356.  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.  This  course  focuses  on  the  structures  and  functions 
of  sensory  systems.  It  includes  the  study  of  the  visual  system  as  a  model  to  delineate 

111 


information  processing  strategies  in  the  eye,  the  optic  nerve,  and  the  brain.  The  course  will 
delineate  sensory  from  perceptual  processes.  The  perception  of  visual,  olfactory,  auditory, 
gustatory  and  vestibular  and  cutaneous  information  will  be  discussed  from  experimental, 
physiological,  and  philosophical  perspectives.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100,  110,  120  or  permis- 
sion. 3  credits. 

358.  Physiological  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  biological  mechanisms  underlying  behavioral 
processes.  The  course  focuses  on  the  physiology  of  reflexes,  sensation  and  perception, 
learning  and  memory,  sleep,  and  motivation  and  emotion.  The  laboratory  portion  of  the 
course  includes  sheep  brain  dissection  and  behavioral  observation.  Prerequisite:  PSY  100, 
1 10,120  or  permission;  completion  of  a  biology  course  is  recommended.  3  credits.  {Cross- 
listed  as  Psychobiology  358.} 

359.  Research  Practicum.  A  course  designed  to  provide  students  with  the  opportunity  to 
develop  a  research  idea  and  carry  it  through  to  completion,  with  literature,  review  proposal, 
pilot  study,  data  analysis,  write-up,  and  presentation.  The  aim  of  the  course  is  to  give  students 
practical  experience  in  research  so  that  they  have  a  better  appreciation  of  the  nature  of  the 
research  process.  3  credits. 

431.  Abnormal  Behavior  and  Experience.  A  study  of  mental,  emotional  and  behavioral 
problems,  including  alcohol  and  drug  abuse,  brain  disorders,  criminal  and  psychopathic 
behavior,  neuroses,  psychophysiological  reactions,  psychoses,  sexual  deviations,  subnormal 
intelligence,  and  suicide.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100,  1 10  or  120;  junior  or  senior  standing  or 
permission.  3  credits. 

432.  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology.  A  study  of  the  ways  psychologists  assist  persons 
and  groups.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  assessment,  individual  and  group  therapy, 
marriage  and  family  counseling,  and  community  psychology.  Prerequisites:  PSY  100,  1 10 
or  120;  PSY  431  or  some  psychiatric  experience,  or  permission.  3  credits. 

443.  History  and  Theory.  Studies  the  history  of  psychology  including  philosophical 
concepts,  early  schools  of  psychology,  important  trends,  and  famous  psychologists.  Prereq- 
uisites: PSY  1 10;  junior  or  senior  standing;  or  permission.  3  credits. 

Faculty 
Salvatore  S.  Cullari,  associate  professor  of  psychology.  Chairperson. 
Ph.D.,  Western  Michigan  University. 

His  teaching  interests  are  in  clinical  and  abnormal  psychology,  personality  and  social 
psychology.  His  current  research  areas  are  in  schizophrenia  and  the  study  of  eating  disorders. 

Deanna  L.  Dodson,  assistant  professor  of  psychology. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Memphis. 

Her  teaching  interests  are  in  lifespan  development,  experimental  psychology  and  research 

methods.  Her  current  research  areas  include  hemispheric  specialization  and  handedness,  and 

developmental  patterns  in  lateralization. 

112 


David  I.  Lasky,  professor  of  psychology. 

Ph.D.,  Temple  University. 

Organizational  behavior,  research  design,  and  career  counseling  are  the  focus  of  his  teaching 

interests.  Current  research  is  in  organizational  change  in  the  public  sector  and  patients '  rights. 

Steven  M.  Specht,  assistant  professor  of  psychology. 

Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton. 

His  teaching  interests  include  statistics  and  experimental  design,  as  well  as  a  variety  of  areas 

in  psychobiology.  His  current  research  interests  are  ingestive  behaviors,  human  taste 

perception  and  psychobiology. 

Martha  Brod,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  psychology. 
Ph.D.,  Fordham  University. 

Her  interests  include  counseling  psychology  and  developmental  and  educational  psychol- 
ogy- 
Joseph  E.  Peters,  adjunct  associate  professor  of  psychology. 
Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

He  supervises  the  internship  students.  His  research  interests  are  in  clinical  psychology  and 
computer  applications  to  patient  management.  He  is  a  clinical  psychologist  at  a  veterans 
administration  hospital. 


Richard  J.  Tushup,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  psychology. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware. 

His  teaching  interests  are  in  experimental  psychology,  neuropsychology  and  abnormal 

psychology.  He  is  a  staff  psychologist  at  a  veterans  administration  hospital. 


Science  students  get  the  personal  attention  of  the  liberal  arts  experience  as  well  as  the 
opportunity  to  work  on  major  research  programs. 

113 


DEPARTMENT  OF  RELIGION  AND  PHILOSOPHY 

A  major  in  religion  or  philosophy  may  be  combined  with  a  major  or  minor  in  another  subject. 
Many  majors  go  on  to  advanced  study  in  graduate  or  professional  schools  and  seminaries.  Our 
graduates  have  pursued  a  wide  variety  of  careers  in  education,  law,  ministry  and  business. 

Religion  Program 

The  study  of  religion  is  designed  to  give  students  insight  into  the  meaning  of  the  religious 
dimension  of  human  experience.  Course  work  in  religion  introduces  students  to  the  various 
historical  and  contemporary  expressions  of  the  Judeo-Christian  heritage  as  well  as  to  the 
diverse  religious  traditions  of  humankind. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  religion. 

Major:  REL  110,  115, 116, 20 1,311,  312,  and  four  additional  courses  in  religion,  of  which 
at  least  one  must  be  in  200-level  courses  and  one  in  300-level  courses  (30  credits). 

Minor:  REL  110,  115,  116,  one  from  201,  252,  311,312;  and  two  additional  courses  in 
religion  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Religion  (REL): 

110.  Introduction  to  Religion.  An  exploration  of  the  many  dimensions  of  religion  as  a  central 
human  experience:  self  and  meaning,  religious  expression,  religious  knowledge,  religion  in 
its  cultural  context,  and  religion  and  the  natural  order.  3  credits. 

115.  World  Religions  I.  An  introduction  to  the  major  religions  of  African  and  middle-eastern 
origin,  with  emphasis  on  Judaism,  Christianity  and  Islam.  3  credits. 

116.  World  Religions  II.  An  introduction  to  the  major  religions  of  far-eastern  origin  with 
emphasis  on  the  religious  traditions  of  India,  China  and  Japan.  3  credits. 

120.  Religion  in  America.  A  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  religious  expression  in 
America,  with  particular  attention  to  Protestantism,  Roman  Catholicism,  and  Judaism.  3 
credits. 

160.  Religion  and  Ethics.  A  study  of  religion  in  its  relation  to  moral  values,  both  personal 
and  social,  with  emphasis  on  Christian  ethics.  3  credits. 

201.  Biblical  Literature.  A  study  of  the  Bible,  including  its  literary  forms  and  its  historical 
and  social  context.  3  credits. 

202.  The  Prophets.  Studies  the  lives  and  writings  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets  and  an 
analysis  of  their  contributions  to  Judeo-Christian  religious  thought.  3  credits. 


114 


211.  Life  and  Teachings  of  Jesus.  An  intensive  study  of  the  life  and  message  of  Jesus  as  set 
forth  in  the  Gospels.  3  credits. 

212.  Life  and  Epistles  of  Paul.  A  study  of  the  life,  writings,  and  theological  thought  of  Paul 
and  their  relationship  with  the  early  Church.  3  credits. 

230.  American  Folk  Religion.  A  study  of  the  folk  traditions  of  selected  American  denomi- 
nations and  sects  and  of  the  theological  implications  of  secular  folklore.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  field  work  as  well  as  on  analysis.  3  credits.  {Cross-listed  as  American  Studies 
230.} 

251.  Judaism.  A  survey  of  the  development  of  Judaism  and  its  contemporary  teachings  and 
practices.  3  credits. 

252.  Christianity.  A  study  of  the  development  of  the  major  forms  of  Christianity  including 
doctrine,  ethics,  worship,  church  structure  and  relationship  to  culture.  3  credits. 

253.  Buddhism.  A  study  of  the  development  of  Buddhism,  including  its  teaching,  practice 
and  influence  as  one  of  the  great  missionary  religions.  3  credits. 

311.  History  of  Christianity  I.  The  story  of  Christianity  from  the  apostolic  age  to  the 
Renaissance.  3  credits. 

312.  History  of  Christianity  II.  The  story  of  Christianity  from  the  Protestant  reformation  to 
the  ecumenical  era.  3  credits. 

322.  Sociology  of  Religion.  The  structures  and  functions  of  religious  organizations  and 
phenomena  with  emphasis  on  the  varieties  of  religious  expression  in  America.  3  credits. 
{ Cross-listed  as  Sociology  322. } 

332.  Religion  in  Literature.  A  study  of  religious  and  moral  issues  in  contemporary  fiction, 
poetry  and  non-fiction.  3  credits. 

342.  Contemporary  Religious  Issues.  An  advanced  study  of  selected  authors  or  problems 
arising  in  contemporary  religion.  3  credits. 

352.  Theology  Seminar.  An  intensive  study  of  individual  great  theologians  or  theological 
traditions.  3  credits. 

Philosophy  Program 
The  study  of  philosophy  directly  involves  the  student  in  the  process  of  sharpening  critical  and 
analytical  abilities.  Philosophy  courses  examine  some  of  the  greatest  perennial  questions  of 
values,  knowledge,  reality  and  their  relation  to  human  nature. 


115 


Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  philosophy. 

Major:  PHL  120,  160,  300;  at  least  one  course  from  PHL  301-336;  12  additional  credits  in 
philosophy  (24  credits). 

Minor:  PHL  160,  300;  at  least  one  course  from  PHL  301-336;  9  additional  credits  in 
philosophy  (18  credits). 

Courses  in  Philosophy  (PHL): 

110.  Problems  of  Philosophy.  Examination  of  major  philosophical  issues  and  the  ways  major 

philosophers  have  dealt  with  them.  3  credits. 

120.  Basic  Logic.  An  introduction  to  the  rules  of  clear  and  effective  thinking.  Attention  is 
given  to  the  logic  of  meaning,  the  logic  of  valid  inference,  and  the  logic  of  factual  inquiry. 
Main  emphasis  is  upon  deductive  logic.  Students  are  introduced  to  the  elements  of  symbolic 
logic  as  well  as  to  traditional  modes  of  analysis.  3  credits. 

160.  Ethics.  An  inquiry  into  the  central  problems  of  values  applied  to  human  conduct,  with 
an  examination  of  the  responses  of  major  ethical  theories  to  those  problems.  3  credits. 

275.  Social  Philosophy.  An  examination  of  some  of  the  important  philosophical  issues, 
including  the  ethical  and  valuational,  to  be  found  in  the  social  institutions  of  politics,  law, 
government,  and  religion.  3  credits. 

220.  Political  Philosophy.  A  survey  of  the  different  Western  philosophies  and  theories  of 
government,  ancient  and  modern,  but  especially  since  the  sixteenth  century.  3  credits. 
{Cross-listed  as  Political  Science  220.} 

230.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  A  study  of  the  issues  raised  for  philosophy  by  contemporary 
religious  and  theological  thought.  The  course  includes  critical  examinations  of  such  prob- 
lems as  faith  and  reason;  the  meaning  of  revelation,  symbolism,  and  language;  the  arguments 
for  the  existence  of  God;  faith  and  history;  religion  and  culture.  3  credits. 

240.  American  Philosophy.  A  survey  of  philosophical  thought  in  the  United  States  from 
colonial  period  to  present,  with  emphasis  on  the  work  of  Peirce,  James,  and  Dewey.  3  credits. 

300.  History  of  Philosophy.  The  development  of  philosophical  thought  from  the  pre- 
Socratics  through  the  nineteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on  philosophy  as  a  discipline  of 
systematic  inquiry.  3  credits. 

301-335.  Major  Authors.  Intensive  studies  of  individual  great  philosophers  or  principal 
schools.  Prerequisite:  PHL  300  or  permission.  3  credits. 


116 


336.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  Examines  representative  American,  British,  and 
Continental  philosophers  from  1900  to  present.  Prerequisite:  PHL  300  or  permission.  3 
credits. 

349.  The  Holocaust:  A  Case  Study  in  Social  Ethics.  This  course  examines  the  moral 
responsibility  of  institutions  in  German  society,  1 939- 1 945 ,  for  acquiescing  to  and  perpetrat- 
ing the  state-sanctioned  killing  of  European  Jews  and  others.  3  credits. 

360.  Business  Ethics.  An  examination  of  ethics  and  values  within  the  context  of  modern 
corporate  organizations.  The  course  considers  issues  pertinent  to  corporate  responsibility, 
whistle-blowing,  the  profit  motive,  consumerism,  bribery,  conflict  of  interest,  and  cost/ 
benefit  analysis.  Some  attention  is  given  to  classical  ethical  theories;  a  considerable  portion 
of  the  course  is  devoted  to  case  analysis.  Prerequisite:  MGT  330  or  PHL  1 1 0  or  by  permission 
(management  majors  must  have  junior  standing).  3  credits. 

Faculty 
Delbert  Burkett,  assistant  professor  of  religion. 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University 
He  specializes  in  Biblical  studies  and  teaches  a  variety  of  courses  in  religion. 

Donald  E.  Byrne  Jr.,  professor  of  religion  and  history.  Director  of  American  Studies 

Program. 

Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 

His  scholarship  has  focused  on  American  folk  religion,  particularly  as  expressed  in  the 

Methodist  and  Roman  Catholic  communities.  Other  interests  include  religion  and  literature, 

peace  studies,  and  mysticism.  His  teaching  centers  on  the  history  of  Christianity  and  religion 

in  America,  and  he  also  participates  in  the  College  Honors  program. 

John  H.  Heffner,  professor  of  philosophy.  Chairperson. 

Ph.D.,  Boston  University. 

His  teaching  interests  include  logic,  philosophy  of  religion,  metaphysics,  and  history  of 

philosophy.  He  has  published  articles  in  major  journals  and  contributed  chapters  to  books  in 

his  research  specialization,  the  philosophy  of  perception.  His  recent  interest  in  the  philosophy 

of  religion  has  focused  on  biblical  literature  and  nineteenth  century  philosophical  theology. 

Warren  K.A.  Thompson,  associate  professor  of  philosophy. 

M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin. 

His  teaching  specialties  are  philosophical  ethics,  bioethics,  and  business  and  organizational 

ethics.  He  has  a  particular  interest  in  the  ethical  implications  of  the  Holocaust,  and  has 

recently  contributed  a  chapter  for  an  anthology  devoted  to  philosophy  and  the  Holocaust. 

Mark  E.  Achtermann,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  philosophy. 
M.A.,  Chicago  Theological  Seminary. 

He  teaches  problems  of  philosophy  and  is  interested  in  comparative,  cross-cultural  and  cross- 
disciplinary  studies. 

117 


Robert  W.  Dell,  adjunct  instructor  in  philosophy. 

Ph.D.,  Drew  University. 

His  interests  are  in  philosophical  theology  and  computer  applications  in  religion  and 

philosophy. 

Donald  C.  Hoepfer,  adjunct  instructor  in  philosophy. 

MA.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

He  specializes  in  the  history  of  philosophy  and  is  a  doctoral  candidate  at  Temple  University. 

Christine  M.  Kamp-Cichello,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  philosophy. 

MA.,  Boston  College. 

She  teaches  courses  in  ethics  and  problems  of  philosophy. 

Cynthia  L.  Kirchoff,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  philosophy. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester . 

A  specialist  in  analytic  philosophy,  she  has  experience  in  business  and  teaches  courses  in 

business  ethics. 

David  W.  Layman,  adjunct  instructor  in  religion. 

Ph.D.,  Temple  University. 

He  teaches  courses  in  world  religions  and  problems  of  philosophy. 

Steven  J.  Snyder,  adjunct  assistant  professor  of  religion. 

M.Div.,  Gordon-Conwell  Theological  Seminary. 

He  teaches  courses  in  Biblical  literature,  and  his  interests  include  various  aspects  of 

contemporary  religion  and  society.  He  is  completing  his  doctorate  at  Boston  University. 


Small,  discussion-based  classes 

offer  a  more  challenging 

alternative  to  the  general , 

lecture-type  courses. 


118 


DEPARTMENT  OF  SOCIOLOGY  AND  SOCIAL  WORK 

Sociology  Program 
The  major  in  sociology  gives  students  an  understanding  of  human  behavior.  By  examining 
the  social  and  cultural  forces  that  shape  our  lives,  students  gain  a  richer  understanding  of 
themselves  and  contemporary  social  issues.  Sociology  explores  how  and  why  people  behave 
as  they  do  as  well  as  the  effects  of  their  behavior  on  others.  In  an  economy  that  is  moving 
from  a  manufacturing  base  to  a  service  orientation,  graduates  in  sociology  are  prepared  to 
work  in  fields  where  an  understanding  of  the  dynamics  of  human  relationships  is  important. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Degree:  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  sociology. 

Major:  SOC  1 10, 31 1, 421, 499;  21  additional  credits  in  sociology  excluding  internships  (33 
credits). 

Minor:  SOC  1 1 0, 3 1 1 ,  42 1 ;  3  elective  courses  in  sociology  excluding  internships  ( 1 8  credits). 

Courses  in  Sociology  (SOC): 

110.  Introduction  to  Sociology.  A  study  of  the  basic  sociological  perspective  including  the 
nature  of  society,  the  influence  of  culture,  the  development  of  the  self,  and  group  dynamics. 
Specific  topics  include  deviance  and  social  control,  the  family  and  other  institutions,  racism, 
sexism  and  poverty.  3  credits. 

120.  Introduction  to  Anthropology.  Introduction  to  both  physical  and  cultural  anthropology 
including  human  evolution,  human  variation,  and  cross-cultural  analysis,  and  comparison. 
3  credits. 

210.  Social  Problems.  Contemporary  social  problems  as  seen  through  different  analytical 
perspectives.  Problems  covered  include  war  and  peace,  pollution  and  environmental  exploi- 
tation, crime  and  delinquency,  and  emotional  and  physical  illness.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10  or 
120  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

277.  Urbanology.  An  analysis  of  the  city  as  a  unique  form  of  social  organization.  From  a 
multi-disciplinary  perspective,  the  course  presents  the  nature  of  urbanization  and  the  impact 
of  urbanism  on  contemporary  society.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10  or  120  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

230.  Sociology  of  Marriage  and  the  Family.  An  overview  of  marriage  and  the  family 
focusing  upon  love,  mate  selection,  alternative  life  styles,  marital  communication,  conflict 
resolution,  parenting,  divorce  and  widowhood.  Utilizes  an  historical  and  cross-cultural 
perspective  in  addition  to  sociological  analysis.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10  or  120  or  HON  202. 
3  credits. 


119 


261.  The  Aged  and  Aging.  An  investigation  of  the  process  of  aging  and  contemporary  issues 
related  to  the  elderly.  Topics  covered  include  Alzheimer's  disease,  retirement,  stereotypes 
of  the  elderly  and  contributions  of  the  elderly  to  society.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10  or  120,  or 
HON  202.  3  credits. 

278.  Juvenile  Delinquency.  An  examination  of  the  causes  and  effects  of  juvenile  delin- 
quency, the  juvenile  justice  system  and  treatment  programs  for  the  juvenile  offender. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10  or  120,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

280.  Sexuality  and  Society.  Study  of  human  sexuality  from  psychosocial  and  cultural 
perspectives.  The  course  will  include  an  examination  of  such  topics  as  developmental 
sexuality,  gender  roles,  sexual  communication,  sexual  orientation,  coercive  sex,  sexually 
transmitted  diseases,  HIV,  and  religious  and  ethical  perspectives  on  sexuality.  Prerequisite: 
SOC  1 10  or  120,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

311.  Research  Methods.  A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  and  skills  involved  in  critically 
evaluating  and  carrying  out  social  scientific  research.  Topics  include  values  and  ethics  of 
research  on  human  behavior,  research  design,  interviewing  and  questionnaire  construction. 
Prerequisite:  SOC  110,  junior  standing  or  permission.  3  credits. 

322.  Sociology  of  Religion.  The  structure  and  functions  of  religious  organizations  and 
phenomena  with  emphasis  on  the  varieties  of  religious  expression  in  America.  Prerequisite: 
SOC  1 10  or  120,  or  HON  202.  3  credits.  {Cross-listed  as  Religion  322. } 

324.  Medical  Sociology.  An  examination  of  the  societal  bases  of  health,  illness  and  health 
care.  The  course  will  include  an  examination  of  the  three  components  of  medicine:  the 
patient,  the  medical  professional  and  the  health  care  organization.  Specific  topics  will 
include:  the  role  of  the  patient;  doctor-patient  relationships;  the  socialization  of  medical 
professionals;  the  hospital  as  a  complex  organization,  cross-cultural  comparisons  of  health 
care  and  current  topics  of  concern  such  as  the  AIDS  epidemic,  new  technologies,  and  social 
response  to  the  terminally  ill  patient.  3  credits. 

326.  Women's  Issues,  Women's  Voices.  An  examination  of  women's  contributions  to  the 
world,  their  roles  in  social  institutions,  and  issues  arising  from  their  uniqueness  and  social 
situations.  Topics  will  include  images  of  women  and  their  writings;  biology  and  health; 
issues  of  sexuality  and  gender  identity;  and  women's  roles  in  the  family,  religion,  education, 
and  in  the  worlds  of  work  and  politics.  3  credits. 

331.  Criminology.  An  examination  of  the  causes  of  crime.  Special  attention  is  given  to  violent 
crime,  homicide,  and  rape.  In  addition,  crimes  such  as  arson,  robbery,  burglary  and  white 
collar  crime  are  covered.  The  question  of  whether  or  not  such  victimless  crimes  such  as 
pornography,  prostitution  and  drug  use  should  be  considered  crimes  is  explored.  Prerequi- 
site: SOC  1 10  or  120,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 


120 


333.  Criminal  Justice.  A  sociological,  historical,  and  philosophical  examination  of  punish- 
ment and  the  criminal  justice  system.  Rights  of  the  accused,  victimology,  prisons,  and  the 
death  penalty  are  studied.  3  credits. 

340.  Group  Structure  and  Dynamics.  An  overview  of  the  theory  and  research  on  small  group 
organization  and  process  including  issues  related  to  leadership,  effective  communication  in 
groups,  conformity  and  influence.  Application  of  basic  principles  to  practical  situations. 
Exercises  designed  to  improve  group  leadership  and  participation  skills.  Prerequisite:  SOC 
1 10  or  120,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

357.  Death  and  Dying.  Exploration  of  the  basic  legal,  medical,  ethical  and  social  issues 
related  to  contemporary  understanding  of  death  and  dying.  Examines  the  stages  of  dying,  the 
grief  process,  euthanasia,  suicide,  the  hospice  movement  and  life  after  death.  Prerequisite: 
SOC  1 10  or  120,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

362.  Race,  Minorities  and  Discrimination.  An  examination  of  the  patterns  of  structured 
inequality  in  American  society,  including  the  class  system  and  racial  and  ethnic  groups.  3 
credits. 

371.  Child  Abuse.  The  study  and  analysis  of  child  abuse  in  its  various  expressions  with 
additional  focus  on  physical  and  sexual  abuse.  Emphasis  will  be  on  models  and  theories  of 
causation,  dynamics,  treatment  and  research.  3  credits. 

372.  Substance  Abuse.  An  examination  of  the  problems  associated  with  substance  abuse 
including  a  study  of  the  prevalent  myths  concerning  substance  abuse,  an  exploration  of  the 
causes  of  substance  abuse  and  an  exploration  of  how  it  affects  the  individual,  the  family  and 
society  as  a  whole.  In  addition,  the  course  will  examine  current  methods  of  intervention  and 
treatment.  Prerequisites:  SOC  1 10  or  120,  or  HON  202.  3  credits. 

382.  Sociology  of  the  Mass  Media.  Seminar  on  how  society  shapes  the  mass  media  and  the 
effects  of  the  mass  media  on  individuals  and  society.  Topics  include  propaganda,  television 
violence  and  aggression,  and  advertising.  Special  attention  is  given  to  values  and  images 
portrayed  by  the  mass  media.  Prerequisite:  6  credits  in  sociology  or  permission.  3  credits. 

421.  Social  Theory.  An  intensive  examination  of  the  major  sociological  theorists  and 
movements.  Prerequisite:  12  credits  in  sociology.  3  credits. 

499.  Seminar.  A  critical  analysis  of  selected  themes  and  issues  in  contemporary  sociology. 
Topics  may  vary.  This  course  is  conducted  as  a  seminar  requiring  extensive  student 
participation.  Prerequisite:  12  credits  of  sociology  or  permission.  3  credits. 

Social  Work  Program 
The  social  work  minor  helps  to  prepare  students  for  beginning  professional  practice  in  a 
variety  of  social  work  settings.  The  minor  emphasizes  the  generalist  approach  by  offering  a 
solid  foundation  of  core  courses  based  on  social  work  theory  and  practice.  The  program  also 

121 


provides  students  the  opportunity  to  focus  upon  areas  of  personal  and  professional  interest 
by  choosing  a  concentration  in  such  areas  as  criminal  justice,  family  intervention,  and  the 
aged  and  aging/death  and  dying. 

Degree  Requirements: 

No  major  is  offered  in  social  work. 

Minor:  SOC  1 10;  SWK  242,  262,  272,  331;  6  credits  of  SWK  400;  one  sociology  elective 

(24  credits). 

Courses  in  Social  Work  (SWK): 

242.  Basic  Interpersonal  Relations  Skill  Processes.  An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  skills 
of  interpersonal  relationships  that  are  geared  toward  helping  people  resolve  personal  and 
social  problems.  The  course  features  skill-building  exercises  as  well  as  linkage  of  theory  and 
skills.  Open  to  students  of  any  major  who  have  an  interest  in  interpersonal  relationships  or 
counseling.  3  credits. 

262.  Social  Welfare.  An  introduction  to  social  welfare  policies  and  institutions  including  the 
evolution  of  the  welfare  system  in  our  society  and  its  approach  to  social  problems.  Focuses 
upon  controversies  relevant  to  public  welfare.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10.  3  credits. 

272.  Human  Behavior  in  the  Social  Environment.  An  examination  of  the  interrelation  of 
biological,  psychological  and  sociocultural  systems  and  their  effects  on  human  development 
and  behavior.  A  life  span  perspective  is  used  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  total  person 
as  he/she  functions  in  relation  to  his/her  environment  at  each  stage  in  the  developmental 
process.  The  impact  of  diversity  in  ethnic  background,  race,  class,  sexual  orientation  and 
culture  in  a  pluralistic  society  will  also  be  addressed.  Prerequisite:  SOC  1 10.  3  credits. 

331.  Social  Work  Theory.  A  consideration  of  professional  social  work's  knowledge,  values, 
and  skills  base,  with  emphasis  on  generalist  social  work  theory  as  it  is  utilized  in  case 
management.  Prerequisite:  SWK  242.  3  credits. 

Criminal  Justice  Program 
The  chairs  of  the  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and  the  Political  Science  and  Economics 
Departments  function  as  advisers  for  the  criminal  justice  program.  See  page  107  for 
information  on  this  program. 

Faculty 
Sharon  O.  Arnold,  associate  professor  of  sociology. 
MA.,  University  of  Akron. 

Among  her  teaching  interests  are  sociology  of  the  family,  intercultural  communication,  small 
groups,  and  medical  sociology.  Her  research  interests  are  achievement  orientation  of  female 
students  and  the  use  of  telecommunications  in  higher  education. 


122 


Marianne  Goodfellow,  lecturer  in  sociology. 
M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University. 

Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  professor  of  sociology.  Chairperson. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Hampshire. 

Her  areas  of  interest  include  family  and  marriage,  criminology,  criminal  justice,  mass  media, 

and  leadership.  She  is  interested  in  the  use  of  cooperative  learning  techniques. 

Sharon  Hall  Raffield,  associate  professor  of  sociology  and  social  work. 

M.S.W.,  Washington  University. 

Her  areas  of  interest  include  social  work  practice  with  families,  children,  and  elders  as  well 

as  policies  which  impact  upon  them.  She  is  currently  the  director  of  the  Honors  Program  in 

addition  to  her  position  in  the  department. 

Robert  D.  Gingrich,  adjunct  lecturer  in  social  work. 

M.S.,  Moravian  College. 

His  teaching  specialties  include  child  abuse,  juvenile  delinquency  and  sexual  abuse. 

Holly  L.  Preston,  adjunct  instructor  in  sociology  and  social  work. 
M.S.W.,  Marywood  College. 


Internships  at  area 

hospitals  are  an 

important  aspect  of  the 

social  work  program. 


123 


GRADUATE  ACADEMIC  PROGRAM 

MBA  PROGRAM 

The  Lebanon  Valley  College  MBA  Program  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  designed  to 
prepare  graduates  for  managerial  responsibilities  at  various  levels  of  business  organizations. 
The  program  provides  a  strong  theoretical  foundation  as  well  as  operational  expertise  in  the 
areas  of  finance,  management,  marketing,  human  resource  management  and  production  and 
service  management. 

The  MBA  Program  at  Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  unique  program  that  combines  liberal  arts/ 
general  education  coursework  with  career  preparation  in  the  field  of  business  administration. 
The  interdisciplinary  nature  of  the  curriculum  includes  standard  MBA  level  courses  along 
with  exposure  to  courses  in  Executive  Communications,  Executive  Leadership  and  Corpo- 
rate and  Organizational  Ethics. 

Degree  Requirements: 

Every  MBA  candidate  must  complete  27  credits  of  core  courses  and  9  credits  of  electives. 
All  courses  in  the  undergraduate  common  body  of  knowledge  also  must  be  completed 
successfully.  Courses  in  the  Lebanon  Valley  College  MBA  Program  are  taught  on  the 
Annville  and  Lancaster  campuses. 

Degree:  Master  of  Business  Administration 

Undergraduate  Core  (Common  body  of  knowledge):  ACT  775;  ECN  101 ,  102;  MAS  1 1 1  or 
150  or  160  or  161,  170  or  270;  MGT  233,  322,  330,  340,  361,  460. 

Graduate  Core:  ENG  825;  LSP  835;  MGT  800,  805,  815,  820,  895;  PHL  830;  PSY  810  (27 
credits)  and  three  of  the  following  ACT  875;  ECN  865,  885;  MGT  850,  855,  860,  870,  880 
(9  credits).  Total  of  36  credits. 

MBA  Courses: 

ACT  775.  Accounting  and  Financial  Applications.  A  practical  look  at  the  financial  and 
managerial  areas  of  accounting.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  four  basic  financial 
statements,  analytical  analysis,  cost  control  and  budgeting.  In  addition,  case  studies  and  use 
of  current  publications,  such  as  The  Wall  Street  Journal,  will  be  stressed.  This  course  is  open 
to  MBA  students  seeking  to  fulfill  the  undergraduate  accounting  prerequisite.  It  does  not 
count  for  graduate  credit  in  the  MBA  program. 

ACT  875.  Managerial  Accounting.  This  course  provides  students  previously  exposed  to 
basic  financial  and  managerial  accounting  principles  with  an  opportunity  to  study  the 
structure  and  use  accounting  systems  designed  to  aid  management  in  controlling  costs  and 
profits.  The  course  stresses  financial  statement  analysis,  sources  and  uses  of  funds  analysis, 
tax  implications  on  managerial  decisions,  responsibility  accounting  and  the  impact  of 
inflation.  3  credits. 

124 


ECN  865.  Entrepreneurship.  Entrepreneurship,  intrapreneurship,  small  business,  and 
acquisitions.  Special  attention  to  entrepreneurial  behavior,  sources  of  funding,  and  actual 
case  studies  in  the  development  of  new  enterprises.  3  credits. 

ECN 885.  ManagerialEconomics.  This  course  focuses  on  economic  planning  and  decision- 
making in  the  firm.  The  study  of  actual  problems  is  provided  by  means  of  case  analysis  and 
independent  study.  3  credits. 

ENG  825.  Executive  Communications.  Organizational  communication  skills,  emphasizing 
writing,  speaking  and  listening  techniques.  Interpersonal  communication.  Explores  and 
increases  communication  options  on  individual,  group  and  organizational  levels.  3  credits. 
(Must  be  one  of  the  first  3  courses  taken  in  the  MBA  program.) 

LSP  835.  Executive  Leadership.  Theories  and  concepts  of  leadership.  Examination  of  the 
forces  in  the  leader-follower  interaction.  Analysis  of  the  skills,  behaviors,  attitudes,  and 
values  of  effective  and  ethical  leaders  and  followers.  Application  of  concepts,  information, 
and  experience  to  case  studies.  3  credits. 

MGT  800.  Quantitative  Analysis.  A  survey  of  mathematical  foundations  of  management 
science.  Topics  include  linear  programming,  transportation  and  assignment  problems, 
decision  and  network  analysis,  stochastic  processes,  queuing,  and  simulation.  Includes  an 
introduction  to  appropriate  computer  software.  3  credits. 

MGT  805.  Financial  Policy.  A  quantitative  approach  to  managerial  problems  of  long  term 
financing,  asset  management,  dividend  policy,  and  ethics  in  the  firm  and  marketplace. 
Emphasis  placed  on  the  application  of  experience  to  class  discussion  based  on  the  use  of  The 
Wall  Street  Journal.  Required  presentation  of  a  current  topic.  3  credits. 

MGT  815.  Marketing  Management.  Seminar  focusing  on  issues  in  the  interplay  between 
marketing  and  society  including  the  ethics  of  selling,  advertising,  marketing  research  and  the 
social  responsibility  of  marketers.  Prerequisite:  ENG  825  strongly  recommended.  3  credits. 

MGT  820.  Production  and  Service  Management.  Systems  approaches  to  management  of 
production  and  service  organizations.  Topics  include  design  and  control  of  operations, 
operations  strategy,  product  and  process  planning,  quality  management,  human  resources, 
scheduling  and  control,  and  materials  management.  Emphasis  is  on  the  priority/capacity 
organizational  concepts,  the  strategy  underlying  operations  and  related  MS/OR  tools  and 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  MGT  800.  3  credits. 

MGT  850.  Human  Resource  Management.  A  survey  of  personnel  management  activities 
in  organizations  including  exploration  of  recent  developments  in  the  field  of  human  resource 
management.  Topics  include  human  resource  planning,  recruitment,  selection,  training, 
equal  employment  opportunity,  performance  appraisal,  discipline,  career  planning,  compen- 
sation, safety  and  health.  Instruction  method  includes  case  study,  readings  and  classroom 
lecture.  Prerequisite:  ENG  825,  PSY  810  recommended.  3  credits. 

125 


MGT  855.  Legal  Environment  of  Business.  Legal  concepts  and  principles  important  to 
business  decision  making  including  employment  law,  labor-management  relations  and 
relevant  legislation,  tax  consequences  of  business  transactions,  government  regulation, 
contract  law  and  application  of  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  to  business  transactions.  Case 
study,  readings  and  classroom  lecture.  Prerequisite:  ENG  825,  PHL  830  recommended. 
3  credits. 

MGT  860.  International  Business  Management.  Theories,  concepts,  practices  and  tech- 
niques of  conducting  business  in  foreign  countries.  The  strategic  issues,  the  operational 
practices,  and  the  governmental  relations  of  multinational  companies  are  analyzed  through 
use  of  case  study,  lecture  and  speakers.  Topics  include:  economic,  political  and  cultural 
integration;  trade  restrictions  and  barriers;  overseas  investment  and  financing;  entry  into 
foreign  markets  and  marketing  strategies.  3  credits. 

MGT  870.  Labor  Management  Relations.  Labor  Management  Relations  is  directed  prima- 
rily to  the  understanding  of  the  issues  and  alternatives  arising  out  of  the  work  place.  The 
course  provides  both  an  overview  of  what  has  been  identified  as  industrial  relations  as  well 
as  familiarity  with  the  tools  used  by  its  practitioners.  Students  will  study  negotiation, 
administration,  wage/fringe  issues  and  contents  of  labor  agreements.  Prerequisite:  ENG  825. 
3  credits. 

MGT  880.  Investments  and  Portfolio  Management.  This  course  acquaints  the  student  with 
the  tools  essential  for  sound  money  management.  Considers  the  goals  of  the  investor  with 
respect  to  risk  exposure,  tax  environment,  liquidity  needs  and  appreciation  versus  income 
potentials.  Strategies  will  be  developed  to  satisfy  these  objectives.  Mathematical  models  of 
portfolio  selection  to  help  reduce  risk  through  diversification  will  be  developed.  Special 
attention  will  be  paid  to  the  theories  of  determinants  of  asset  prices,  including  the  capital- 
asset  pricing  model.  Prerequisite:  MGT  805.  3  credits. 

MGT  895.  Business  Policy.  The  strategic  management  of  large  business  entities,  including 
the  formulation  and  evaluation  of  missions,  strategies,  objectives  and  policies.  Historical  and 
current  situations  are  discussed.  Cases  are  widely  used  and  outside  research  is  required. 
Prerequisite:  24  hours  of  graduate  credit.  3  credits. 

PHL  830.  Corporate  and  Organizational  Ethics.  The  ethical  assumptions  and  implications 
of  corporate  and  organizational  policies  and  practices.  Intensive  readings  in  the  literature  of 
both  theoretical  and  applied  ethics.  Case  study  analysis.  Topics  include:  corporate  and 
organizational  social  and  political  responsibility,  ethics  and  business,  ethics  and  organiza- 
tional life,  and  governmental  relations.  Prerequisite:  ENG  825  and  LSP  835  or  PSY  810. 
3  credits. 

PSY  810.  Organizational  Behavior.  Systematic  presentation  of  theory  and  research  in  areas 
of  organizational  behavior;  including  motivation,  group  dynamics,  leadership,  decision- 
making, organization  change,  career  planning,  and  communication.  3  credits. 


126 


Special  Topics.  Special  topics  courses  for  the  examination  of  current  issues  or  topics  of 
special  interest.  These  courses  are  formal  courses  that  are  not  listed  permanently  in  the 
catalog. 

MBA  Administration  and  Resident  Faculty 
Cheryl  L.  Batdorf,  academic  adviser,  MBA  program 
MB. A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Marie  G.  Bongiovanni,  assistant  professor  of  English. 

MB. A.,  Drexel  University. 

Ms.  Bongiovanni  teaches  Executive  Communications. 

Sharon  F.  Clark,  associate  professor  of  management. 

J.D.,  University  of  Richmond. 

Dr.  Clark  has  several  years  experience  in  private  law  practice  and  several  years  as  a 

supervisory  tax  attorney  with  the  Internal  Revenue  Service. 

Jeanne  C.  Hey,  assistant  professor  of  economics. 

Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University. 

Dr.  Hey  teaches  managerial  economics. 

Robert  W.  Leonard,  associate  professor  of  management. 

MB. A.,  Ohio  State  University. 

Mr.  Leonard's  teaching  specialties  include  finance,  production  and  service  management, 

organizational  behavior  and  development,  and  labor  and  industrial  relations. 

Daniel  B.  McKinley,  director  of  leadership  and  student  development  programs. 

M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  M.A.L.S.,  Wesleyan  University. 

Mr.  McKinley  maintains  an  interest  in  small  group  development  and  offers  leadership 

laboratories  for  communication  skills  development. 

James  W.  Mentzer  Jr.,  director  of  the  MBA  program. 
MB. A.,  Chaminade  University. 

Barney  T.  Raffield  III,  associate  professor  of  management. 

Ph.  D.,  Union  Graduate  School. 

Dr.  Raffield  teaches  courses  in  marketing  and  international  business  management. 

Gail  Sanderson,  assistant  professor  of  accounting. 

MB. A.,  Boston  University,  CPA. 

Ms.  Sanderson  has  professional  experience  in  accounting  (public  and  private  sectors); 

income  tax;  computer  systems  analysis  and  design. 


127 


Warren  K.  A.  Thompson,  associate  professor  of  philosophy. 
M.A.,  University  of  Texas. 

Mr.  Thompson's  teaching  specialties  are  philosophical  ethics  and  business  and  organiza- 
tional ethics. 

Barbara  S.  Wirth,  assistant  professor  of  accounting. 

MBA.,  Lehigh  University,  CPA. 

Ms.  Wirth  teaches  accounting  and  financial  applications. 

Graduate  Program  Policies  and  Procedures 
MBA  Admissions 
All  candidates  must  have  a  bachelor's  degree  from  an  accredited  college  or  university. 

All  candidates  must  submit  a  current  resume  and  a  completed  application  form  with  the 
required  application  fee.  They  must  take  a  GMAT  examination  and  have  the  official  test 
results  sent  to  the  MBA  Office.  Official  transcripts  of  all  undergraduate  work  and  any 
graduate  courses  to  be  considered  for  transfer  must  be  sent  by  the  respective  colleges  or 
universities  to  the  MBA  Office.  An  individual  interview  is  strongly  recommended. 

Graduate  admissions  are  on  a  rolling  basis;  action  will  be  taken  quickly  after  all  paperwork 
has  been  processed. 

Academic  Advising  and  Registration 

MBA  students  should  meet  with  the  MBA  academic  adviser  prior  to  class  registration.  The 
adviser  will  develop  a  graduation  plan  with  the  student.  All  course  registrations  require  the 
MBA  adviser's  signature. 

Veteran  Registration 

The  college  meets  all  of  the  criteria  of  Veterans  Education  under  the  provisions  of  Title  38, 
United  States  Code,  Section  1775.  The  MBA  program  has  been  approved  for  payment 
assistance.  Veterans  pay  the  cost  of  tuition,  fees,  books  and  supplies  directly  to  the  college. 
They  are  reimbursed  by  the  Veterans  Administration  on  a  monthly  basis.  Applicants  having 
any  questions  concerning  their  veteran's  benefits  should  contact  the  college's  veterans 
representative  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 

Graduation  Requirements 

A  candidate  for  the  MBA  must  complete  a  maximum  of  36  credits,  of  which  27  must  be 
earned  at  Lebanon  Valley  College.  There  are  nine  required  core  courses  (27  credits)  and  three 
electives  of  the  student's  choice  (9  credits)  for  a  total  of  36  credits.  A  candidate  must  achieve 
at  least  a  3.00  cumulative  average  with  a  maximum  of  two  C's  within  the  36  graduate  credits 
to  be  certified  for  graduation. 

Transfer  Credit 

A  maximum  of  nine  credits  (a  maximum  of  six  core  credits)  may  be  transferred  from  another 

128 


accredited  graduate  program  with  the  approval  of  the  MBA  program  director  and  the 
registrar.  No  transfer  credit  shall  be  accepted  if  the  grade  earned  at  another  institution  was 
less  than  B.  Students  wishing  to  transfer  credits  may  be  asked  to  submit  course  outline, 
textbook  used,  and  any  reading  materials  so  proper  credit  may  be  given. 

Concurrent  Courses 

A  student  enrolled  for  the  MBA  degree  may  not  take  courses  concurrently  at  another 

educational  institution  without  prior  consent  of  the  MBA  academic  adviser  and  the  registrar. 

Grading 

Student  work  is  graded  A,  A-,  B+,  B,  B-,  C+,  C,  and  F.  Candidates  must  maintain  a  grade 

point  average  of  3.00  with  a  maximum  of  two  C  grades  in  the  program. 

In  addition,  the  symbols  I  and  W  are  used.  I  indicates  work  that  is  incomplete  but  otherwise 
satisfactory.  It  is  awarded  only  for  substantial  reason  and  work  must  be  completed  in  the  first 
eight  weeks  of  the  following  semester,  including  summer  session,  or  I  will  be  changed  to  F. 

W  indicates  withdrawal  from  a  course  through  the  first  10  weeks.  Thereafter,  the  appropriate 
letter  grade  will  be  assigned  for  the  course. 

No  MBA  course  may  be  taken  pass/fail. 

Review  Procedure 

Every  student's  academic  progress  shall  be  reviewed  at  the  end  of  each  academic  period  by 
the  MBA  academic  adviser.  Any  student  whose  average  falls  below  3.00  or  who  earns  a  C 
or  F  in  three  or  more  credit  hours  may  be  placed  on  academic  probation.  A  student  on 
academic  probation  may  be  required  to  retake  courses  or  correct  other  academic  deficiencies 
and  must  achieve  a  3.00  cumulative  average  within  two  semesters  of  being  placed  on 
probation.  A  student  may  repeat  a  maximum  of  two  graduate  courses  with  any  given  course 
being  repeated  only  once.  Students  who  fail  to  correct  deficiencies  may  be  dropped  from  the 
program.  A  student  may  appeal  any  decision  of  the  MBA  director  to  the  MBA  Advisory 
Committee. 

Course  Withdrawal  and  Tuition  Refund 

Any  student  who  withdraws  from  courses  for  which  he  or  she  is  registered  must  notify  the 
MBA  adviser  in  writing.  The  effective  date  of  withdrawal  is  the  date  on  which  the  student 
notifies  the  office.  Failure  to  give  notice  of  withdrawal  will  result  in  a  grade  of  F.  Notifying 
the  instructor  does  not  constitute  official  withdrawal. 

A  refund  schedule  based  on  official  withdrawal  date  is  published  in  the  semester  brochure. 

Time  Restriction 

The  maximum  time  for  completion  of  the  MBA  program  is  seven  years  from  the  date  of  the 

admission  letter.  Students  who  have  not  earned  the  graduate  degree  during  this  period  shall 


129 


have  their  academic  standing  reviewed  and  may  be  asked  to  meet  additional  requirements 
in  order  to  graduate. 

Academic  Dishonesty 

Students  are  expected  to  uphold  the  principles  of  academic  honesty.  Academic  dishonesty 

will  not  be  tolerated. 

For  the  first  academic  dishonesty  offense,  failure  in  the  course  is  mandatory,  and  the  faculty 
member  is  required  to  inform  the  MBA  program  director  in  writing.  A  letter  of  warning  shall 
be  sent  to  the  student  by  the  MBA  program  director  explaining  the  consequences  and  the  right 
of  appeal. 

For  the  second  offense,  failure  in  the  course  and  expulsion  from  the  MBA  program  and 
college  are  mandatory  and  without  appeal. 

Address  Changes 

Any  change  of  address  must  be  reported  to  the  MBA  Office  as  soon  as  possible.  A  forwarding 

address  should  also  be  given  to  the  Postal  Service. 

Privacy  of  Student  Records 

In  accordance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974  (P.L.  39-380) 
Lebanon  Valley  College  releases  no  student  education  records  without  written  consent  and 
request  of  the  student  or  as  prescribed  by  the  law.  Each  student  has  access  to  his  or  her 
education  records  with  exclusions  only  as  specified  by  the  law. 

Financial  Aid 

Students  may  participate  in  the  Stafford  Loan  Program,  a  low,  simple-interest  loan  that  is 

available  from  most  lending  institutions. 

Graduate  students  should  contact  the  Financial  Aid  Office  at  717-867-6181  to  discuss 
financial  aid. 

Employee  Tuition  Reimbursement 

Students  are  encouraged  to  inquire  about  tuition  reimbursement  programs  at  their  places  of 
employment.  Most  employers  of  current  students  provide  education  subsidies  of  50-100% 
of  tuition.  Some  employers  authorize  the  college  to  bill  them  directly.  In  this  case,  students 
must  present  billing  authorization  when  they  register. 

Withdrawal  from  Program  and  College  and  Readmission 

To  withdraw  from  Lebanon  Valley  College,  an  MBA  student  must  complete  an  official 
withdrawal  form  obtained  from  the  MBA  academic  adviser.  To  apply  for  readmission,  an 
MBA  student  must  have  the  written  approval  of  the  MBA  program  director. 


130 


DIRECTORY 

BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 
LEBANON  VALLEY  COLLEGE 

Officers 

Thomas  C.  Reinhart  '58 Chairperson 

Edward  H.  Arnold Vice-Chairperson 

E.D.  Williams  Jr Vice-Chairperson 

Elaine  G.  Hackman  '52 Vice-Chairperson 

Harry  B.  Yost  '62 Secretary 

Andrea  F.  Bromberg Assistant  Secretary 

Deborah  R.  Fullam  '81 Treasurer 

Harlan  R.  Wengert Assistant  Treasurer 

Allan  W.  Mund Chairperson  Emeritus 

F.  Allen  Rutherford  Jr.  '37 Chairperson  Emeritus 

Elizabeth  K.  Weisburger  '44 Chairperson  Emerita 

Trustees 
Edward  H.  Arnold,  B.A.,L.H.D.;  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Arnold  Industries, 
Inc.  (1996). 

Katherine  J.  Bishop,  B.A.,  M.B.A.;  Vice  President,  Lebanon  Chemical  Corporation  (1997). 

Patricia  D.  Brown,  M.Div.,  D.A.  in  Education;  Director  of  Office  of  Spiritual  Nurture, 
Central  Pennsylvania  Annual  Conference  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  (1997). 

Deborah  A.  Bullock  '95,  Student,  Lebanon  Valley  College  (1995). 

Donald  M.  Cooper,  Chairman,  President  andChief Executive  Officer  of  CoreStates  Hamilton 
Bank  (1997). 

Wesley  T.  Dellinger  GRI  '75,  B.S.;  Realtor,  The  Prudential  Gacono  Real  Estate  (1997). 

John  R.  Eby  '57,  B.S.,  M.B.A.;  President,  Eby  &  Associates,  Business  Consultants  (1995). 

Ross  W.  Fasick  '55,  B.S., M.S., Ph.D.;  Retired  Business  Executive,  E.I.  DuPont  de  Nemours 
&  Co.  (1995). 

Rufus  A.  Fulton,  B.  A. ;  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Fulton  Financial  Corporation 
(1995). 

Eugene  R.  Geesey,  B.S.;  Owner/ President,  CIB,  Inc.  (1995). 

131 


Darwin  G.  Glick  '58,  B.S.;  President,  Glick,  Stanilla  and  Siegel,  C.P.A.  (1996). 

Martin  L.  Gluntz  '53;  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.;  Vice  President,  Technical  Services,  Hershey  Foods 
Corporation,  Hershey  International  Division.  (1996). 

Arthur  L.  Goldberg,  Esq.,  B.A.,  J.D.;  Attorney,  Goldberg,  Katzman  and  Shipman,  P.C. 
(1995). 

Elaine  G.  Hackman  '52,  B.A.;  Retired  Business  Executive  (1997). 

A.L.  Hanford  III,  B.A.;  Owner  I  Operator,  Ladd  Hanford  Motors,  Inc.;  President,  Photo- 
graphic Rotary  Screen  Co.  (1997). 

Bryan  V.  Hearsey,  B.S.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences,  Lebanon  Valley 
College  (1996). 

Wendie  DiMatteo  Holsinger,  B.A.,  M.Ed.;  Chief  Executive  Officer,  A.S.K.  Foods,  Inc. 
(1996). 

Lois  G.  Johnson,  B.S.,  M.Ed.;  Chairperson,  Department  of  English! Reading,  Delaware 
Technical  and  Community  College  (1995). 

Erich  G.  Linker  Jr.  '70,  B.S.,M.B.A.;  Senior  Vice  President  and  Group  Advertising  Director , 
New  York  Times  Magazine  Division  (1997). 

Brian  R.  Mund,  B.S.,  M.B.A.;  Owner/President,  Surphratt  Investments  (1996). 

Thomas  C.  Reinhart'58,  B.S.;  Owner/President,  T.C.R.  Packaging,  Inc.  (1996). 

Gail  A.  Sanderson,  B.A.,  M.B  .A . ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting,  Lebanon  Valley  College 
(1997). 

Morton  Spector;  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Treasurer,  D  &  H  Distributing  Company 
(1995). 

E.  Peter  Strickler  '47,  B.S.;  President,  Strickler  Insurance  Agency  (1995). 

John  A.  Synodinos,  B.S.,  M.S.Ed.;  President,  Lebanon  Valley  College. 

Susan  E.  Verhoek,  B.A.,  M.A.,Ph.D.;  Professor  of  Biology,  Lebanon  Valley  College  (1995). 

John  Walter,  B.S.,J.D.;  President  Judge,  Lebanon  County  Court  of  Common  Pleas  (1995). 

Harlan  R.  Wengert,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  D.Sci.;  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Wengert's  Dairy,  Inc. 
(1996). 

132 


E.D.  Williams  Jr.,  L.H.D.;  Private  Investor  (1996). 

J.  Dennis  Williams,  B.A.,  M.Div.,D.Min.,D.D.;  Senior  Pastor,  St.  John's  United  Methodist 
Church  (1997). 

Samuel  A.  Willman  '67,  B.S.,  M.Com.;  President ,  Delta  Packaging,  Inc.  (1996). 

Harry  B.  Yost  '62,  Esq.,  B.S.,  LL.D.,  LL.M.;  Partner,  Appel  &  Yost  (1997). 

Emeriti 
William  D.  Boswell,  Esq.,  LL.B.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.;  Attorney,  Boswell,  Snyder,  Tintner  & 
Piccola. 

*William  D.  Bryson,  LL.D.;  Retired  Business  Executive,  Walter  W.  Moyer  Company. 

*Curvin  M.  Dellinger  '38,  B.S.;  President,  J.C.  Hauer's  Sons,  Inc. 

Dewitt  M.  Essick  '34,  A.B.,  M.S.;  Retired  Executive,  Armstrong  World  Industries. 

Eugene  C.  Fish,  Esq.,  B.S.,  J.D.,  D.H.L.;  Chairman  and  President,  Peerless  Industries; 
Chairman  of  the  Board,  Eastern  Foundry  Company,  Inc. ;  Managing  Partner,  Romeika,  Fish 
and  Scheckter. 

Thomas  W.  Guinivan  '39,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church. 

Paul  E.  Horn  '40,  A.B.,  D.D.,  M.Div.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church. 

Gerald  D.  Kaufman  ,44,A.B.,B.D.,D.D.,RetiredPastor,  United  Methodist  Church;  Officer 
of  the  Courts,  County  of  Cumberland. 

Allan  W.  Mund,  LL.D.,  D.B.A.;  Retired  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Ellicott  Machine  Corpora- 
tion. 

Harold  S.  Peiffer  '42,  A.B.,  B.D.,  S.T.M.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church; 
President,  Retired  United  Methodist  Ministers  of  Lancaster  County. 

Kenneth  H.  Plummer;  Retired  President,  E.D.  Plummer  Sons,  Inc. 

Jessie  A.  Pratt,  B.S.;  Retired  Administrative  Assistant,  Sanctions  Division,  City  of  Philadel- 
phia. 

Ezra  H.  Ranck,  A.B.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church. 

Melvin  S.  Rife;  Retired  Executive,  St.  Regis  Paper  Company. 


133 


F.  Allen  Rutherford  Jr.  '37,  B.S.,  LL.D.;  Retired  Principal,  Arthur  Young  and  Company. 

Daniel  L.  Shearer  '38,  A.B.,  S.T.M.,  B.D.,  D.D.;  Retired  Pastor,  United  Methodist  Church. 

Elizabeth  K.  Weisburger  '44,  B.S.,  Ph.D.,  D.Sci.;  Retired  Chief  of  Carcinogen  Metabolism 
and  Toxicology  Branch,  National  Cancer  Institute. 

Charles  W.  Wolfe,  B.A.,  M.Div.;  Vice  President  Emeritus,  Bucknell  University. 

Honorary 
Felton  E.  May,  B.A.,  D.D.,  M.Div.;  Resident  Bishop  of  the  Harrisburg  Area,  United 
Methodist  Church. 

Susan  M.  Morrison,  B.A.,  M.Div.,  D.Min.;  Resident  Bishop  of  the  Philadelphia  Area,  United 
Methodist  Church. 

Anne  B.  Sweigart,  B.S.;  Chairman,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Denver  and 
Ephrata  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Company. 


Students  discuss  a  class  assignment. 


134 


ADMINISTRATION 

President 
John  A.  Synodinos,  1988-;  B.S.,  Loyola  College,  1959;  M.S.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1977. 

Andrea  Folk  Bromberg,  1992—;  Executive  Assistant  to  the  President,  1993—;  B  A.,  American 
University,  1973;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Montana,  1978. 

General  College  Officers 
Richard  F.  Charles,  1988-;  Vice  President  for  Advancement,  1988-.  A.B.,  Franklin     & 
Marshall  College,  1953. 

Deborah  R.Fullam,1982-;  Controller,  1990-.B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1981;  MBA., 
Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  &  Science,  1988. 

Robert  E.  Hamilton,  1986-;  Vice  President  for  Administration,  1990- .  A.B.,  Messiah 
College,  1962;  M.Ed.,  Shippensburg  University,  1966;  D.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1972. 

William  J.  McGill  Jr.,  1986-;  Vice  President  of  the  College  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty,  1986-. 
A.B.,  Trinity  College,  1957;  MA.,  Harvard  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Robert  A.  Riley,  1976-1978, 1988-;  Executive  Director  of  Computing  and  Telecommunica- 
tions, 1988-.  B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,  1976. 

Gregory  G.  Stanson,  1966-;  Vice  President  for  Enrollment  and  Student  Services,  1991-. 
B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Toledo,  1966. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  OFFICERS 

Academic 

William  J.  McGill,  Vice  President  of  the  College  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

Cheryl  L.  Batdorf ,  1 993  - ;  Academic  Adviser  to  the  MBA  Program ,  1 993  -.  B.S.,  Shippensburg 
University,  1983;  MBA.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1992. 

Karen  Diener  Best,  1990-;  Registrar,  1990-.  B.A.,  Dickinson  College,  1989. 

David  R.  Brigham,  1994-;  Director  of  The  Gallery,  1994-.  B.A.,  B.S.,  University  of 
Connecticut,  1986;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1987;  Ph.D.,  1992. 

Barbara  Jones  Denison,  1987-;  Associate  Director  of  Continuing  Education,  1992-.  B.A., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1979;  M.A.,  University  of  York,  1981;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern 
University,  1985. 

135 


Alice  S.  Diehl,  1966- ;  Technical  Processes  Librarian,  1966- .  A.B.,  Smith  College,  1956; 
B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

Dale  J.  Erskine,  1983- ;  Director,  Youth  Scholars  Institute,  1985- .  B.A.,  University  of  Maine 
at  Portland,  1974;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Oklahoma,  1981. 

Elaine  D.  Feather,  1989-;  Director  of  Continuing  Education,  1989-.  B.S.,  State  University 
of  New  York  College  at  Cortland,  1965;  M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  College  at 
Brockport,  1973. 

Andrew  S.  Greene,  1990-;  Director  of  Media  Services,  1992.  B.S.,  Kutztown  University, 
1990. 

Leon  E.  Markowicz,  7977-;  Director  of  Academic  Support  Programs,  1990-.  A.B., 
Duquesne  University,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Daniel  B.  McKinley,  1988-;  Director  of  Leadership  and  Freshmen  Programs,  1990-.  B.S., 
United  States  Coast  Guard  Academy ,  1968;  M.A.L.S.,  Wesleyan  University,  1973;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1982. 

Mary  McLeod,  1994-;  Coordinator,  Lebanon  Valley  College  Science  Education  Partner- 
ship, 1994-.  B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1980. 

James  W.  Mentzer  Jr.,  1 994-;  Director  of  the  MBA  Program,  1994-.  B.B.A.,  The  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University,  1983;  M.B.A.,  Chaminade  University,  1988. 

Donna  L.  Miller,  1986-;  Readers'  Service  Librarian,  1986-.  B.S.,  Millersville  University, 
1984;  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1993;  M.L.S.,  Drexel  University,  1986. 

P.  Robert  Paustian,  7997-;  Librarian,  1991-.  B.A.,  University  of  Missouri,  1971;  M.A., 
University  of  Kansas,  1975;  M.A.,  University  of  Missouri,  1979. 

Robert  Peregrin,  1993-;  Adjunct  Catholic  Chaplain,  1993-.  B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1974;  M.Div.,  Mary  Immaculate  Seminary,  1981. 

Suzanne  Caldwell  Riehl,  1982-;  Director  of  Special  Music  Programs,  1989-.  B.A., Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1979;  M.M.,  Westminster  Choir  College,  1982. 

D.  Darrell  Woomer,  7992-;  Chaplain,  1992-.  B.A.,  Juniata  College,  1964;  M.Div., 
Pittsburgh  Theological  Seminary,  1969;  Th.M.,  1972;  M.A.,  Duquesne  University,  1986. 


136 


Enrollment  and  Student  Services 
Gregory  G.  Stanson,  Vice  President  for  Enrollment  and  Student  Services. 

Judy  Agaoglu,  7  993-;  Counseling  Psychologist,  1993 '-.  B.A.,  University  of  Kentucky ,  1962 ; 
M.S.,  Hahnemann  University,  1984. 

Louise  Answine,  1993-;  Counseling  Psychologist,  1993-.  B.A.,Muhlenburg  College,  1984; 
M.S.,  Millersville  University,  1989;  C.A.C.,  P.C.A.C.B.,  1993. 

Susan  Borelli-Wentzel,  1990- ;   Assistant  Director  of  Admission,  1992- .    B.A.,  Albright 
College,  1989. 

Mark  A.  Brezitski,  1986-;  Admission  Counselor,  1989-.  B.A.,  Shippensburg  University, 
1985. 

William  J.  Brown,  Jr.,  1980- ;  Dean  of  Admission  and  Financial  Aid,  1993- .  B. A.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1979;  M.B.A.,  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and  Science,  1988. 

Kathleen  Collins,  1993-;  Residence  Hall  Director,  1993-.  B.A.,  Juniata  College,  1992. 

Arlene  Doyle,  1992-;  Staff  Nurse,  1992-.  R.N.,  Diploma,  St.  Joseph's  Hospital,  1961. 

David  C.  Evans,  1981 -;  Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement,  1989- .  B.A.,  Slippery 
Rock  University,  1969,  M.Ed.,  Rutgers  University,  1970. 

Jennifer  Dawson  Evans,  7997-;  Director  of  Student  Activities ,  1991-.  B.S.,  Kansas  State 
University,  1989;  M.S.,  Shippensburg  University,  1991 . 

Russell  L.  Gingrich,  7977-;  College  Physician,  1971 -.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1947; 
M.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1951. 

Vicki  Gingrich,  1994- ;  Adviser  to  International  Students,  1994- .  B.S.,  Mansfield  University, 
1975. 

Ronald  K.  Good,  1983-;  Associate  Director  of  Admission,  1991- .  B.S.  in  Ed.,  Millersville 
University,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1966. 

JohnT.  Hower,  1988-;  Counseling  Psychologist,  1988-.  B.A.,Wheaton  College,  1970;  M.A., 
Rosemead  School  of  Psychology,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Linda  Hower,  1993-;  Counseling  Psychologist,  1993-.  B.A.,  Wheaton  College,  1971; 
M.S.W.,  Temple  University,  1992. 

Robert  M.  Kline,  7970-;  College  Physician,  1970-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1950; 
M.D.,  Thomas  Jefferson  University,  1955;  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1971. 

137 


David  W.  Newell,  1992-;  Assistant  Dean  of  Student  Services,  1992- .   B.A.,  Heidelberg 
College,  1987;  M.S.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1989. 

Robert  K.  Nielsen,  1993- ;  College  Physician,  1993-.  M.D.,  Albany  Medical  College,  1975. 

Jennifer  Peters,  1994- ;  F inancial  Aid  Counselor ,  1994- .  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1992. 

Heather  L.  Richardson,  1991-;    Admission  and  Financial  Aid  Counselor,  1992-.    B.S., 
University  of  Delaware ,  1989. 

Susan  Sarisky,  1993-;  Admission  Counselor,  1993-.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1992. 

Ann  Marie  Schlottman,  1994-;  Hall  Director,  1994-.  B.A.,  Moravian  College,  1994. 

Carol  D.  Sears,  1993-;  College  Physician,  1993-.  M.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1981. 

Linda  M.  Smith,  1993-;  College  Physician,  1993-.  M.D.,  Boston  University,  1990. 

Kimberly  D.  Taylor,  1994-;  Hall  Director,  1994-.  B.A.,  Shippensburg  University,  1992; 
M.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1994. 

Juliana  Z.  Wolfe,  1975-1978;  1979-;  Director  of  Health  Center  and  Head  Nurse,  1979-. 
R.N.,  Diploma,  St.  Joseph's  Hospital,  1963. 

Steven  D.  Young,  1994- ;  Hall  Director,  1994- .  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1991. 

Rosemary  Yuhas,  1973-;  Dean  of  Student  Services,  1991-.  B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University, 
1966;  M.Ed.,  West  Chester  University,  1970. 

Advancement 
Richard  F.  Charles,  Vice  President  for  Advancement. 

Ellen  H.  Arnold,  1988- ;  Director  of  Development,  1991 -.  B.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1964. 

C.  Paul  Brubaker  Jr.,  1989- ;   Director  of  Planned  Giving.   B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall 
College,  1952;  M.B.A.,  Wharton  Graduate  School,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955. 

John  B.  Deamer  Jr.,  1986-;   Director  of  Sports  Information  and  Athletics  Development, 
1992- .  B.A.,  LaSalle  University,  1985. 

Shanna  P.  Gemmill,  1992-;  Assistant  Director  of  Annual  Giving,  1992-.  B.S.,  Bucknell 
University,  1992. 


138 


Carolyn  A.  Lauver,  1992-;  Director  of  Annual  Giving ,  1992-.  B. Mus., College  Misericordia, 
1963. 

Kenneth  L.  Lewis  Jr.,  1994- ;  Assistant  Director,  Alumni  and  Campaign  Programs,  1994- . 
BA.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1993. 

Jane  Marie  Paluda,  1990-;  Director  of  Publications,  1990- .  B.A.,  Moravian  College,  1980. 

Judy  Pehrson,  1989-;  Director  of  College  Relations,  1989- .  B.A.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1968;  M.A.,  1972;  Certificate  for  Teaching  English  as  a  Second  Language,  Trinity  College, 
London,  1993. 

Mary  Beth  Strehl,  1990- ;  Director  of  Media  Relations,  1993- .  B. A.,  Messiah  College,  1990. 

Diane  E.  Wenger,  1989- ;  Director  of  Alumni  Programs,  1992- .  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1992. 

James  H.  Woland,  1991-;  Director  of  Cultural  Programming,  1994-.  B.A.,  Shippensburg 
University,  1967;  M.A.,  1969. 

Rebecca  H.  Yoder,  1994- ;  Art  Development  Assistant,  1994- .  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1994. 

Financial  Affairs 
Deborah  R.  Fuliam,  Controller  and  Treasurer. 

Ben  D.  Oreskovich,  1994-;  Assistant  Controller,  1994-.  A.S.,  Danville  Area  Community 
College,  1990;  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1993. 

Dana  K.  Lesher,  1990-;  Assistant,  Business  Services,  1990- .  B.A.,  Millersville  University, 
1977. 

Computing  and  Telecommunications 
Robert  A.  Riley,  Executive  Director  of  Computing  and  Telecommunications. 

Keeta  K.  Cole,  1992-;  Assistant  to  the  Director  of  Administrative  Computing,  1992-.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1970. 

Robert  J.  Dillane,  1985- ;  Director  of  Administrative  Computing,  1986- .  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1977. 

T.  Russell  Embich  Jr.,  1992- ;  Systems  Manager,  1992- .  A.S.,  Valley  Forge  Military  Junior 
College,  1989;  B.S.,  Messiah  College,  1992. 


139 


Walter  L.  Smith,  1961-1969;  1971-;  Director  of  Special  Services,  1982-.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1961 ;  M.S.  in  Ed.,  Temple  University,  1967. 

Michael  C.  Zeigler,  1990-;  Director  of  User  Services,  1990- .  B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1979. 

Administrative  Affairs 
Robert  E.  Hamilton,  Vice  President  for  Administration. 

Harold  L.  Fessler,  1984-;  Director  of  Maintenance,  1984-. 

Robert  E.  Harnish,  1967- ;  Manager  of  the  College  Store,  1967- .  B.A.,  Randolph  Macon 
College,  1966. 

Margaret  A.  Lahr,  1988-;  Director  of  Housekeeping,  1988-. 

George  F.  Lovell  Jr.,  1988-;  Superintendent  of  Buildings  and  Grounds,  1988-. 

James  P.  Monos,  1986- ;   Assistant  Director  of  Athletics  for  Recruitment  and  Retention, 
1992-.  B.S.,  Shippensburg  University,  1972;  M.Ed.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1978. 

Louis  A.  Sorrentino,  7977-;  Director  of  Athletics,  1981-.  B.A., Lebanon  Valley,  1954;  M.S., 
Bucknell  University,  1961. 

Kathleen  Tierney,  1983-;  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics,  Coordinator  of  Summer  Sports 
Camps,  1988-.  B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Brockport,  1979. 

Kevin  R.  Yeiser,  1982-;  Director  of  Grounds,  1982-. 

Allen  R.  Yingst,  1989-;  Director  of  Security  and  Safety,  1990- . 

Athletics 
John  Gergle,  1994-;  Baseball  Coach,  1994-. 

Peg  A.  Kauffman,  1993- ;  Women  s  Basketball  Coach,  1993- .  B.A.,  Millersville  University, 
1987;  M.Ed,  1991. 

Lawrence  M.  Larthey,  1988- ;  Wrestling  Coach,  1988-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1972. 

Brad  F.  McAlester,  1994-;  Men  s  Basketball  Coach,  1994-.  B.A.,  Southampton  College  of 
Long  Island  University,  1975. 

James  P.  Monos  Jr.,  1986-;   Football  Coach,  1986-;  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics  for 
Recruitment  and  Retention,  1992- . 


140 


Cliff  Myers,  1994- ;  Head  Tennis  Coach,  1994- . 

Wayne  Perry,  1987-;  Women's  Volleyball  Coach,  1988-.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1978. 

Mark  Pulisic,  7992-;  Head  Soccer  Coach,  1993- . 

O.  Kent  Reed,  7977-;  Men's  Track  and  Field  Coach,  Men's  and  Women's  Cross-Country 
Coach,  1971-.  B.S.,  Otterbein  College,  1956;  M.A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University,  1970. 

Louis  A.  Sorrentino,  Director  of  Athletics,  1971-;  Golf  Coach,  1989- . 

James  E.  Stark,  1986-;  Athletic  Trainer,  1986- .  B.S.,  Lock  Haven  University,  1983 ;  M.Ed., 
Shippensburg  University,  1986. 

Kathleen  M.  Tierney,  1983-;  Assistant  Director  of  Athletics,  Coordinator  of  Summer  Sports 
Camps,  1988-;  Field  Hockey  Coach,  1983-. 


Dr.  Jim  Scott,  professor  of  German,  (right)  meets  with  several  of  his  students. 


141 


FACULTY 

Active 

Howard  L.  Applegate,  1983 '-;  Associate  Professor  of  History  and  American  Studies. 
Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  History  and  American  Studies.  B.A.,  Drew  University, 
1957;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Sharon  O.  Arnold,  7986-;  Associate  Professor  of 'Sociology.  B.  A.,  University  of Akron,  1964; 
M.A.,  1967. 

Susan  L.  Atkinson,  1987- ;  Associate  Professor  of  Education.  B.S.,  Shippensburg  Univer- 
sity, 1972;  M.Ed.,  (Elementary  Education)  1973;  M.Ed.,  (Special  Education),  1979; 
D.Ed., Temple  University,  1987. 

Philip  A.  Billings,  1970-;  Professor  of  English.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  English. 
B.A.,  Heidelberg  College,  1965;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Marie  G.  Bongiovanni,  1990-;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Temple  University, 
1977;  M.B.A.,  Drexel  University,  1982. 

Donald  C.  Boone,  1988- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Hotel  Management.  B.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1964;  M.B.A.,  1966. 

David  R.  Brigham,  1994- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Art  and  American  Studies.  B.A.,  B.S., 
University  of  Connecticut,  1986;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1987;  Ph.D. ,1992. 

James  H.  Broussard,  1983-;  Professor  of  History.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1963;  M.A., 
Duke  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Andrew  J.  Brovey,  1994- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  B.A.,Bloomsburg  University, 
1979;  B.S.,  1980;  M.S.,  Lehigh  University,  1985;  Ed.D.,  1994. 

D.  Eugene  Brown,  1983- ;  Professor  of  Political  Science.  B.S.,  Western  Illinois  University, 
1969;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Delbert  Burkett,  1994- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Religion.  B.A.,Abiline  Christian  University, 
1971;  M.T.S.,  Harvard  Divinity  School,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1989. 

Donald  E.  Byrne  Jr.,  7977-;  Professor  of  Religion  and  History.  Director  of  the  American 
Studies  Program.  B.A.,  St.  Paul  Seminary,  1963;  M.A.,  Marquette  University,  1966;  Ph.D., 
Duke  University,  1972.  (On  leave,  spring  1995) 

Daniel  A.  Cesta,  1994-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  B.B.A.,  Sienna  College,  1990; 
M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany,  1993. 


142 


Sharon  F.  Clark,  1986- ;  Associate  Professor  of Management.  Chairperson  of  the  Department 
of  Management.  B.A.,  University  of  Richmond,  1969;  J.  D.,  1971 . 

Richard  D.  Cornelius,  1985-;  Professor  of  Chemistry.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Chemistry.  B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa,  1974. 

Salvatore  S.  Cullari,  1986-;  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology.  Chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Psychology.  B.A.,  Kean  College,  1974;  M.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1976; 
Ph.D.,1981. 

George  D.  Curfman,  1961 -;  Professor  of  Music  Education.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1953;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957;  Ed.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1971 . 

Donald  B.  Dahlberg,  1980-;  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1967; 
M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Michael  A.  Day,  1987- ;  Associate  Professor  of  Physics.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Physics.  B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1969;  M.A.,  1975,  Ph.D.,  1977,  University  of  Nebraska 
(Philosophy).  M.S.,  1978,  Ph.D.,  1983,  University  of  Nebraska  (Physics).  (On  leave,  spring 
1995) 

Deanna  L.  Dodson,  1994-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  B.S.,  Tennessee  Technologi- 
cal University,  1985;  M.S.,  Memphis  State  University,  1988;  Ph.D.,  1992. 

PhylisC.  Dryden,  1987- ;  Associate  Professor  of  English.  B  .A.,  Atlantic  Union  College,  1976; 
M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany,  1985;  D.A.,  1988. 

Scott  H.  Eggert,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Milwaukee),  1971  ;M.A., University  of  Chicago,  1974;D.M.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1982. 

Dale  J.  Erskine,  1983-;  Professor  of  Biology.  Director  of  the  Youth  Scholars  Institute.  B.A., 
University  of  Maine  at  Portland,  1974;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1976; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1981. 

Beatrice  Feron-Gooding,  1994- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B .S .,Ecole Superieure  de 
Chimie  Organique  et Minerale ,  1982;  M.S.,  Universite  Pierre  et Marie  Curie,  1984;  Ph.D., 
Institut  de  Recherches  sur  la  Catalyse,  1988. 

Arthur  L.  Ford,  1965- ;  Professor  of  English.  Associate  Dean  for  International  Programs. 
A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  I960;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

Michael  D.  Fry,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.A.,  Immaculate 
Heart  College,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1980. 


143 


Marianne  Goodfellow,  1990- ;  Lecturer  in  Sociology.  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at 
Piatt sburgh,  1979;  M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1982. 

Michael  A.  Greila,  1980-;  Professor  of  Education.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Education.  BA.,St.  Mary' s  Seminai-y  and  University,  1958;  M.A.,  West  Virginia  University, 
1970;  Ed.D.,  1974. 

Gary  Grieve-Carlson,  1990- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Bates  College,  1977; 
M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton,  1980;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1988. 

KlementM.Hambourg,  1 982- ;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  A.T.C M '.,  Royal  Conservatory 
of  Music,  1946;  L.R.A.M., Royal  Academy  of  Music,!  962  ;A.R.C.M., Royal  College  of  Music, 
1962;  L.T.C.L.,  Trinity  College  of  Music  (London),  1965;  Fellow,  1966;  D.M.A.,  University 
of  Oregon,  1977. 

Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  1977-;  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work.  Chairperson  of  the 
Department  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work.  B.A.,  Central  Michigan  University,  1969;  M.A., 
University  of  New  Hampshire,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Bryan  V.  Hearsey,  7977-;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Chairperson  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.A.,  Western  Washington  State  College,  1964;  M.A., 
Washington  State  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

RobertH.  Hearson,  1986-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.  Music,  University  of  Iowa,  1964; 
M.A.,  1965;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1983. 

John  H.  Heffner,  1972-;  Professor  of  Philosophy.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Religion 
and  Philosophy .  B  .S .,  Lebanon  Valley  College ,  1 968 ;  A.M., Boston  University,  1971 ;  Ph.D., 
1976. 

Paul  A.  Heise,  7997-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  B.S.F.S.,  Georgetown  University, 
1958;  M.A.,  1963;  M.P.A.,  Harvard  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  New  School  for  Social 
Research,  1991. 

Jeanne  C.  Hey,  1989- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics.  B.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1954; 
M.B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1982;  Ph.D.,  1990. 

Barry  R.  Hill,  1993- ;  Instructor  in  Music.  Director  of  the  Sound  Recording  Technology 
Program.  B.S.,  Music  with  Recording  Arts,  University  of  North  Carolina  at  Asheville ,  1989. 

Barry  L.  Hurst,  1982-;  Associate  Professor  of  Physics.  B.S.,  Juniata  College,  1972;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Delaware,  1982. 

Diane  M.  Iglesias,  1976- ;  Professor  of  Spanish.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages.  B.A.,  Queens  College,  1971;  M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  City  University  of  New  York, 
1979. 

144 


Richard  A.  Joyce,  1966- ;  Associate  Professor  of  History.  A.B.,  Yale  University,  1952;  M.A., 
San  Francisco  State  College,  1963. 

John  P.  Kearney,  1971-;  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  St.  Benedict's  College,  1962;  M.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

David  I.  Lasky,  1974- ;  Professor  of  Psychology.  A.B.,  Temple  University,  1956;  M.A.,  1958; 
PhD.,  1961. 

Robert  W.  Leonard,  1988- ;  Associate  Professor  of  Management.  B.A.,  Ohio  University, 
1977;  M.A.,St.  Francis  School  of  Industrial  Relations,  1978;  M.B.A.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1986. 

Thomas  Jyu-cheng  Liu,  1990- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.S.,  Tatung 
Institute  of  Technology,  1979;  M.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering,  University  of  Illinois  at 
Chicago,  1983;  M.S.  in  Mathematics,  1985;  Ph.D.,  1988. 

Leon  E.  Markowicz,  1971-;  Professor  of  Leadership  Studies.  A.B.,  Duquesne  University, 
1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

G.  Daniel  Massad,  1985-;  Artist-in-Residence .  B.A.,  Princeton  University,  1969;  M.A., 
University  of  Chicago,  1977;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1982. 

Joerg  W.  P.  Mayer,  1970-;  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  Dipl.  Math.,  University  of 
Giessen,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Mark  L.  Mecham,  1990- ;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Music.  B.M.,  University  of  Utah,  1976;  M.M.,  1978;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Illinois  at 
Urbana— Champaign,  1985. 

Owen  A.  Moe  Jr.,  1973-;  Professor  of  Chemistry.  B.A.,  St.  Olafs  College,  1966;  Ph.D., 
Purdue  University,  1971.  (On  leave,  spring  1995) 

Philip  G.  Morgan,  1969-;  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.E.,  Pittsburg  State  University 
(Kansas),  1962;  M.S.,  1965. 

John  D.  Norton,  7977-;  Professor  of  Political  Science.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of 
Political  Science  and  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1965;  M.A.,  Florida  State 
University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1973. 

Mary  K.  Pettice,  1994- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  English.  B.A.,  Illinois  Wesleyan  University, 
1982;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1983;  M.A.  1986;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston,  1994. 

Sidney  Pollack,  1976-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  New  York  University,  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1970. 

145 


Kevin  B.  Pry,  1991-;  Lecturer  in  English.  B.A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1976;  M.A.,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1984. 

Barney  T.  Raffield  III,  1990-;  Associate  Professor  of  Management.  B.B.A.,  Southern 
Methodist  University,  1968;  M.B.A.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  Union  Graduate  School,  1982. 

Sharon  Hall  Raffield,  1990- ;  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work.  Director  of 
the  Honors  Program.  A.B.,  Wheaton  College,  1963;  M.S.W.,  Washington  University, 
1967. 

O.  Kent  Reed,  1 971  - ;  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education.  Director  of  the  Department 
of  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Otterbein  College,  1956;  M.A.,  Eastern  Kentucky  University, 
1970. 

Gail  A.  Sanderson,  1983-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  B.A.,  Hobart  and  William 
Smith  Colleges,  1970;  M.B.A.,  Boston  University,  1977. 

James  W.  Scott,  1976-;  Professor  of  German.  Director  of  General  Education.  B.A.Juniata 
College,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1971 . 

Steven  M.  Specht,  1989-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  B.S.,  State  University  of  New 
York  at  Oswego,  1982;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton,  1987;  Ph.D., 
1988. 

Joelle  L.  Stopkie,  1989-;  Associate  Professor  of  French.  Licence,  Sorbonne,  1960;  M.A., 
New  York  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1979. 

Thomas  M.  Strohman,  1977-1983;  1987 -; Instructor  in  Music.  B.S., Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1975. 

Dale  E.  Summers,  1990- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Education.  Director  of  Elementary  and 
Secondary  School  Relations.  B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  1971;  M.A.,  1973;  Ed.D.,  1978. 

Linda  L.  Summers,  1991-;  Instructor  in  Education.  B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  1972;  M.A., 
1977. 

Dennis  W.  Sweigart,  1972-;  Professor  of  Music.  B.S., Lebanon  Valley  College,  1963;  M.M., 
University  of  Michigan,  1965;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1977. 

Warren  K.  A.  Thompson,  1967-;  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy.  A.B., Trinity  University, 
1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin,  1963. 

Horace  W.  Tousley,  1981-;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  A.B.,  Ripon 
College,  1951;  M.S. I.E.,  (OR)  University  of  Alabama,  1970. 


146 


Mark  A.  Townsend,  1983-;  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.S.,  Bethany 
Nazarene  College,  1965;  M. A.,  Oklahoma  University,  1969;  Ed. D.,  Oklahoma  State  Univer- 
sity, 1983. 

Susan  E.  Verhoek,  1974- ;  Professor  of Biology.  B. A., Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1964 ;  M. A., 
Indiana  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1975. 

CarlT.  Wigal,  1993-;  Assistant  Professor  of Chemistry.  A.S.,  College  of  Mount  Saint  Joseph, 
1984;  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1986;  Ph.D.,  Miami  University,  Ohio,  1990. 

Stephen  E.  Williams,  1973-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Central  College,  1964;  M.S., 
University  of  Tennessee,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Washington  University,  St.  Louis,  1971 . 

Barbara  S.  Wirth,  1987- ;  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting,  1988.  B.A.,  Lehigh  University, 
1979;  M.B.A.,  1985.  (On  leave,  1994-1995) 

Paul  L.  Wolf,  1966-;  Professor  of  Biology.  Chairperson  of  the  Department  of  Biology.  B.S., 
Elizabethtown  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968.  (On  leave, 
spring  1995) 

Allan  F.  Wolfe,  7965-;  Professor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1963;  M.A.,  Drake 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vermont,  1968. 

Sharon  L.  Worley,  1994- ;  Lecturer  in  Accounting.  B.A.,  San  Jose  State  College,  1963. 

Andres  Zamora,  1992-;  Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish.  B.A.,  Universidad  Complutense  de 
Madrid,  1984;  M. A.,  Auburn  University,  1986;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  Los 
Angeles,  1989. 

Emeriti 

Madelyn  J.  Albrecht,  1973-1990;  Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  Education.  B. A.,  Northern 
Baptist  College,  1952;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Richard  C.  Bell,  1966-1987;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Lebanon 
Valley  College,  1941;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1955. 

James  O.  Bemesderfer,  1959-1976;  Chaplain  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1936; 
M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary,  1939;  S.T.M.,  Lutheran  Theological  Seminary, 
Philadelphia,  1945;  S.T.D.,  Temple  University.  1951 . 

Eloise  P.  Brown,  1961-1987;  Readers'  Services  Librarian  Emerita.  B.S.L.S.  Simmons 
College,  1946. 

Voorhis  C.  Cantrell,  1968-1992;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Religion  andGreek.  B.A.,  Oklahoma 

City  University,  1 952 ; B .D .,  Southern  Methodist  University ,  1956; Ph.D.,  Boston  University, 

1967. 

147 


D.  Clark  Carmean,  1933-1972;  Director  Emeritus  of  Admissions.  A.B.,  Ohio  Wesleyan 
University,  1926;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1932. 

Charles  T.  Cooper,  1965-1979;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Spanish.  B.S.,  U.S.  Naval 
Academy,  1942;  M.A.,  Middleburg  College,  1932. 

Hilda  M.  Damus,  1963-1976;  Professor  Emerita  of  German.  M.A.,  University  of  Berlin  and 
Jena,  1932;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Berlin,  1945. 

Robert  S.  Davidon,  1970-1984;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Psychology,  1985.  A.B.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Carl  Y.  Ehrhart,  1947-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Philosophy  and  Dean  of  the  College 
Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1940;M.Div.,  UnitedTheological Seminary,  1943; 
Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1954. 

William  H.  Fairlamb,  1947-1990;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music.  Mus.  B.,  cum  laude, 
Philadelphia  Conservatory,  1949. 

Elizabeth  M.  Geffen,  1958-1983;  Professor  Emerita  of  History.  B.S.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1934;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Pierce  A.  Getz,  1959-1990;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1 951 ;  M.S.M. ,  Union  Theological  Seminary  School  of  Sacred  Music,  1 953 ;  A  .M.D.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music,  1967. 

June  E.  Herr,  1959-1980;  Associate  Professor  Emerita  of  Elementary  Education.  B.S., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1943;  M.Ed.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1954. 

Thomas  A.  Lanese,  1954-1978;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Strings,  Conducting,  and 
Theory.  B.  Mus.,  Baldwin-Wallace  College,  1938;  Fellowship,  Julliard  Graduate  School; 
M.Mus.,  Manhattan  School  of  Music,  1952. 

Jean  O.  Love,  1954-1985;  Professor  Emerita  of  Psychology.  A.B.,  Erskine  College,  1941 ; 
M.A.,  Winthrop  College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1953. 

George  R.  Marquette,  1951-1990;  Vice  President  Emeritus  for  Student  Affairs.  A.B., 
Lebanon  Valley  College,  1948;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1951 ;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University, 
1967. 

Anna  D.  Faber  McVay,  1954-1976;  Professor  Emerita  of  English.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1948;  M.A  ,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

H.  Anthony  Neidig,  1948-1985;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

148 


Agnes  B.  O'Donnell,  1961-1987;  Professor  Emerita  of  English.  A.B.Jmmaculata  College, 
1948;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1976. 

J.  Robert  O'Donnell,  1961-1987;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  B.S.,  The 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1953. 

Gerald  J.  Petrofes,  1963-1988;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physical  Education.  B.S., 
Kent  State  University,  1958;  M.Ed.,  1962. 

Sara  E.  Piel,  1960-1975;  Professor  Emerita  of  Foreign  Languages.  A. B.,  Chatham  College, 
1928;  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1929;  Ph.D.,  1938. 

Jacob  L.  Rhodes,  1957-1985;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Physics.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958. 

Robert  C.  Riley,  7957  -1986;  Professor  Emeritus  ofEconomics  and  Business  Administration; 
Vice  President  and  Controller  Emeritus.  B.S.,  Shippensburg  State  College,  1941 ;  M.S., 
Columbia  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1962;  C.P.M.,  1976. 

Malin  Ph.  Saylor,  1961-1980;  Professor  Emerita  of  French,  1985.  FilKand.,  Universities  of 
Upsala  and  Stockholm,  1938. 

Ralph  S.  Shay,  1948-1951 ;  1953-1984;  Professor  Emeritus  of  History  and  Assistant  Dean 
of  the  College  Emeritus.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1942;  AM.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1947;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Robert  W.  Smith,  1951-1983;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1939;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950. 

James  M.  Thurmond,  1954-1979;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Music  Education  and  Brass. 
Diploma,  Curtis  Institute  of  Music,  1931;  A.B.,  American  University,  1951;  M.A.,  Catholic 
University,  1952;  Mus.D.,  Washington  College  of  Music,  1944. 

C.  F.  Joseph  Tom,  1954-1989;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Economics.  B.A.,  Hastings  College, 
1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Perry  J.  Troutman,  1960-1994;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Religion.  B.A.,  Houghton  College, 
1949;  M.Div.,  United  Theological  Seminary,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1964. 

L.  Elbert  Wethington,  7  965-7  983 ;  Professor  Emeritus  of  Religion  .B.A.,  Wake  Forest,  1 944  ; 
B.D.,  Divinity  School  of  Duke  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University. 

GlennH.  Woods,  1965-1990 ;  Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  English.  A.B ., Lebanon  Valley 
College,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1962. 

149 


Adjunct 
Mark  E.  Achtermann,  1993-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Beloit 
College,  1985;  M.A.,  Chicago  Theological  Seminary,  1990. 

Joseph  G.  Bashore,  1994- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Music.  B. A., Lebanon  Valley  College,  1983; 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1986. 

Robert  W.  Biddle  Jr.,  1 989-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Hotel  Management.  B.S.,  The  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University,  1977;  M.S.,  1988. 

Svetlana  A.  Bird,  1994-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Russian.  M.A.,  Moscow  State  Pedagogical 
University,  1981. 

Leslie  E.  Bowen,  1993-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Art.  B.S.A.,  Moore  College  of  Art,  1972; 
M.F.A.,  Pennsylvania  Academy  of  Fine  Art,  1993. 

Theresa  Yohn  Bowley,  1993 -;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  French.  B.A.,Barrington  College,  1981  ; 
M.A.,  Middlebury  College,  1982. 

Teresa  M.  Bowers,  1 978- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.M.,  Susquehanna  University,  1973; 
M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1974. 

James  H.  Boyer,  1989- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.E.E.,  University  of  Delaware,  1973. 

Marthalee  T.  Brod,  1992-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Psychology.  B.  A.,  Houghton  College,  1967; 
M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Fordham  University,  1985. 

Erwin  P.  Chandler,  1978- ;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Music.  B.S.,  Ithaca  College,  1966; 
MM.,  Indiana  University,  1971. 

Kim  W.  Dalton,  1990-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Psychology.  A.A.,  Emmanuel  College,  1977; 
B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1983;  M.S.,  Millersville  University,  1985. 

Gregory  L.  Davis,  1991-;  Graduate  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  B.A., 
Gettysburg  College,  1981;  M.B.A.,  York  College  of  Pennsylvania,  1988. 

Robert  W.  Dell,  1994-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Philosophy.  B.A.,  McPherson  College,  1961; 
M.Div.,  Bethany  Theological  Seminary,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University,  1976. 

Timothy  M.  Dewald,  1 989-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B. A.,  Dickinson 
College,  1970;  M.Div.,  Andover  Newton  Theological  School,  1975. 

James  A.  Erdman  II,  1983- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music. 

Timothy  M.  Erdman,  1988- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  Temple  University,  1970. 

150 


Dennis  N.  Eshleman,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing.  M.B.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1977. 

William  R.  Fisher,  1991-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Education.  B.S.,  Millersville  University, 
1954;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1964. 

V.  Carl  Gacono,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Real  Estate.  B.S.,  Susquehanna 
University,  1953. 

Rita  Gargotta,  1 994-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Spanish.  B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1972; 
M.A.,  1976;  Diploma,  University  ofSaville. 

Deborah  L.  Geiger,  1993-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science.  B.A.,  Alvernia 
College,  1983;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1992;  Captain,  United  States  Army. 

Robert  D.  Gingrich,  1985-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Social  Work.  M.S.,  Moravian  College, 
1968. 

Arlen  J.  Greiner,  1994- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Physics.  B.S.,  Carnegie  Mellon  University, 
1961;  M.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1972. 

Donald  C.  Hoepfer,  1 992- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Philosophy.  B.  A.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1989;  M.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1990. 

Ordelia  W.  Jennings,  1992-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting.  B.A.,  Washington 
College,  1976;  M.B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1979. 

Cynthia  R.  Johnston,  1991 -;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College, 
1987. 

Christine  M.  Kamp-Cichello,  1993-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Boston  Col- 
lege, 1982;  M.A.,  1990. 

Cynthia  L.  Kirchoff,  1994- ;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Franklin  and 
Marshall  College,  1972;  M.A.,  University  of  South  Florida,  1976;  M.A.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1986. 

Nevelyn  J.  Knisely,  1963- ;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Music.  B.M.,  Oberlin  College, 
1951;  M.F.A.,  Ohio  University,  1953. 

Leonie  Lang-Hambourg,  1 992- ;  Adjunct Assistant  Professor  of German.  Diplom,  Munchener 
Dolmetscherschule ;  M.A.,  University  of  Oregon,  1976. 

David  W.  Layman,  1 993-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Religion.  A. B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1977; 
Ph.D.,  Temple  University,  1994. 

151 


Michael  MacWelch,  1994-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Military  Science.  B.A.,  Frostburg  State 
University,  1986.  Captain,  United  States  Army. 

James  Miller,  1989- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Music. 

Joseph  D.  Mixon,  1991 -;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B. A.,  Moravian  College,  1981 ;  M.M., 
Combs  College  of  Music,  1990. 

JohnF.  Nau  Jr.,  1 993-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences.  B.S.,  United 
States  Military  Academy,  1962;  M.S.,  Renssalaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1971 . 

Robert  A.  Nowak,  1 988- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S. ,  Mansfield  State  College,  1973; 
M.M.,  University  of  Miami,  1975. 

Lawrence  Oncley,  1989-;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B.S.,  University  of  Puget  Sound, 
1963;  B.Mus.,  1964;  M.Mus.,  Indiana  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Harry  Owens,  1994-;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Military  Science.  B.S.,  University  ofScranton, 
1975;  M.S.,  1976;  J.D.,  Detroit  University  of  Law,  1986.  Lieutenant  Colonel,  United  States 
Army. 

Joseph  E.  Peters,  1974- ;  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology .  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University,  1973. 

Holly  L.  Preston,  1987- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Sociology.  B.S.W.,  Shippensburg  University, 
1977;  M.S.W.,  Maijwood  College,  1981. 

Christine  J.  Rhoads,  1989-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Management.  B.S.,  Kutztown  University, 
1982;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1985;  Ed.D.,  Lehigh  University,  1990. 

Victoria  Rose,  1 993-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Music.  B.M.,Peabody  Conservatory  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1972;  M.M.,  Towson  State  University,  1994. 

Helen  D.  Schoepfer,  1 994-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Religion.  B.A.,  College  of  St.  Benedict/St. 
John's  University,  1975;  M.A.,  St.  Mary's  Seminary  and  University,  1993. 

Kirk  W.  Seibert,  1991-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Management.  B.A.,  The  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1969;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1973;D.S.W.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1982. 

Steven  J.  Snyder,  1991-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Religion.  A.B.,  University  of 
Missouri,  Columbia;  B.J.,  1978;  M.Div.,  Gordon-Conwell  Theological  Seminary,  1985. 

William  F.  Stinelll,  1 989- ;  Adjunct  Instructor  in  Music.  B  .S .,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1969; 
M.A.,  West  Chester  University,  1975. 


152 


Ford  S.  Thompson,  1985-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  M.A.,  George 
Washington  University,  1967. 

Anna  F.  Tilberg,  1982-;  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Biology.  B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1969. 

Hui-Liang  (Jeff)  Tsai,  1 988-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Management.  M.S. (Statistics), 
Florida  State  University,  1971;  M.S. (Economics),  1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Richard  J.  Tushup,  1989-;  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology.  A.B.,  St.  Vincent 
Seminary;  M.A.,  1971 ;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Delaware,  1977. 

R.  Gordon  Wise,  1973-;  Adjunct  Professor  of  Art.  Ed.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1970. 

Adjuncts  in  Medical  Technology 
Jersey  Shore  Medical  Center:  Medical  Director,  Martin  Krummerman,  M.D.;  Program 
Director,  Perla  Simmons,  M.P.A.,  M.T.(ASCP),S.H. 

Lancaster  General  Hospital:  Director,  Gerald  Fahs,  M.D.;  Program  Director,  Nadine 
Gladfelter,  M.S.,  M.T.(ASCP) 

Polyclinic  Medical  Center  ofHarrisburg:  Director,  Frank  R.  Rudy,  M.D.;  Program  Director, 
Susan  Guiswite,  M.T.(ASCP),SBB. 

Reading  Hospital  and  Medical  Center:  Director,  I.  Donald  Stuard,  M.D.;  Program  Director, 
Sharon  Strauss,  CLS(NCA)M.T.(ASCP) 


Sacred  Heart  Hospital:  Director,  Francis  V.  Kostelnik,  M.D.;  Program  Director,  Sandra  A. 
Neiman,  M.T.(ASCP),CLS. 


Students  enjoy  a  walk  on  campus. 
153 


COLLEGE  SUPPORT  STAFF 

Susan  R.  Aungst Library 

Phyllis  C.  Basehore Management  Department 

Nancy  M.  Bieber Business  Office 

Marilyn  E.  Boeshore Alumni  Office 

Dorothy  A.  Brehm Media  Center 

Donna  L.  Brickley Computing  and  Telecommunications  Office 

Jo  Lynn  Brummer Advancement  Office 

Judy  E.  Burger Humanities  Departments 

Vicki  J.  Cantrell Financial  Aid  Office 

Lewis  H.  Cooke  Jr Athletic  Equipment  Manager 

Monika  Edwards Continuing  Education  Office 

Candice  Falger Chemistry  and  Physics  Departments 

Beverly  J.  Gamble Student  Affairs  Office 

Susan  M.  Greenawalt Continuing  Education  Office 

Nancy  J.  Hartman Business  Office 

Pamela  S.  Hillegas Athletic  Office 

Alice  L.  Kohr Student  Affairs  Office 

Charlene  R.  Kreider Advancement  Office 

G.  Roz  Kujovsky Chaplain's  Office 

Pamela  V.  Lambert Arnold  Sport  Center 

Patricia  A.  Laudermilch Registrar's  Office 

Deborah  L.  Lerchen President  of  the  College  Office,  Administration  and  Controller  Offices 

Diana  L.  Levengood Advancement  Office 

Bonnie  L.  Lingle Music  Department 

Julie  Longenecker College  Relations  Office 

Sandra  K.  Lovell Print  Shop  and  Mail  Services 

Karen  R.  McLucas Admission  Office 

Gwendolyn  W.  Pierce Administration  and  Controller  Offices 

Cindy  A.  Plasterer Admission  Office 

Christine  M.  Reeves Advancement  Office 

Sally  A.  Rivera Biology,  Psychology  and  Sociology  Departments 

Ann  Safstrom Education  Department 

Denise  D.  Sanders Mathematical  Science  Department 

Harry  Schools Arnold  Sport  Center 

Patricia  A.  Schools Career  Planning  and  Placement  Office 

Jacqueline  F.  Showers Telephone  Console  Attendant 

Barbara  A.  Smith  Vice  President  of  the  College  and  Dean  of  the  Faculty  Office 

Denise  N.  Smith President  of  the  College  Office 

Ingeborg  M.  Snoke Advancement  Office 

EllaK.  Stott Library 

Pamela  J.  Stoudt Library 

Linda  L.  Summers Registrar's  Office 

Bonnie  C.  Tenney Buildings  and  Grounds  Office 

Beverly  Yingst Arnold  Sport  Center 

Susan  B.  Zearing Admission  Office 


154 


THE  THOMAS  RHYS  VICKROY 
DISTINGUISHED  TEACHING  AWARDS 

The  Vickroy  Award  recipient,  who  must  be  a  full-time  member  of  the  college  faculty,  is 
selected  by  the  president  of  the  college  after  appropriate  consultation  with  alumni,  students, 
faculty  and  staff.  The  Vickroy  Award  replaces  the  Lindback  Award  which  was  presented 
through  the  1993  academic  year. 

Previous  Awardees 

1985  Leon  E.  Markowicz,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  English 

1986  Carolyn  R.  Hanes,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Sociology  and  Social  Work  and 
Leadership  Studies 

1987  Donald  E.  Byrne,  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Religion 

1987  Mark  A.  Townsend,  Ed.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 

1988  William  H.  Fairlamb,  Mus.B.,  Professor  of  Music 

1 989  Paul  L.  Wolf,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Biology 

1990  Owen  A.  Moe  Jr.,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

1991  Scott  H.  Eggert,  D.M.A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

1992  Gary  Grieve-Carlson,  Ph.D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

1993  Diane  M.  Iglesias,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Spanish 

1994  Sidney  Pollack,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Biology  and  Barbara  S.  Wirth,  M.B.A.  , 
Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 


THE  NEVELYN  J.  KNISLEY 
AWARD  FOR  INSPIRATIONAL  TEACHING 

In  1988,  Lebanon  Valley  College  created  an  award  for  part-time  and  adjunct  members  of  the 
college  faculty  similar  to  the  philosophy  of  the  Vickroy  Award.  The  first  awardee  was 
Nevelyn  J.  Knisley.  After  the  presentation  of  the  first  award,  the  president  of  the  college 
named  this  series  of  awards  for  Mrs.  Knisley  in  recognition  for  her  twenty-four  years  of 
inspired  teaching  in  music. 

Previous  Awardees 

1988  Nevelyn  J.  Knisley,  M.F.A.,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

1989  Carolyn  B.  Scott,  B.A.,  Adjunct  Instructor  in  French 

1990  Michael  J.  Asken,  Ph.D.,  Adjunct  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

1991  Joanne  Cole  Rosen,  B.A.,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

1992  Kevin  B.  Pry,  Ph.D.,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

1993  Thomas  M.  Strohman,  B.S.,  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Music 

1994  Timothy  M.  Dewald,  M.Div.,  Adjunct  Instructor  of  Mathematical  Sciences 


155 


ACCREDITATION 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on  Higher  Education  of  the  Middle 
States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  also  accredited  by  the  Pennsylvania  Department  of  Education,  the 
National  Association  of  Schools  of  Music  and  the  American  Chemical  Society. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  on  the  approved  list  of  the  Regents  of  the  State  University  of  New 
York  and  of  the  American  Association  of  University  Women. 

Lebanon  Valley  College  is  a  member  of  the  following:  American  Association  of  Colleges; 
National  Association  of  Independent  Colleges  and  Universities;  Pennsylvania  Foundation 
for  Independent  Colleges;  College  Entrance  Examination  Board;  College  Scholarship 
Service;  Council  of  Independent  Colleges;  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association;  Middle 
Atlantic  States  Collegiate  Athletic  Conference;  Penn-Mar  Athletic  Conference;  Central 
Pennsylvania  Field  Hockey  Association;  Eastern  College  Athletic  Conference. 

NON-DISCRIMINATION  POLICY 

Lebanon  Valley  College  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  national  and  ethnic 
origin,  sex,  age,  religion,  sexual  preference,  or  handicap. 

STUDENT  RETENTION 

Detailed  information  on  student  retention  and  graduation  rates  is  available  in  the  Office  of 
the  Registrar. 


Production  of  this  catalog  is  under  the  direction  of  the  Registrar's  Office.  Informa- 
tion included  is  correct  as  of  the  date  of  publication.  Unexpected  changes  may  occur 
during  the  course  of  the  academic  year;  therefore,  the  listing  of  a  course  or  program 
in  this  catalog  does  not  constitute  a  guarantee  or  contract  that  the  particular  course 
or  program  will  be  offered  during  a  given  year. 

*  All  information  is  correct  as  of  August  1,  1994. 

156 


CAMPUS  MAP 


Lebanon 

Valley 

College 

pu«# 

r 


_  WEST  MAIN  STREET  /    ^    /  EAST  MAIN  STREET 
as 

i 


ACADEMIC  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  QUADRANGLE 

1.  Humanities  Center  and  Administrative  Offices:  Academic  De- 
partments'. English  Department,  Foreign  Languages  Department, 
History  &  American  Studies  Department,  Political  Science  &  Eco- 
nomics Department,  Religion  &  Philosophy  Department,  Sociology 
&  Social  Work  Department.  Administrative  Offices:  Business  Office, 
Controller  &  Treasurer,  Continuing  Education,  Copy  Center,  Mail 
Room,  MBA  Office,  Media  Services,  President,  Registrar,  Secretary 
of  the  College,  Security  &  Safety,  Telephone  Services,  Vice  President 
&  Dean  of  the  College,  Vice  President  for  Administration 

2.  Blair  Music  Center:  Music  Department,  Education  Department, 
Lutz  Recital  Hall,  Sound  Recording  Technology  Studios,  Art  Studios 

3.  Miller  Chapel:  Chaplain 

4.  Lynch  Memorial  Hall:  Intercollegiate  Athletics,  Emmett  C.  Roop 
Management  Department  Wing,  William  H.  Lodge  Mathematical 
Sciences  Center,  Computer  Services  Department 

5.  Maintenance  Center 

6.  Garber  Sciences  Center:  Biology  Department,  Chemistry  Depart- 
ment, Physics  Department,  Psychology  Department 

7.  Gossard  Library 

8.  Carnegie  Building:  Admission  and  Financial  Aid 

9.  Laughlin  Hall:  Advancement  Offices:  Alumni  Programs,  Annual 
Giving,  College  Relations,  Development,  Planned  Giving 

10.  Wagner  House:  Student  Services  Offices 

11.  Friendship  House:  Academic  Support  Center,  Leadership  Studies, 
International  Culture  Club 

12.  Fencil  Building:  Lebanon  Valley  Child  Care  &  Learning  Center 

13.  Derickson  Hall:  Buildings  A  and  B 

RESIDENTIAL  QUADRANGLE 

14.  Allan  W.  Mund  College  Center:  Conference  Services,  Dining 
Halls,  Leedy  Theatre,  Student  Activities  Offices,  Career  Planning  & 
Placement,  College  Store,  WLVC 

15.  Mary  Capp  Green  Residence  Hall 


16.  Vickroy  Residence  Hall 

17.  Keister  Residence  Hall 

18.  Hammond  Residence  Hall 

19.  Funkhouser  Residence  Hall 

20.  Silver  Residence  Hall 

21.  North  College  Residence  Hall 

22.  Shroyer  Health  Center 

23.  Sheridan  Building:  Middle  Atlantic  Conference 

24.  Centre  Residence  Hall 

25.  Lynch  Gymnasium 

ARNOLD  SPORTS  &  RECREATION  COMPLEX 

26.  Edward  H.  Arnold  Sports  Center:  Indoor  Track,  Pool,  Recreational 
Facilities,  Physical  Education 

27.  Henry  &  Gladys  Arnold  Football  Stadium  &  All-weather  Track 

28.  Soccer  Field 

29.  Baseball  Field 

30.  Field  Hockey  Field 

31.  Tennis  Courts 

32.  Softball  Field 

OTHER  FACILITIES 

33.  Kreiderheim 

34.  West  Campus  Entrance 

35.  South  Campus  Entrance 

36.  Bollinger  Plaza 

37.  Heating  Plant 

38.  Annville  United  Methodist  Church 

39.  The  Gallery:  Suzanne  H.  Arnold  Art  Gallery,  Zimmerman  Recital 
Hall 

40.  Maintenance  Offices 

PARKING  LOTS  (41-48) 


157 


INDEX 


Academic  dishonesty  policy 

undergraduate 16 

graduate 129 

Academic  procedures 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 128 

Accounting  program 

courses 66 

department 66 

faculty 74 

Accreditation  156 

Actuarial  science  program 

courses 76 

department 76 

faculty 81 

Admissions 

undergraduate  full-time 4 

undergraduate  part-time 5 

continuing  education 5 

graduate 128 

Administration 135 

Advanced  placement 12 

Allied  health  science 

cooperative  program 25 

American  studies  program 

courses 61 

department 61 

faculty 64 

Art  program 

courses 31 

department 31 

faculty 32 

Associate  degrees 7 

Attendance  policy 1 1 

Auditing  policy 10 

Baccalaureate  degrees 7 

Biochemistry  program 

courses 36 

requirements 36 

Biology  program 

courses 33 

department 33 

faculty 37 


Calendar 162 

Certificate  programs 5 

Challenge  examinations 13 

Chemistry  program 

courses 39 

department 39 

faculty 42 

CLEP 13 

College  support  staff 155 

Communication  program 

courses 50 

department 50 

faculty 53 

Computer  science  program 

courses 77 

department 76 

faculty 81 

Concurrent  courses 1 1 

Cooperative  programs 25 

Courses,  undergraduate 

concurrent 1 1 

external 1 1 

repetition  of 1 1 

descriptions 31 

Courses,  graduate 134 

Credit  for  life  experience 14 

Criminal  justice  courses 107 

Degrees 

undergraduate 7 

graduate 124 

Dean's  list 16 

Departmental  honors 16 

Diploma  programs 5 

Economics  program 

courses 105 

department 103 

faculty 107 

Education  program 

courses 44 

department 44 

faculty 49 

Elementary  education  program 

courses 45 


158 


department 44 

faculty 49 

Engineering  cooperative 

program 26 

English  program 

courses 50 

department 50 

faculty 53 

Environmental  studies 

cooperative  program 26 

External  summer  courses 1 1 

Faculty 142 

Finances,  student 4 

Fine  arts  courses 21 

Foreign  languages  program 

courses 55 

department 55 

faculty 60 

Foreign  study  opportunities 30 

•Forestry  cooperative 

program 26 

French  program 

courses 55 

department 55 

faculty 60 

General  education  program 

courses 19 

requirements 19 

General  studies  program 

requirements 28 

Geography  courses 48 

German  program 

courses 57 

department 55 

faculty 60 

Grade  point  average 15 

Grading  system 15 

Graduation  honors 16 

Graduation  requirements 

undergraduate 8 

graduate 128 

Greek  courses 58 


Health  care  management  program 

courses 68 

requirements 68 

Health  professions 

cooperative  programs 25 

History  program 

courses 62 

department 61 

faculty 64 

Honors 

departmental 16 

graduation 16 

Honors  program 

courses 23 

Hotel  management  program 

courses 68 

department 66 

faculty 74 

In-Absentia 1 1 

Independent  study 29 

Individualized  major 28 

Interdisciplinary  courses 22 

International  business  program 70 

Internship  policy 28 

Knisley  teaching  awards 155 

Leadership  studies  scholar  program 

courses 24 

requirements 24 

Leave  of  absence 12 

Limit  of  hours 9 

Lindback  teaching  awards 153 

Literature  courses 50 

Management  program 

courses 70 

department 66 

faculty 74 

Map  of  campus 157 

Mathematical  science  program 

courses 78 

department 76 

faculty 81 


159 


MBA  program 

academic  policies 128 

admission 128 

concurrent  courses 129 

courses 124 

faculty 127 

financial  aid 130 

grading  system 129 

privacy  of  student  records 130 

refund  policy 129 

requirements 124 

review  procedure 129 

time  restriction  policy 129 

transfer  policy 128 

withdrawal  policy 129 

Medical  technology 

cooperative  program  26 

Military  science  program 

courses 85 

department 84 

faculty 85 

requirements 85 

Mission  statement 3 

Music  program 

courses 87 

department 86 

faculty 94 

Music  education  courses 92 

Non-traditional  credit  policy 13 

Nuclear  medicine  technology 

cooperative  program 26 

Off-campus  programs 

study  abroad 30 

Washington  semester 30 

Officers,  general  college 134 

Pass/fail  policy 1 1 

Payment  plans 5 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon 16 

Philosophy  program 

course 1 16 

department 1 14 

faculty 1 17 

Physical  education  program 

courses 97 

department 97 


faculty 98 

Physics  program 

courses 100 

department 99 

faculty 98 

Placement  examinations 

undergraduate 12 

Political  sciences  program 

courses 103 

department 103 

faculty 107 

Pre-law  program 27 

Pre-medical,  pre-dentistry, 

pre- veterinary  programs 27 

Privacy  of  student  records 7 

Probation,  undergraduate 17 

Profile  of  the  college 2 

Psychobiology  program 

courses 37 

Psychology  program 

courses 1 10 

department 109 

faculty 112 

Readmission  policy 12 

Refund  policy 

undergraduate 4 

graduate 129 

Registration,  change  of  policy 10 

Religion  program 

courses 1 14 

department 1 14 

faculty 117 

Repetition  of  courses 

undergraduate 1 1 

ROTC 84 

Russian  program 58 

Second  bachelor's  degree 12 

Secondary  education  program 

courses 47 

department 44 

faculty 49 

Servicemember's  opportunity 

college  (SOC) 18 

Sociology  program 

courses 1 19 


160 


department 119 

faculty 122 

Social  work  program 

courses 122 

department 1 19 

faculty 122 

Sound  recording  technology  program 

courses 93 

department 86 

faculty 94 

Spanish  program 

courses 58 

department 55 

faculty 60 

Special  topics  courses 30 

Study  abroad 30 

Suspension  policy 

undergraduate 17 

Teacher  certification  for 

non-matriculated  students 18 

Teacher  certification  for 

matriculated  students 47 

Transfer  policy 

undergraduate 9 

graduate 128 

Trustees,  Board  of 131 

Tutorial  study  courses 29 

Veteran's  services 17 

Washington  semester 30 

Withdrawal  procedure 

undergraduate 12 

graduate 130 


PHONE  NUMBERS 

College  Offices* 

Academic  Offices  6208 

Academic  Support  Program  6249 

Admissions  6181 

Business  Office  6300 

Career  Planning  &  Placement  6235 

College  Center  6161 

College  Store  6313 

Computer  Lab  (general)  6067 

Computer  Science  Lab  6088 

Continuing  Education  6213 

Dean  of  Student  Services  6233 

Financial  Aid  6181 

Registrar  6215 

Safety  and  Security  6111 

Vice  president/dean  of  faculty  6208 

Academic  Offices* 

American  Studies  6356 

Art  6015 

Biology  6175 

Chemistry  6140 

Economics  6330 

Education  6305 

English  6240 

Foreign  Language  6250 

History  6355 

Honors  Program  6210 

Management  6101 

Mathematical  Sciences  6080 

Music  6275 

Philosophy  6130 

Physical  Education  6364 

Physics  6150 

Political  Sciences  6330 

Psychology  6195 

Religion  6130 

Sociology  6155 

*  Area  code  717 ,  prefix  867 . 


161 


1994  -  1995  ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 


August 


September 
October 


November 


December 


First  Semester 

27  Sat.  9  a.m.  Residence  halls  open  for  new  students 

27  Sat.  2  p.m.  Opening  Convocation 

28  Sun.  Noon  Residence  halls  open  for  upperclassmen 

29  Mon.  1  -  4  p.m.  Add/drop  day 

29  Mon.  6:30  p.m.  Evening  classes  begin 

30  Tue.  8  a.m.  Day  classes  begin 
23-25  Fri.  -  Sun.  Family  Weekend 

1 2  Wed.  Noon  Mid-term  grades  due 

14  Fri.  5  p.m.  Fall  break  begins 

18  Tue.  6:30  p.m.  Classes  resume 

21  Fri.  5  p.m.  Change  of  registration  deadline 
21-23  Fri.  -  Sun.  Homecoming  Weekend 

4  Fri.  5  p.m.  Last  day  to  withdraw  from  a  course 

23  Wed.  3  p.m.  Thanksgiving  vacation  begins 

28  Mon.  8  a.m.  Classes  resume 

9  Fri.  5  p.m.  Last  day  for  first-semester  freshmen  to 

withdraw  from  a  course 

9  Fri.  5  p.m.  Classes  end 

12-16  Mon. -Fri.  Final  examinations 

16  Fri.  5  p.m.  Semester  ends 

22  Thu.  Noon  Final  grades  due 


Second  Semester 

January         15  Sun.  Noon  Residence  halls  open 

16  Mon.  9-11  a.m.  Add/drop  day 

16  Mon.  1p.m.  Classes  begin  (labs  only) 
February      21  Tue.  11a.m.  Founders  Day 

24  Fri.  5  p.m.  Spring  vacation  begins 

March  6  Mon.  8  a.m.  Classes  resume 

8  Wed.  Noon  Mid-term  grades  due 

17  Fri.  5  p.m.  Change  of  registration  deadline 

31  Fri.  5  p.m.  Last  day  to  withdraw  from  a  course 

April  12  Wed.  9:30  p.m.  Easter  vacation  begins 

17  Mon.  6:30  p.m.  Classes  resume 

May  4  Thu.  5  p.m.  Last  day  for  first-semester  freshmen  to 

withdraw  from  a  course 

4  Thu.  9:30  p.m.  Classes  end 

6-1 1  Sat.  -  Thu.  Final  examinations 

1 1  Thu.  9:30  p.m.  Semester  ends 

12  Fri.  Noon  Senior  grades  due 

13  Sat.  9  a.m.  Baccalaureate  service 
13  Sat.  11a.m.  126th  Commencement 
19  Fri.  Noon  All  final  grades  due 


162 


Lebanon  Valley  College  Non-profit 

Annville,  PA    17003-0501  Organization 

.    ,  ,            ~                       ^                    \  POSTAGE  PAID 

Address  Correction  Requested 


Permit  No.  9 
Annville,  PA  17003